• Reports
  • Experts
  • News
  • Events
  • About

About

  • About Grattan
  • Philanthropy
  • Bequests
  • Our supporters
  • Careers
  • Contact

SEARCH SITE

  • Reports
  • Experts
  • News
  • Events
  • About
    • About Grattan
    • Philanthropy
    • Bequests
    • Our supporters
    • Careers
    • Contact

  • Forge a 21st Century industry policy for a net-zero Australia

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia needs a 21st Century industry policy so we can become an industrial success story as the world moves to net-zero carbon emissions, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The next industrial revolution: Transforming Australia to flourish in a net-zero world calls for industry policy that embraces heavy manufacturing but pushes down emissions from existing facilities, encourages low- or zero-emissions refurbishments and new facilities, and supports export-led industries that can flourish in a net-zero world.

    The report warns that unless governments manage the coming industrial revolution well, Australia’s social fabric could tear, especially in the regions of NSW and Queensland where tens of thousands of coal-mining jobs will disappear between now and 2050.

    ‘Coal and gas will inevitably decline, which is frightening for people who rely on those industries for a living and challenging for governments that rely heavily on those sectors for economic growth,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Energy and Climate Change Program Director Tony Wood.

    ‘But if government and industry can forge a new strategic partnership, Australia will be able to create jobs and boost prosperity in a net-zero world by building export-oriented industries based on our vast renewable energy and mineral resources.’

    To seize this once-in-a-century opportunity, the federal government should:

    • phase out programs and policies that encourage greater extraction and use of fossil fuels
    • reduce emissions baselines for existing facilities and set stringent benchmarks for new facilities
    • establish an industrial transformation future fund to share the risk of major capital replacements using low- or zero-emissions technology
    • provide funding and other support to export-oriented industries that can flourish in a net-zero global economy, such as green steel for transmission lines, green aluminium for solar panels, and critical minerals such as lithium and nickel for electric vehicles and batteries.

    To help people and communities hit hardest by the decline of coal, state governments should:

    • direct all or most coal royalties to coal regions for as long as coal mining continues
    • set up regional transition authorities in the coal regions of central Queensland and the Hunter Valley in NSW to help develop alternative economic activities to take over from coal mining
    • create sovereign wealth funds so that the benefits of the coming ‘critical minerals’ mining boom can be shared with future generations
    • enforce strict environmental protection regulations on industrial and mining projects, so citizens aren’t left with a degraded environment and Australia enhances its reputation as a clean supplier.

    ‘Australia must embrace the challenges and grasp the opportunities of the global net-zero revolution, because the consequences of failure are too ugly to contemplate and the benefits of success are too great to ignore,’ says Mr Wood.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Time for new policies to bridge the growing housing gap

    Government tax and welfare policies, by favouring homeowners and property investors over people who rent, are increasing the divide between Australians who own housing and those who do not, a new Grattan Institute report finds.

    “The divide is income-based and it is generational,” says Jane-Frances Kelly, Grattan Institute Cities Program Director and author of the report, Renovating housing policy.

    “While home ownership is stable or declining slightly in Australia, there are sharp falls in ownership rates among households with low incomes or aged under 45.”

    The report quantifies major government outlays on the private housing system to reveal the cumulative impact of tax and welfare policies on housing, economic productivity and inequality in our cities.

    Through policies such as exemptions for the family home from land and capital gains taxes and the eligibility test for the aged pension, governments provide benefits to homeowners worth $36 billion a year, or $6,100 on average for each homeowner household.

    Through negative gearing rules, and the capital gains discount introduced in 1999, the Commonwealth provides residential property investors with nearly $7 billion a year, or $4,500 on average for each property investor.

    Private renters, by contrast, receive very little support through the tax and welfare system, even though they make up nearly one in four households.

    By increasing demand for residential property, these policies help to push up property prices and lock many homebuyers out of the market.

    Combined with rules that restrict development in established suburbs, they force many households to buy on the city fringe, further from transport and jobs.

    “It’s a rising form of inequality that damages economic productivity and the fair go,” says Ms Kelly.

    Renovating housing policy urges governments to take a systemic approach to housing policy – to set clear principles and objectives over time and to produce policies that combine to achieve these goals.

    “First we need a public conversation about who wins and loses from current policy, and how the playing field can be made more fair,” Ms Kelly says.

    “If governments want to increase home ownership and at the same time give the many renters a better deal, they should reject policies that reward those who already own homes while making life harder for those who don’t.”

  • A $1.6b blueprint to boost teacher quality and student performance

    Australia’s top teachers should be able to earn $80,000 a year more, and top school-leavers should get $10,000-a-year scholarships if they take up teaching, according to a new Grattan Institute report on how to boost teacher quality and student performance.

    Attracting high achievers to teaching proposes a $1.6 billion reform package to double the number of high achievers who choose to become teachers, and increase the average ATAR of teaching graduates to 85, within the next decade.

    With this higher-achieving teacher workforce, the typical Australian student would gain an extra six to 12 months of learning by Year 9.

    The report details an Australia-first survey of nearly 1,000 young high achievers (aged 18-25 and with an ATAR of 80 or higher) which found that more bright young Australians would take up teaching if it offered higher top-end pay and greater career challenge.

    The report recommends a three-part reform package:

    1. Offer $10,000 cash-in-hand scholarships to high achievers to study teaching. People who get the government-funded scholarships should be required to work in government schools for at least several years.

    2. Create two new roles in schools – ‘Instructional Specialist’ and ‘Master Teacher’ – so the best teachers can get extra pay, time, and responsibility to improve teaching at their schools and in their regions. About 5-to-8 per cent of teachers would become Instructional Specialists, paid around $140,000 a year – $40,000 more than the highest standard pay rate for teachers. About 0.5 per cent of teachers would become Master Teachers, paid around $180,000 a year – $80,000 more than the highest standard pay rate for teachers. 

    3. Launch a $20 million-a-year advertising campaign, similar to the Australian Defence Force recruitment campaigns, to promote the new package and re-position teaching as an attractive, challenging, and well-paid career option for high achievers.   

    The report shows that bright young Australians are turning their backs on teaching.

    Over the past decade, demand from high achievers for teaching fell by a third – more than for any other undergraduate field of study. Only 3 per cent of high achievers now choose teaching for their undergraduate studies, compared to 19 per cent for science, 14 per cent for health, and 9 per cent for engineering. 

    ‘Australia needs more high achievers in teaching, because great teachers are the key to better student performance,’ said the lead author of the report, Grattan Institute School Education Program Director Peter Goss.

    ‘The low status of teaching in Australia has become self-reinforcing, putting off high achievers who might otherwise want to teach. By contrast, high-performing countries such as Singapore and Finland get many high-achieving students to apply, and then select the most promising candidates.’

    The report recommends all three schools sectors in Australia – government, private, and Catholic – implement the reform package. State and territory governments, some of which have failed to properly fund their schools, should pay for the reforms in government schools. Private and Catholic schools should fund the reforms themselves, without extra taxpayer money.

    ‘Our reform package would transform Australia’s teaching workforce,’ said Dr Goss. ‘In the long term it would pay for itself many times over, because a better-educated population would mean a more productive and prosperous Australia.’

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Pete Goss, School Education Program Director, Grattan Institute
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • The fight against COVID-19 is not yet over

    Australia has not yet won the battle against COVID-19, and coming out of lockdown risks a second wave of infections, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Coming out of COVID-19 lockdown: the next steps for Australian health care uses new modelling to show that reopening shops, schools, and workplaces heightens the risk of new infections, especially if people think the threat is over and ignore social distancing rules.

    Workplaces are particularly high risk and should be re-opened slowly, with as many people as possible continuing to work from home to minimise the potential for the virus to spread.

    Schools should enforce social distancing policies, and close if a COVID-19 case is detected.

    Mandatory quarantining of international arrivals must remain in place.

    And if a second wave of mass infections breaks out, governments will have to reimpose lockdowns.

    ‘It’s dangerous for people to think this fight is over,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    ‘The nature of the virus hasn’t changed – our behaviour has.

    ‘If Australians go back to a pre-COVID normal, the virus could spread quickly and wildly, like it has elsewhere.’

    Some of Australia’s states have effectively eliminated local transmission of COVID-19, and are keeping their borders closed to states where it persists. States should maintain different restrictions if they have different rates of local transmission.

    Restrictions are obviously needed much less in states which have effectively eliminated the virus from their local population.

    Australia should learn lessons from the way the health system responded to the pandemic.

    Telehealth has been embraced by doctors and patients; it should now be expanded to give more people quicker access to care.

    Mental health and hospital-in-the-home services should be bolstered.

    And the federal and state governments need to strengthen supply chains to ensure adequate supplies of personal protective equipment and ventilators in the event of a second wave of COVID-19 infections.

    ‘If we get this transition to a “new normal” wrong, we won’t benefit from the overdue health system changes that the crisis forced on us,’ Dr Duckett says.

    ‘That would be another tragedy on top of the trauma caused by the pandemic itself.’

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director

    M. 0447 837 741 T. 03 9035 9881 E. stephen.duckett@grattanintstitute.edu.au
    W. www.grattan.edu.au

  • A blueprint to rein in doctors’ bills, reduce hospital costs, and cut private health insurance premiums

    Private health insurance premiums could be cut by up to 10 per cent if private hospitals were made more efficient and stopped over-servicing, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Saving private health 1: reining in hospital costs and specialist bills also shows that a handful of ‘greedy’ doctors charge their patients more than twice the official Medicare Benefits Schedule fee.

    Only about 7 per cent of all in-hospital medical services are billed at this rate, yet these bills account for almost 90 per cent of all out-of-pocket costs for private hospital patients – and patients are often not told of these costs in advance.

    Some doctors also charge ‘booking fees’ on top of procedure and consultation fees. These covert fees are not recoverable from private health insurance or Medicare – the patient is left to foot the bill.

    ‘The higher fees have nothing to do with the skill of the surgeon or the adequacy of the Medicare Benefits Schedule,’ says Grattan Health Program Director Stephen Duckett. ‘The small minority of specialists who charged more than twice the schedule fee are simply greedy.’

    If these high-charging specialists had imposed fees at 50 per cent more than the schedule fee but no more, patients would have saved more than $350 million in 2018-19.

    And patients should get a single bill if they are treated in a private hospital, instead of the present avalanche of separate and often surprising bills from the hospital, the surgeon, the anaesthetist, and pathology and radiology companies. 

    As well as reducing the bills paid by private patients, private health insurers should pay less to private hospitals as well. The report debunks the myth that private hospitals are more efficient than public hospitals. In fact, patients stay 9 per cent longer in private hospitals than public hospital patients with similar conditions.

    Paying private hospitals for treating a patient, rather than for keeping the patient longer, doing more tests, or ordering more drugs, could reduce costs by more than $1 billion a year.

    The report also finds that private hospitals provide more care than public hospitals that is of little or no value to the patient. Private health insurers could save about $1 billion a year if they no longer had to play for low-value or no-value care.

    The total identified savings of about $2 billion each year could fund cuts in private health insurance premiums of 7-to-10 per cent.

    ‘Capturing these savings and passing them on to patients in the form of lower insurance premiums could save private health care in Australia,’ Dr Duckett says.

    ‘Patients would be the winners under this blueprint, because their out-of-pocket medical costs and private health insurance premiums would be lower.’Dr Duckett will speak to this report at the National Press Club in Canberra on Wednesday 4 December. Grattan’s next report will identify specific policies to make private health insurance work better.

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Access all areas: new solutions for GP shortages in rural Australia

    More than a million Australians living in rural and remote areas are denied the access to basic medical care that most city dwellers take for granted, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    Access all areas: new solutions for GP shortages in rural Australia shows that in seven rural areas containing one in 20 Australians, limited access to GPs is imposing severe costs on individuals, doctors and the health system.

    “This isn’t just unfair, it’s irrational,” said Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    “People in rural areas with low access to GPs are more likely to have serious health risks.

    If they can’t get care it will cost them, and the taxpayer, much more in the long-run.”

    These areas include Tamworth, Goulburn and Mount Isa, as well as the Northern Territory and most of Western Australia.

    The report argues that an investment of around $30 million a year would go a long way towards solving Australia’s worst shortages.

    It would also generate health benefits that could reduce the cost of hospital visits by an amount equivalent to the $30 million investment.

    The funds would support a greater role for pharmacists, especially in providing repeat prescriptions and vaccinations, and the introduction of a new health worker, the physician assistant, to expand care in remote areas.

    “Pharmacists and physician assistants could take on some of the less complex tasks performed by GPs, without compromising quality and safety,” Dr Duckett said.

    “That would save money and free up GPs to do the complex work they are trained for.”

    Dr Duckett said successive government policies over decades had failed to fix the problem: at current rates of improvement it would take more than 65 years for very remote parts of Australia to catch up to the levels of GP services that big cities have today.

    “Luckily there is a relatively cheap and simple answer that could be in place within five years, if we’re willing to adopt new responses to an old problem.”

  • The rising place of deregulated student fees in Australian university life

    Student fees now comprise a fifth of public university funding – almost $6 billion a year – according to a new background paper from Grattan Institute’s Higher Education Program.

    University fees: what students pay in deregulated markets shows that in 2013 about $4.3 billion of these fees were paid by international students. The rest were paid by domestic students, with postgraduate students paying more than $900 million.

    Last year 312,500 international students were enrolled in Australian universities, nearly twice as many as in 2001. They comprise nearly a quarter of all enrolments.

    The paper shows that annual median international undergraduate fees range from $21,000 to $28,000, depending on discipline, but that many students prefer more expensive universities, even when they charge twice as much as the cheapest universities do.

    However, Australian students are far less willing than international students to pay a large premium for entry into prestige universities, according to Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton.

    “Australian students know that research rankings are not a reliable guide to graduate quality. And Australian employers know this, too, from having hired graduates from many different universities,” Mr Norton said.

    In high-cost disciplines such as science and engineering, universities receive only a little more per student from international undergraduate fees than they do for domestic government-supported students. But they receive twice as much from international undergraduate students in low-cost disciplines such as commerce and arts.

    The paper finds that in the domestic postgraduate market, by contrast, universities do not always take a commercial approach to setting fees, choosing instead to charge lower amounts for some courses to fulfill their social mission.

    In some fields, such as nursing, it is not unusual for universities to receive less from a fee-paying student than from a Commonwealth supported student.

    More than half of all bachelor-degree international students study commerce, with engineering the next most popular course.

    By contrast, the most popular courses for domestic undergraduates are in the society and culture category, which includes arts and law degrees. Only 18 per cent of domestic bachelor-degree students take commerce-related courses.

    A future Grattan report will explore what profits universities make on fee-paying students and the policy implications of what happens to the money.

    Read the paper

    For further enquiries:
    Andrew Norton, Higher Education Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. andrew.norton@grattan.edu.au

  • A progressive GST package that supports economic growth and helps the budget

    Extending the goods and services tax to cover many of the categories currently exempt could raise $17 billion a year, while increasing the rate to 15 per cent would generate about $27 billion, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    A GST reform package finds that raising more GST revenue, either through a higher rate or applying it to more goods and services, is preferable to most other means of raising revenue, including higher income taxes.

    Current governments face many challenges, such as funding growing healthcare costs, reducing deficits, and cutting inefficient taxes. A broader or higher GST could fund any of these initiatives – although not all of them.

    ‘Broadening the GST base to include fresh food, health and education would be more efficient, and would reduce compliance costs,’ says Grattan Institute CEO John Daley.

    ‘But if the politics of taxing those categories proves too fraught, then raising the rate of the GST would be a satisfactory second best.’ The report works through the implications of a reform package that increases the rate to 15 per cent.

    A well-designed GST package could lead to a tax and welfare system more progressive than at present. Higher welfare payments and targeted tax cuts would make low and middle-income households on average better off.

    Drawing on new household-level modelling, the report shows that spending about 30 per cent of the additional revenue on welfare – increasing the base rate of pensions and allowances by about five per cent – would leave two-thirds of low-income households better off overall.

    Committing a further 30 per cent of additional revenue to income tax cuts would allow the government to shave 2 to 2.5 percentage points off the bottom two tax rates. With the welfare increases, these cuts would fully offset the GST increase for households earning up to $100,000 a year.

    These measures would leave $11 billion of additional revenue that could help the states address the looming hospital funding gap, fund tax cuts that promote economic growth or reduce Commonwealth budget deficits.

    But not everyone can be fully compensated, says Mr Daley.

    ‘Government budgets are in deficit, and promising “no losers” will be a sure-fire way to erode the revenue benefits from the package.’

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • If Australians want cheaper housing, we have to build more of it

    Building an extra 50,000 homes a year for a decade could leave Australian house prices 5 to 20 per cent lower than they would be otherwise, and stem rising public anxiety about housing affordability, according to a new Grattan Institute report, Housing affordability: re-imagining the Australian dream.

    Within living memory, Australia was a place where housing costs were manageable, and people of all ages and incomes had a reasonable chance to own a home with good access to jobs. But home ownership rates are falling among all Australians younger than 65, especially those with lower incomes.

    Owning a home increasingly depends on who your parents are, a big change from 35 years ago when home ownership rates were high for all levels of income. Those on low incomes – increasingly renters – are spending more of their income on housing.

    Affordability will only get a lot better if governments ensure more homes are built. State governments should fix planning rules to allow more homes to be built in inner and middle-ring suburbs of our largest cities. More small-scale urban infill projects should be allowed without council planning approval. State governments should also allow denser development ‘as of right’ along key transport corridors.

    Development in middle suburbs has increased in recent years, especially in Sydney. But today’s record level of housing construction is the bare minimum needed to meet record levels of population growth driven by rapid migration. Meanwhile a decade of accumulated shortages are forcing younger people to set up their own homes later in life.

    The Commonwealth government can improve housing affordability somewhat – and immediately – by reducing demand. It should reduce the capital gains tax discount to 25 per cent; abolish negative gearing; and include owner-occupied housing in the Age Pension assets test. And unless the states are prepared to reform their planning systems, the Commonwealth should consider tapping the brakes on Australia’s migrant intake.

    “It took neglectful governments two decades to create the current housing affordability mess. They preferred the easy choices that merely appear to address the problem,” says Grattan CEO John Daley.

    “The politics of reform are fraught because most voters own a home or an investment property, and mistrust any change that might dent the price of their assets. But if governments keep pretending there are easy answers, housing affordability will just get worse. Older people will not be able to downsize in the suburb where they live, and our children won’t be able to buy their own home.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Government must not end university open access policy

    Any Commonwealth Government move to end its university open access policy would reduce the number of students from disadvantaged backgrounds, hurt university innovation and shrink the supply of graduates into areas of shortage, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Keep the caps off! Student access and choice in higher education finds that the policy, initiated by the current government, has been a major success.

    “More university applicants are getting into their preferred course, enrolment growth is strong in areas of labour market shortage and the number of students from disadvantaged backgrounds is increasing,” says Grattan Institute’s Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton.

    “Universities are also innovating to draw in more students, starting online courses and collaborating with TAFEs. But all these policy achievements are now at risk.”

    The government, supported by some university leaders, is considering limiting public university enrolments. This would end the demand-driven funding system that began with bipartisan support last year, for a small saving in expenditure.

    The report shows that a proposal to set a minimum Australian Tertiary Admission Rank of 60 for university entry would be unfair to many university applicants. Completions data show that students entering with ATARs below 60 have a good chance of finishing their degrees. A minimum ATAR would cut the number of students from low SES backgrounds.

    “Putting caps back on the higher education system would hit the people who miss out hard. Many students who do get a place would also be worse off. They would be less likely to be able to enrol in their preferred course or university,’ says Andrew Norton.

  • Australia on track for a decade or more of deficits, without major policy change

    Australia is set for more than a decade of deficits between 2008 and 2019, with Commonwealth net debt projected to peak at 18 per cent of GDP in 2017, higher than any year since the mid-1990s.

    But the reality may be even worse than projections, according to a new Grattan Institute working paper.

    Fiscal challenges for Australia is the first in a series of Grattan working papers on Australia’s weakening fiscal position and some of the revenue measures to address it. It finds that both Coalition and Labor Governments have been hoping that bracket creep and favourable economic conditions will return the budget to balance.

    Their short- and medium-term projections have all contained highly optimistic assumptions about revenue growth and spending restraint.

    For six years budget outcomes have been worse than projections, and for six years the Commonwealth has run headline deficits, five of them larger than two per cent of GDP.

    “Hope is not a budget management strategy: it simply justifies putting off hard decisions, and shifts the costs and risks of budget repair onto future generations,” says Grattan Institute CEO John Daley.

    Grattan research shows that each $40 billion dollar deficit increases the lifetime tax burden for households headed by a person aged 25 to 34 by $10,000.

    Deficits are not likely to improve as the falling terms of trade and lower nominal economic growth drag on revenues at the same time as the Government needs to fund substantial new policy initiatives.

    State government budgets are also under pressure from growing interest bills on borrowing to fund infrastructure, the rising costs of health and education, and the Commonwealth’s decision to no longer contribute to real increases in spending per person in these two areas from 2017-18.

    “Given the size of the task, Commonwealth and state governments will not be able to repair their budgets without both cutting costs and boosting revenues,’ says John Daley.

    “That’s not an appealing prospect for politicians, but sustainable budgets require tough choices and brave leaders willing to make them. A vital first step is to face up to the scale of the problem.”

    Coming papers in the Budget Repair series will show how budget deficits could be reduced through changes to property taxes, the GST, superannuation tax concessions, and capital gains tax and negative gearing arrangements.

    Read the paper

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • $1 billion in extra funding is just the first step to fixing local roads

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Our local roads are in a state of dangerous disrepair, especially in the bush, and they’re only going to get worse without an extra $1 billion in funding each year, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Potholes and pitfalls: how to fix local roads shows that a gradual erosion of federal funding over the past decade has been terrible for local roads.

    A $1 billion funding injection would mean an extra 25 per cent on top of what councils are currently spending on road maintenance. Many councils do not have a realistic way of raising the money they need to keep their roads in good condition, especially rural and remote councils. A billion dollars is only about 10 per cent of what the federal government spent on roads last year.

    It will take more than money alone to fix our roads, though: the funding needs to be better targeted, with cleaner lines of accountability from the funding source to the end point of better, safer roads.

    The report recommends that the federal government stop favouring densely populated states with its funding arrangements, and cut back the share of the funding pool that goes to the major-city councils that are already self-sufficient.

    Federal and state governments should also help under-resourced councils manage their road networks. A Grattan Institute survey of councils conducted for this report reveals that a quarter of councils don’t even know exactly what roads and bridges they manage; for remote councils, it’s almost half.

    To help councils better manage their roads, the federal government should establish a national road hierarchy, minimum service standards, and basic data specifications for councils to follow.

    ‘Taxpayers would get better bang for their buck if the federal government spent an extra $1 billion on improving our local roads rather than on building new megaprojects in the major cities,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Transport and Cities Program Director Marion Terrill.

    ‘What’s needed to put the road network on a better path is more funding better targeted at where it is needed most, and reforms to ensure that councils have the tools and time to fix the potholes and give their communities the roads they need.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • New attitudes and policies needed to change the Australian way of death

    Seventy per cent of Australians want to die at home, yet only 14 per cent do so, according to a new Grattan Institute report showing that dying in Australia is more institutionalised than in most countries in the world.

    Dying Well finds that despite their wishes, about half of Australians die in hospital and a third in residential care.

    Medical and community attitudes plus a lack of funds for formal, home-based care mean that Australians die at home at half the rate that people do in New Zealand, the United States, Ireland and France, among other countries.

    The report urges policy and attitudinal change to enable more people to die comfortably at home and in home-like environments, surrounded by family, friends and effective services.

    “More than at any time in history, most people die when they are old, and are more likely than past generations to know when in the near future they are going to die,” says report co-author, Professor Hal Swerissen.

    “That gives us a great opportunity to help people plan to die well – but we’re not taking it.”

    Dying Well finds that because most people do not speak up about the way they would like to die, they often experience a disconnected, confusing and distressing array of services, interventions and relationships with health professionals.

    The report recommends more public discussion, including an education campaign, about the limits of health care as death approaches and the need to focus on end-of-life care.

    It also proposes the widespread adoption of advance care plans that ensure people’s desires for the end of life are met.

    Finally, it recommends greater investment in community-based care to enable services for those dying of chronic illness to shift their focus from cures and institutional care to supporting people’s wishes to die at home.

    Doubling the number of people who die at home will cost $237 million a year, but about the same amount of institutional care funds could be released to pay for it.

    “The baby boomers are growing old and in the next 25 years the number of Australians who die each year will double,” Professor Swerissen says.

    “We need the courage to promote a national discussion about a subject that we might dislike but cannot avoid.”

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Hal Swerissen
    M. +61 (0) 418509062
    E. hal.swerissen@grattaninstitute.edu.au

  • Phase-out group homes to give disabled Australians a better life

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    The NDIS is failing tens of thousands of profoundly disabled Australians, according to a new Grattan Institute report. 

    Instead of having genuine choice over where they live, who they live with, and who provides their support, people with profound disability are often left with only one option – group homes – where they are at high risk of violence, abuse, and neglect. 

    The report, Better, safer, more sustainable: How to reform NDIS housing and support, finds that about 43,500 people who need intensive support are getting little benefit from a scheme that was supposed to give them a better life. 

    Yet the costs are eye-watering: at least $15 billion per year, or an average of more than $350,000 per resident for intensive support. That’s 37 per cent of the total costs of the NDIS for only 7 per cent of its users. 

    ‘The government needs, and disabled people deserve, far better services for this price tag,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Disability Program Director Sam Bennett. 

    Big, institutional-style group homes should be phased out within the next 15 years. 

    There are better and cheaper alternatives to group homes, but they are not widely available because National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS) policies are too rigid and its funding too inflexible. 

    Other countries – notably the UK and Canada – have successfully reformed disability housing and introduced new living arrangements which offer people greater choice, safer accommodation, and stronger links to their local community. 

    The Grattan report calls for a four-pronged national strategy to improve housing and support for profoundly disabled Australians. 

    First, the National Disability Insurance Agency should give more support to alternative options, such as those that are working well in Western Australia and overseas, and help more disabled people into housing in the community. 

    Second, the current group-home arrangement should be reformed so people can control the rhythms of their day: who they live with and how services are provided in their home. 

    Third, the funding process needs to be overhauled so people who need intensive support at home get more help to understand their options and navigate the system. 

    And fourth, the NDIS regulator should develop practice standards for share homes and individualised living, with mandatory inspections to make sure the standards are being met and the residents are safe. 

    ‘Giving disabled people more options and more say about how they live is a win-win,’ Dr Bennett says. ‘It will transform the lives of some of Australia’s most disadvantaged citizens, and taxpayers will be better off because it will help make the NDIS more sustainable for future generations. 

    ‘Getting this right should be a litmus test for any government seeking to get the NDIS back on track.’ 

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • How to give Australians better aged care at home: new Grattan report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    The vast majority of Australians want to be cared for at home in their old age, yet home care is hard to get, confusing, and can be expensive, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The Federal Government has made significant and welcome commitments to address many of the shortcomings identified by the Royal Commission into Aged Care. But our report, Unfinished business: Practical policies for better care at home, shows that despite committing more than $2.44 billion of additional funding each year to home care places, the Government’s response leaves unfinished business.

    Firstly, the Government has not committed to keeping waiting times for home care to less than a month – and more home care places will be needed as the number of older Australians increases.

    Secondly, the extra money the Government is providing will be spent in a poorly regulated and hard-to-navigate system where consumers get a poor deal.

    And thirdly, the Government has no plan to boost the number, pay, and conditions of home care staff.

    The report calculates that about 46 per cent more staff – or about 58,000 carers – will be needed just to meet the planned increase in home care places. To attract and retain home care workers, they should get better pay and conditions.

    A better home care system would cost the taxpayer more. The costs of creating more places could be partly offset by reduced administrative costs and reduced demand for residential care. But the improved regulation and navigation support needed would cost at least $400 million a year more than the Government is promising to spend.

    ‘The aged care system is failing many older Australians, and home care remains shambolic,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Health and Aged Care Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    ‘The Government has done a lot in response to the 2021 final report of the Royal Commission, but our report shows that it needs to do a lot more.’

    The Government should take the system to the people, by establishing dozens of regional offices across Australia to develop local, personalised services for people who need aged care and want it delivered to their home.

    ‘Our report shows how more money and better design could give Australians more dignity and better care in their old age,’ Dr Duckett says.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Don’t blame the boom: why mining has (mostly) been good for us

    The economic benefits of Australia’s 10-year mining boom far outweigh the costs, yet the Federal Government has not saved enough of the $190 billion it earned from the boom to ensure the health of future Australian budgets, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The mining boom: impacts and prospects finds that the incomes of most Australians – not only those from mining states – have risen faster during the boom decade than in the one before.

    And while the boom has pushed up the dollar and made it hard for industries that compete internationally, Grattan’s analysis of comparable events overseas suggests that manufacturing and other trade-exposed industries will bounce back quickly once the exchange rate falls.

    “Our report examines the fears some Australians have about the potential adverse consequences of the boom,” says Grattan Institute Productivity Growth Program Director Jim Minifie.

    “People worry about the damage caused by the high dollar, the impact of the boom on non- mining regions and the risk we will turn into a quarry economy. These concerns are all understandable but they’re not borne out by the evidence.”

    “There is always the risk of a downturn as resources investment and prices decline, but Australia has low inflation and a recession is far from inevitable.”

    The report finds, however, that one community concern is well-founded. Tax decreases and spending increases have been larger than Australia can afford in the long run.

    Some spending was justified by the response to the Global Financial Crisis and some has been well invested, but underlying budget deficits must now be repaired in more difficult times.

    Governments should resist the temptation to protect affected industries, but continue to invest in skills and education to help workers and citizens adapt to an ever changing, globalised economy, Dr Minifie said.

    “These skills will be even more important as the longest and largest boom in 150 years winds down.”

  • Increase competition to give consumers a better deal

    The widely held belief that powerful firms control the Australian economy is a myth, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Competition in Australia: Too little of a good thing? shows that the market shares of large firms in concentrated sectors in Australia are not much higher than in other countries and that they have they not grown much lately.

    But the report shows that where a few firms dominate markets, they earn higher profits.

    Up to half the total profits in the supermarket sector (dominated by Coles and Woolworths) are ‘super-normal’ – that is, profits that exceed the cost of compensating shareholders.

    In the banking sector (dominated by the Big Four), super-normal profits account for 17 percent of total profits.

    Other companies and sectors with substantial super profits include Telstra, some major city airports, liquor retailers, internet service providers, sports betting agencies, and private health insurers.

    “There’s nothing wrong with profits – they play an important and legitimate role in the economy and society,” says Grattan Institute Productivity Growth Program Director Jim Minifie.

    “But where profits become super-profits because firms face little competition, they can come at the expense of customers or suppliers.

    “There are no policy silver bullets here, but governments can do more to improve competition in the private economy.”

    The report urges governments and regulators to do more to ensure customers get a good deal, especially in highly concentrated sectors where big firms have market power and potential competitors face high barriers to entry.

    To intensify competition in banking, governments should free-up customers from the control of their current bank by making it easier for people to switch banks.

    In the supermarket sector, where the big incumbents have expanded into liquor and petrol retailing, governments should consider relaxing zoning restrictions that limit the entry of new competitors.

    Constraints on competition in retail pharmacy should finally be removed, as many reviews have suggested.

    Regulators can put more pressure on electricity distributors, ports and airports, and on health insurers.

    And governments need to make it less complex and confusing for people to compare and switch providers of retail energy, and superannuation.

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Jim Minifie, Productivity Growth Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Keep calm about electricity reliability

    The popular perception that Australia’s electricity supply has become less reliable with more renewable energy, and that this is inevitably going to get worse, is wrong and dangerous, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Keep calm and carry on shows the idea is wrong because almost all outages are caused by problems in transporting electricity, and have nothing to do with whether the power was generated from new renewables or old coal or some other technology.

    And it’s dangerous because if politicians over-react to public concern and rush to intervene in the market, electricity bills could rise even higher.

    Political leaders and media commentators have linked the 2016 state-wide blackout in South Australia with that state’s high level of wind power. But they haven’t recognised that the electricity market operator has since changed management practices to better suit the changing shape of the energy system, and a combination of regulatory obligations and market mechanisms are being applied to support grid stability as the system continues to evolve.

    Equipment failures, falling trees, inquisitive animals and crashing cars can all cause the power to go out in the local distribution network. Over the past 10 years, more than 97 per cent of outages across the National Electricity Market could be traced to the poles and wires that transport power to homes and businesses.

    But it would be prohibitively expensive to try to prevent all these outages. The NSW and Queensland governments spent $16 billion more than was needed on distribution networks over a decade, while achieving only very small improvements in reliability – and households and businesses are still paying for this through their power bills.

    Regulators and network businesses need to carefully balance cost and reliability as technology and consumer preferences change. Consumers will not be happy to pay for another round of network ‘gold-plating’.

    Events in Victoria and SA in January highlighted the current tight balance between supply and demand. As old coal generators are closed and summer heatwaves become more severe, outages will increase unless investment in new supply follows. But a lack of generation capacity on hot days caused only 0.1 per cent of all outages over the past decade. To encourage investment and keep this problem rare, governments need to create a stable policy framework to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and ensure that retailers have enough supply.

    “What Australia needs now is not panic and politicking, but cool-headed policy responses to manage electricity reliability without unnecessarily adding to consumer bills,” says Grattan Institute’s Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    “Increased renewable generation does create challenges for managing the power system. But if we keep calm and carry on, these challenges can be met without more big price increases for households and businesses.”

    Read the report

  • Wanted: better teachers in our universities

    The Commonwealth Government should create 2500 teaching- focused positions in universities as part of a national effort to raise the quality of teaching in higher education, a new Grattan Institute report argues.

    Taking university teaching seriously argues that as higher education enrolments expand toward 40 per cent of young people, much more attention needs to be given to how students learn.

    “When about a quarter of students going to university on lower entry scores never complete their degrees, the time, talent and money of a large group of people are going to waste,” says Grattan Institute Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton.

    Student surveys suggest that Australian students rate the quality of university teaching less highly than do their American counterparts.

    Australians rarely report being pushed to do their best work, are often not actively participating in classes, and have little interaction with academic staff outside of class.

    “One problem is that our academic culture is narrowly focused on excellence in research,” Mr Norton says.

    “Australian academics are usually appointed for their subject expertise not their teaching skills, and many of them prefer research to teaching.”

    Grattan Institute research found that the conventional view in Australian universities that better research led to better teaching was not borne out by the evidence.

    Students in high-research environments were no more likely to report satisfaction with teaching than students in low-research environments.

    The report proposes a cost-neutral program to create 2500 new jobs over the next six years in order to double the number of teaching- focused positions in Australian universities.

    Universities would compete for the positions, and only 12 would receive them, in order to create a critical mass within those institutions to raise the profile and quality of teaching.

    “The aim is to create a circuit-breaker to the institutional culture of focusing on research,” Mr Norton says.

    “If these positions are successful, they would begin to spread a culture of top-quality teaching right across our higher education system.”

  • Science and education leader to run schools policy at Grattan

    Grattan Institute is delighted to announce the appointment of Peter Goss as School Education Program Director.

    Peter is a Harvard-educated biologist who has worked on primary school education with Cape York Indigenous leader Noel Pearson and advised the Commonwealth Government’s International Education Advisory Council in preparation for the 2013 Chaney report.

    Raised overseas but based in Melbourne, Peter is a Principal at The Boston Consulting Group, with a focus on human and social services, health care and education. He has been at BCG since 2007.

    Prior to BCG, Peter completed a PhD in systems biology at Harvard University in 1998, and had a range of leadership roles in biotech commercialisation before moving into management consulting.

    Grattan Institute chief executive John Daley said Peter would bring a wealth of insight, private sector knowhow, and local and overseas experience to the role.

    “He’s passionate about the role of school education in creating a good society, and I am certain he will sustain Grattan’s leadership in school education policy in Australia.”

    He replaces Ben Jensen, Grattan’s first School Education Program Director, whose groundbreaking work on restoring teaching and student learning to the centre of the Australian education debate can be accessed under the School Education section of this website.

    For further enquiries: John Daley. CEO
    M. +61 (0) 407 004 231 T. +61 (3) 9035 6660 E. john.daley@grattan.edu.au

  • Why the idea of a market in school education is a myth

    Trying to create more competition among schools, as many school systems are doing, will not lift student performance, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The myth of markets in school education shows that at least 40 to 60 per cent of Australian schools face no or very limited competition, and there is very little government can do about it.

    Providing more information on schools, cutting private school fees or increasing the capacity of government schools will do little to increase school competition, let alone improve student performance.

    The report also finds that some school systems are focussing too much on giving schools autonomy at the expense of giving school leaders the direction and support to lift the performance of students.

    “Empowering school leaders to run their schools well is vital, but empowerment requires much more than autonomy,” said Grattan Institute School Education Program Director Ben Jensen.

    “The world’s best systems have varying levels of autonomy, but they all articulate the best way to teach and learn, then they develop teachers and school leaders to carry it out.”

    Grattan Institute’s report is the first analysis of a 20-year policy in some Australian school systems to give schools more autonomy and to try to increase competition among them.

    “These systems have led the world in increasing autonomy and trying to create markets and many other countries are following suit, but in key areas of school improvement, autonomous schools have the same bad practices as centralised schools.” Dr Jensen said.

    But The myth of markets shows that neither competition nor what is too often an excessive focus on autonomy are the best ways to improve Australian schools.” Dr Jensen said.

  • Trial multi-school organisations to improve schools

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia should trial multi-school organisations to give schools a better chance of improving student performance, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The report, Spreading success: Why Australia should trial multi-school organisations, says too many children are treading water in schools that struggle to improve academic performance, meet students’ complex needs, or offer a rich set of life experiences.

    Running highly effective schools is difficult. Governments have underestimated how much support principals and teachers need, and have not yet found the best way to provide that support.

    Principals are straining under the weight of expectations, and teachers frequently find themselves in workplaces that lack the resources and know-how to provide the training and career development essential for a strong profession.

    On their own, most schools are too small to marshal the experienced leadership, specialist expertise, and operational nous needed to provide an excellent education.

    While education departments have the organisational heft required, they struggle to provide each school with a clear vision for improvement, and precise and practical operational support. And the advice they provide is sometimes incompatible with day-to-day realities on the ground.

    Meanwhile, regional supports and loose, collaborative school networks – designed to help tackle these challenges – are limited in the actions they can take to drive real improvement.

    The result is a system in which schools are expected to provide an excellent education, but often feel poorly supported to do so. This means too many children are missing out.

    ‘While Australia has many exceptional schools, it has struggled to spread enough success to deliver on its promise of educational excellence for all,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Education Program Director Jordana Hunter.

    ‘And when schools fall short, it is unclear who should bear responsibility, and who should take charge of turning things around.’ 

    The report finds that establishing multi-school organisations (MSOs) could help. MSOs are strong ‘families’ of schools, bound together through a united executive leadership that is accountable for students’ results.

    Grattan Institute case studies of successful MSOs in England and New York City show that effective MSOs increase the odds of school improvement.

    Leading strong families of between 10 and 100 schools, these MSOs have a mandate to maintain high standards, and are accountable for doing so.

    Each has a clear blueprint for running an effective school, and the authority to enact this blueprint across multiple schools. This includes turning around schools that have under-performed for decades, as well as helping already good schools become great.

    Their ‘Goldilocks’ size helps too. These MSOs are small enough to understand – and ‘own’ – the specific challenges their principals, teachers, and students face. But they are also big enough to marshal the resources and expertise their schools need.

    Each Australian school sector should trial MSOs.

    State and territory governments and large Catholic dioceses should establish multiple trials.

    Independent schools – especially small ones – should consider working with others to trial MSOs too.

    Each trial should start with a high-performing ‘beacon’ school, and gradually build to a family of 10 schools within a decade, with further growth possible after that.

    While the MSO structure gives schools a clearer shot at improving, it does not guarantee it. Internationally, some MSOs have performed poorly or been mismanaged.

    Australia should learn from these mistakes and set clear expectations for the trial MSOs. Governments should also establish a robust regulatory framework for the trials, including rigorous public reviews.

    ‘Schools and teachers need a lot more support to provide an excellent education for all,’ says Dr Hunter.

    ‘MSOs offer a powerful way to give schools the boost they need.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Making hospitals safer will save taxpayers’ money

    Australia could save $1.5 billion a year on health spending by improving the safety of patient care in hospitals, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    Safer care saves money shows that safer hospital care doesn’t just reduce harm to patients, it also saves money for taxpayers.

    One in nine patients who go into hospital in Australia suffers a complication. The report finds that those complications cost public hospitals more than $4 billion a year, and private hospitals more than $1 billion a year. If all hospitals in Australia lifted their safety performance to match the best 10 per cent of hospitals, an extra 250,000 patients would go home complication-free each year and the health system would save about $1.5 billion every year, freeing up beds and resources so another 300,000 patients could be treated.

    Public hospitals get extra funding for treating a sicker patient even if the patient became sicker because of a complication suffered in the hospital. But Grattan analysis of Australia’s 20 biggest public hospitals shows that in every case, the cost of complications to the hospital was larger than the extra funding. On average, a complication cost the hospital more than three times the extra revenue it received.

    The report concludes that hospitals don’t need extra financial incentives to reduce complications. Instead, they need better information, and accreditation systems that encourage useful improvements rather than ticking boxes. Complication rates and accreditation outcomes should be public, so that governments are held to account. And medical students should learn only in hospitals with lower complication rates.

    State governments should make it clearer to their hospitals that improving patient safety also boosts the bottom line. States should give public hospitals – and the public – information on the estimated cost of and revenue from complications. Private health insurers also benefit from lower complication rates: their costs and future premiums fall. Insurers should increase pressure on hospitals to improve their safety performance, through contract negotiations and by making information on complication rates available to their members, either directly or through GPs.

    Australia’s hospital accreditation system has failed: it does not improve patient outcomes; doctors dismiss it as irrelevant or a waste of their time; it provides no incentives for excellent safety performance; and accreditation reports are kept secret. Practically every significant hospital safety failure in recent decades – from Bundaberg in Queensland to Camden and Campbelltown in NSW, Bacchus Marsh in Victoria and, most recently, a gas mix-up at Bankstown-Lidcombe Hospital in NSW– has happened in a hospital that had passed accreditation with flying colours.

    The report recommends replacing ‘one size fits all’ accreditation with a system based on measurable safety outcomes, tailored to each hospital’s situation.

    “Hospitals would no longer be spruced up for a once-a-year visit by accreditation inspectors,” says Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    “Instead, surveyors would conduct safety tests without notice, but concentrate on helping hospitals to give safer care.

    “And for the first time, patients and taxpayers would have access to detailed accreditation reports on all hospitals, so Australians could hold their governments to account on the quality and safety of hospital care.”

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • New report card on NAPLAN results reveals big differences between the states

    A new national report card on NAPLAN school results reveals big differences between the states on the rate of progress students make over the course of their schooling.

    The Grattan Institute report, Measuring student progress, shows Queensland is the star performer in primary school. Queensland primary students make two months more progress in reading than the national average between Year 3 and Year 5, and about one month more progress in numeracy over the same two years.

    NSW stretches advantaged secondary students, but is not so good at supporting disadvantaged secondary students.

    Victoria is the reverse: students in disadvantaged Victorian schools make four months more progress than the national average from Year 7 to Year 9, but the state does not do as well in stretching advantaged students.

    Contrary to popular perception, Tasmanian and Northern Territory schools are not under-performers. The report shows that their students progress broadly in line with students in schools of similar socio-economic advantage in other states.

    South Australia’s primary students make slightly less progress than the national average; Western Australia’s make progress roughly on par with the national average.

    The ACT is the worst performer on the Grattan Institute’s measure of student progress, which takes account of the fact that some states and territories have more advantaged students than others. On this like-for-like basis, students in the ACT make two to three months less progress than the national average in both primary school (between Year 3 and Year 5) and secondary school (between Year 7 and Year 9).

    The report challenges the idea that students in Australia’s high-achieving schools are ‘cruising’. In fact, students in low-achieving schools make only half the progress in numeracy from Year 7 to Year 9 as students in high-achieving schools, and 30 per cent less progress in reading.

    “This finding should ring alarm bells in cabinet rooms and education departments across Australia,” Grattan Institute School Education Program Director Peter Goss says.

    “If governments are serious about delivering on the Gonski vision of ‘at least one year’s growth in learning for every student every year’, then disadvantaged schools must be a big priority.”

    The report finds that whether a student attends a government, Catholic or independent school has little impact on how fast they progress in NAPLAN. Low rates of progress in regional and rural schools are mainly explained by their high levels of disadvantaged students. And whether a student goes to a big or small school has little relationship to how well they will learn.

    “The Grattan report card provides new insight on what’s happening in schools and contains important lessons for education policy makers,” Dr Goss says.

    “Governments should investigate why students make more progress in some states than others, with the goal of identifying the teacher practices and school policies that produce the best results for our children.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Pete Goss, School Education Program Director, Grattan Institute
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Reform Medicare to help the sickest and poorest: new Grattan report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Hundreds of thousands of the sickest and poorest Australians are missing out on healthcare because of gaps in Medicare coverage and high fees charged by medical specialists, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Not so universal: How to reduce out-of-pocket healthcare payments shows that in 2020-21, nearly half a million Australians decided not to see a specialist because they could not afford it, and even more deferred or did not fill a prescription because of the cost.

    Overall, Australians spend about $7 billion a year out of their own pockets on out-of-hospital medical services and on medications listed on the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme (PBS).

    ‘Bulk-billing rates are too low and out-of-pocket payments are too high for some services,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Health and Aged Care Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    ‘It’s a catch-22: the people who need the most healthcare – the poor and the chronically ill – miss out on care the most.

    ‘That is obviously bad for those people, but it’s also bad for taxpayers, because when people skip or defer recommended treatment they often get sicker and end up in hospital.’

    Fees charged by medical specialists are a major cause of high out-of-pocket patient payments.

    With public hospital outpatient wait times unacceptably long, many Australians have no alternative but to go to a private specialist. But the fees are unregulated, and some private specialists charge way above the Medicare schedule fee.

    For example, on average about 50 per cent of initial appointments with a dermatologist, urologist, obstetrician, or ophthalmologist, are charged at more than double the $90 Medicare schedule fee.

    The report lays out a policy blueprint for a better Medicare:

    • State governments should expand outpatient services to reduce wait times, and the federal government should fund bulk-billed specialist services in private clinics, especially in poorer parts of Australia.
    • To cut the number of referrals to specialists, the federal government should pay specialists for giving GPs over-the-phone advice about patients, without actually seeing the patient.
    • To cut pharmaceutical costs, especially for people with chronic conditions, the government should lower the co-payment for people on multiple medications.
    • The government should eliminate out-of-pocket payments for diagnostic services – such as scans and blood tests – and radiotherapy services, by funding them directly through a commercial tender.

    The report shows that if state and federal governments invested an extra $710 million per year on these reforms, Australians could save about $1 billion in out-of-pocket payments each year, and more people would get the care they need when they need it.

    ‘That’s a healthy return on investment,’ Dr Duckett says.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Cut tax breaks to make superannuation fairer and the budget stronger

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Tax breaks on superannuation are excessively generous and should be wound back to help fix the budget, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The report, Super savings: Practical policies for fairer superannuation and a stronger budget, shows that super tax breaks cost the budget $45 billion a year – or about 2 per cent of GDP – and will soon exceed the cost of the Age Pension.

    These tax breaks are not well targeted. Two-thirds of their value benefit the top 20 per cent of income earners, who are already saving enough for their retirement. Retirees with big superannuation accounts pay much less tax per dollar of super earnings than younger workers do on their wages.

    Much of the boost to super balances from tax breaks is never spent. By 2060, one-third of all withdrawals from super will be via bequests – up from one-fifth today.

    ‘Super has become a taxpayer-funded inheritance scheme,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Economic Policy Program Director Brendan Coates.

    ‘Reining in super tax breaks is a responsible way to boost government revenues in a world where the government has committed to higher spending on defence, healthcare, aged care, and disability care.’

    The report recommends a reform package that would save the budget more than $11.5 billion a year, including:

    • Raising Division 293 tax, which curbs tax breaks to high-income earners on their pre-tax super contributions, from 30 per cent to 35 per cent, and lowering the income threshold at which the tax applies, from $250,000 to $220,000 a year. This would save the budget about $1.1 billion a year and stop many high-income earners benefitting from larger tax breaks, per dollar contributed to their super, than low- and middle-income earners.
    • Lowering the cap on pre-tax super contributions, from $27,500 to $20,000 a year. This would save about $1.6 billion a year, mostly by reducing voluntary contributions made by older, wealthier Australians to minimise their income tax bills.
    • Abolishing carry-forward provisions and government co-contributions, which were intended to encourage catch-up contributions but in fact facilitate tax minimisation. This would save about $1.1 billion a year.
    • Taxing all superannuation earnings in retirement at 15 per cent – the same rate that applies to super earnings before retirement. This would save more than $5.3 billion a year.
    • Taxing earnings on super accounts larger than $2 million – rather than $3 million as proposed by the Albanese Government – at 30 per cent. This would save about $3 billion a year, compared to about $2 billion a year under the government’s plan.

    ‘The warning signs are everywhere: Australia’s current superannuation system is unfair and unsustainable,’ says Mr Coates.

    ‘The reforms we recommend would make the system fairer and the budget stronger.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • How Australia can make the most of the global gas revolution

    The global gas revolution is poised to significantly raise bills for Australian households and some gas-using businesses, but government should resist calls to intervene to keep prices low, according to a new Grattan report.

    Getting gas right: Australia’s energy challenge finds that development of Australia’s liquefied natural gas export industry, which could be the world’s largest by the end of the decade, could lead to price rises for households of up to $170 a year.

    “For years local prices have been low by world standards, but when suppliers can get a higher price exporting than on the domestic market, the domestic price has to rise,” says Grattan Institute Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    “Not everyone likes it, especially when electricity prices have also been rising, but it’s a natural consequence of an evolving market.”

    Grattan Institute’s report examines the creation of an east coast gas export market – which will join with Western Australian exports to produce an estimated $50 billion-a-year industry by 2017 – and Australia’s role in a gas revolution created by surging demand in Asia and new discoveries of shale gas in the United States.

    The report also examines Australia’s possible shortage of supply, arguing that government must resolve the impasse over coal seam gas in New South Wales, while industry must ensure that enough infrastructure is built to ensure that gas flows.

    Governments should also move to create a more transparent and competitive market by accelerating the development of gas trading hubs, introducing a published price index, freeing up trading in pipeline capacity and more tightly constraining joint marketing arrangements by gas producers.

    Beyond that they should resist calls for a moratorium on new LNG developments or the reservation of a proportion of gas for domestic consumption.

    “These demands for intervention are all pleas for protectionism,” says Tony Wood. “They will lead to distorted price signals, inefficient industries, lower investment and ultimately higher prices.”

    “For three decades, the Australian economy has thrived from opening trade and removing protection. We should not turn the other way now.”

  • Pass the stage 1 tax cuts now, but defer stage 3

    Federal Parliament should pass the Government’s Stage 1 tax cuts immediately but should defer consideration of the controversial Stage 3 cuts, according to a new Grattan Institute working paper.

    Budget blues: why the Stage 3 income tax cuts should wait finds passage of the Stage 1 cuts would give the economy a much-needed boost at a time of low growth and stagnant wages.

    The Stage 2 cuts would help most Australians by giving back bracket creep and are likely to be affordable.

    But the Stage 3 cuts, scheduled to come into effect in 2024-25, would cost the budget $85 billion over the subsequent six years. We do not know now whether these cuts are affordable or the right size and shape for the economy so far into the future.

    ‘The economy is softening, the budget position is weakening, and calls for the Government to use fiscal policy to stimulate the economy are growing,’ says Grattan Institute’s Budget Policy Program Director Danielle Wood.

    ‘Tax cuts now could provide that stimulus but there are big risks from locking in major tax cuts on the never-never.’

    Government would have to substantially reduce growth in spending to deliver both the Stage 3 tax cuts and promised surpluses, particularly if the economy worsens.

    The Stage 3 tax cuts would reduce bracket creep and boost people’s incentives to work, but they are far from the best way to do so. Committing to Stage 3 now could also ‘crowd out’ the chance of meaningful tax reform over the next decade.

    If the Stage 3 cuts pass, the top 15 per cent of income earners would pay a lower share of their income in tax, but middle-income earners would pay a higher share. The income tax system in 2024-25 would be less progressive than it has been at any point since the 1950s. Whether this is desirable is a value choice, but it is a choice that Australia should make with its eyes open.

    By contrast, the temporary and targeted Stage 1 tax cuts are well timed to boost consumer spending and economic activity at a time when inflation is virtually non-existent, the labour market is weakening, new building approvals are drying up, and per person living standards have gone backwards for three consecutive quarters.

    ‘Given the softening economy, passing the Stage 1 tax cuts should be a priority,’ Danielle Wood says.

    ‘But there is absolutely no need for the Government to tie its hands by committing to the Stage 3 tax cuts now.’

    Read the working paper

    For further enquiries:
    Danielle Wood, Budget Policy & Institutional Reform Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • How to provide better care for Australians with chronic disease

    Simple reforms to Australia’s health system could help save more than $320 million a year on avoidable hospital admissions and provide better care for people with diabetes, asthma, heart disease and other chronic conditions, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Building better foundations for primary care says that the primary health system, Australians’ first point of contact for health care, was designed in and for another era and is now failing in the prevention and management of chronic disease, the heaviest burden on today’s health system.

    The government spends more that $1 billion each year on planning, coordinating and reviewing chronic disease management, yet many people with chronic conditions do not receive best care and end up having hospital stays that could have been avoided with better care.

    The report says Medicare’s fee-for-service payment system for one-off visits to GPs needs to change, in favour of broader payments to health teams for integrated, long-term care of patients with chronic conditions. GPs would be financially rewarded for getting the best results for their patients, rather than for seeing their patients more often.

    The bickering and blame-shifting between the Commonwealth and the states needs to stop. The federal government should sign an agreement with each state that sets specific goals for disease prevention and management.

    Under these agreements, Primary Health Networks should be given more responsibility to create more effective and efficient primary care systems in their local areas, and should be held accountable for making improvements that reduce unnecessary hospital admissions.

    GPs should be paid to provide more data on why people visit their doctor and what advice and treatment they get.

    “These are simple reforms that will save money for taxpayers and improve care for patients,” says Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    “The 2017 federal budget is expected to commit more than $500 million over the next few years to lifting the Medicare rebate freeze. The Government should seize this opportunity to buy system change.”

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director, Grattan Institute
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Time for a property levy to raise $7 billion and put state budgets back on track

    A broad-based property levy could raise $7 billion a year and would be the best way for states and territories to raise revenue to address their deteriorating budgets, according to a new Grattan Institute working paper.

    Property Taxes, the second in a series of Grattan working papers on tackling Australia’s weakening fiscal position, finds that a levy of just $2 for every $1000 of unimproved land value would raise $7 billion a year with an annual charge of $772 on the median-priced Sydney home, $560 on the median-priced Melbourne home, and lower average rates in other cities and the regions.

    Grattan’s recent working paper, Fiscal challenges for Australia, found that state budgets are under pressure, with spending in health, education and other areas growing faster than GDP. State revenues are also threatened by the Commonwealth’s decision in last year’s budget to substantially reduce promised funding to the states for hospitals and schools.

    “Attention is focussed right now on the worsening Commonwealth deficit, but states and territories have a looming funding gap, and have provided little insight into how they are going to fill it,’ says Grattan CEO John Daley.

    Property Taxes argues that a broad-based property levy calculated from the council rates base would be the best revenue measure to fill that gap.

    “While property taxes can be unpopular because they are highly visible and hard to avoid, they are also efficient and fair, and don’t change incentives to work, save and invest.”

    “Unlike capital, property is immobile – it cannot shift offshore to avoid taxes. Over the last 25 years, taxes on property and property transactions have been the only significant ‘growth taxes’ for States, with revenues keeping pace with the economy.”

    “Our proposal is manageable for property landowners, and protects low-income people. Low-income retirees with high-value houses could defer paying the levy until their house is sold,” says John Daley.

    The working paper argues that the levy could also be used to fund the reduction and eventual abolition of stamp duties, among the most inefficient and inequitable state taxes.

    Shifting from stamp duty to a property levy would provide more stable revenues for states and add up to $9 billion in annual GDP.

    Grattan’s next paper in the Budget Repair series will address reform to superannuation tax concessions.

    Read the working paper

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia needs a new policy blueprint

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia needs bold policy reform to build back better after the COVID recession, according to a special pre-election book from independent think tank the Grattan Institute.

    Orange Book 2022: Policy priorities for the federal government maps out a policy blueprint to reignite wages growth and boost Australians’ living standards.

    It calls for major tax reform – including increasing or broadening the GST and winding back tax concessions to fund income tax cuts – as well as cheaper childcare, lower patient payments to medical specialists and dentists, higher-density housing in the major capital cities, a boost to the JobSeeker payment, stronger action on climate change, and a Commonwealth Integrity Commission with teeth.

    ‘This is an ambitious agenda,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute CEO Danielle Wood.

    ‘But decades of policy gridlock mean there are many opportunities to improve Australians’ living standards through better policy.

    ‘Whoever wins the 2022 federal election needs to get the ball rolling, so Australia can emerge from the pandemic as a fairer, more prosperous, and more optimistic nation.’

    The Orange Book is named after Grattan Institute’s signature colour. Like the ‘Blue Book’ (for the Coalition) and ‘Red Book’ (for Labor) that public service chiefs prepare for incoming governments, the ‘Orange Book’ sets out policy recommendations for whichever party wins the election.

    Based on detailed research and rigorous analysis published by Grattan Institute since it was founded 13 years ago, Orange Book 2022 identifies reforms to boost incomes, improve health and education, create better transport links, make housing more affordable, generate meaningful progress on climate change, and strengthen Australia’s political institutions.

    To arrest declining student performance, teachers should be given more time to prepare for class, and the next federal government should commit to doubling within 10 years the proportion of high achievers who choose teaching as their career.

    To reduce the number of Australians who delay or skip getting needed healthcare, the government should ensure patients pay less out of their own pocket when they see a medical specialist or the dentist.

    To tackle the scourge of poverty and homelessness, the government should boost Commonwealth Rent Assistance by at least 40 per cent and JobSeeker by at least $75 a week.

    To create job opportunities as Australia pursues its target of net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, the government should collaborate with industry to build on our comparative advantages in renewable energy and critical minerals, and target emissions-reduction policies across the economy.

    To boost the bang for buck from transport spending, the federal government should fund only nationally significant infrastructure projects, avoiding projects that are poor value for money.

    And to revive Australians’ trust in their political system, the next government should tighten the rules on political donations and lobbying, and create an anti-corruption commission with sweeping powers.

    ‘No government could implement in a single term all the reforms we recommend in the Orange Book,’ Ms Wood says.

    ‘But if governments were to tackle a reasonable number of them over the next decade, it could transform Australia, with higher incomes, less poverty, better-quality and more efficiently delivered services, a liveable climate, and stronger democratic institutions.

    ‘The 2022 election campaign should be the starting gun for the race to build a better Australia.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Grattan launches innovation and productivity series with Google

    Grattan Institute’s Spreading Smart Ideas series will identify policy reform opportunities to accelerate the spread of innovation, with the aim of contributing to a looming national challenge – improving Australia’s productivity. 

    Spreading Smart Ideas will initially tackle the productivity challenges faced by small and medium businesses and the education sector; two crucially important sectors that together contribute over 40% of GDP and employ over seven million people. The series will consist of workshops and conferences for experts and policy makers, with public consultation.

    Growth in productivity, or output per person, has been in decline in Australia since 2004. As the economy transitions post-mining boom, Australia will have to achieve strong productivity growth in order to maintain our living standards, or take a pay cut.

    Spreading innovative practices has the potential to improve productivity and strengthen the Australian economy. Innovation – ideas successfully applied – happens when businesses do things in new ways. Such improvements are the most important drivers of long-term economic growth, and therefore to social and individual wellbeing. Productivity lifts when a business invents or adopts better ways of doing things.

    “The series – made possible with the support of Google – will enable Grattan Institute to contribute to understanding and influencing the complex interplay between government policy and innovation,” says Grattan Institute CEO John Daley.

    “Australian governments spend over $10 billion each year that aims to support innovation. Government needs to ensure that this public money is spent where it makes the biggest difference and the innovation encouraged is socially worthwhile.”

    Google Australia’s Head of Public Policy and Government Affairs, Iarla Flynn said: “we are delighted to partner with Grattan Institute on this Series, which will make a contribution towards strengthening the Australian economy for the long term by unlocking and sharing the benefits of new ideas and technologies.”

    Grattan Institute is an independent, rigorous and practical think tank focused on Australian domestic public policy. Formed in 2008, it has made substantial contributions to public debate through its programs in productivity growth, school education, higher education, cities, energy and health. This new initiative will extend its work to an important area of public interest.

  • New Grattan Institute book lays out Australia’s road to COVID-19 recovery

    To help Australia recover from the COVID-19 recession, the Federal Government should inject $70 billion to $90 billion in extra economic stimulus, including revamping and extending JobKeeper, according to a new Grattan Institute book.

    The Recovery Book: what Australian governments should do now is a policy and strategy blueprint for federal, state, and territory governments, including for hospitals and health care, schools and universities, roads and trains, budgets and energy.

    The book urges governments to prioritise ruthlessly. Long term reforms – assuming they’re desirable – such as tax, industrial relations, and skills policy changes should be put on hold while governments tackle a huge agenda of urgent policies over the next six months.

    The Federal Government should announce extra economic stimulus – including spending on social housing and shovel-ready maintenance and infrastructure projects – in or before the October Budget, with the goal of getting hundreds of thousands of Australians back to work and dragging unemployment back down to about 5 per cent by the middle of 2022.

    JobKeeper should be expanded to include university staff, casual workers, and temporary migrants, and extended beyond September for businesses that are still in strife.

    The permanent rate of JobSeeker should be increased by at least $100 a week, and Commonwealth Rent Assistance should be increased by 40 per cent.

    The Child Care Subsidy should be raised to 95 per cent of costs for low-income households, to cushion the shock to family budgets as parents start paying for childcare again, and to reduce financial barriers for parents taking on more paid work.

    The Recovery Book recommends transport policy reforms to reflect likely changes to patterns of work and commuting in a ‘with-COVID’ world. These include congestion charging to help prevent roads in our capital cities clogging up, higher registration fees for larger cars than for smaller cars, more cycle lanes and paths, and a rethink of major project priorities.

    On health, the book calls for governments to refine policies put in place over the past few months: expanding telehealth – telephone and video consultations with GPs and specialists – and using private hospitals better, especially to help clear the elective surgery backlog.

    On schools, the book urges the Federal Government to fund a $1 billion, six-month tutoring blitz to help a million disadvantaged students recover learning lost during lockdowns.

    The Recovery Book calls for a rapid return of rigorous scrutiny and oversight of government spending and decisions, after parliaments were suspended at the height of the COVID crisis. The Federal Government should establish the promised national integrity commission.

    ‘This is a massive agenda, almost all needed in the next six months,’ Grattan Institute CEO and lead author Dr John Daley said. ‘Our book maps Australia’s road to recovery from the biggest economic and social shock since World War II. After the recovery has been established, Australian governments will have the resources to focus properly on structural reforms to the economy and the budget.’

    For further inquiries on:

      • The Recovery Book overall
        John Daley : 0407 004 231, john.daley@grattaninstitute.edu.au
      • The shape of the economic downturn, the rephasing and reshaping of JobKeeper, JobSeeker, and childcare, and competition policy consequences
        Danielle Wood : 0405 510 763, Danielle.wood@grattaninstitute.edu.au
      • The size of the budgetary and RBA response required, and the implications for unemployment, including the long term future of JobSeeker
        Brendan Coates : 0412 798 229, Brendan.coates@grattaninstitute.edu.au
      • Health strategy
        Stephen Duckett : 0447 837 741, stephen.duckett@grattaninstitute.edu.au
      • Transport implications
        Marion Terrill : 0428 123 323, Marion.terrill@grattaninstitute.edu.au
      • Energy and industry implications
        Tony Wood : 0419 642 098, tony.wood@grattaninstitute.edu.au
      • School education implications
        Julie Sonnemann : 0401 854 371, Julie.sonnemann@grattaninstitute.ed.au
  • Blueprint for better aged care: new Grattan report

    Australia needs a new aged care system. Spending an extra $7 billion a year could provide all older Australians with the care and support they need, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Reforming aged care: a practical plan for a rights-based system shows the current system has let down older Australians, with unacceptable waiting times for home care, shocking stories of neglect and abuse exposed by the aged care Royal Commission, and hundreds of COVID-19 deaths among aged care residents.

    A new Aged Care Act should create a rights-based system that guarantees care and support for all who need it.

    Australia should be divided into 30 regions, each with a ‘system manager’ responsible for individual support plans for older Australians in their area. Each older Australian would have the help of a local ‘assessment officer’ to draw up their support plan, and a local ‘support manager’ to act as their advocate in obtaining necessary services.

    Many more Australians would receive care and support in their own homes. Rogue proprietors of residential aged care facilities would be driven out of the system. Aged care homes would have to meet minimum resident-to-carer ratios, and provide nursing supervision 24 hours a day. Carers would be registered, better trained, and better paid.

    Residents of aged care homes would contribute to their accommodation costs by paying rent, but a means-test would be applied to ensure people who couldn’t afford the rent would pay less or not at all.

    The Grattan model would require the Federal Government to spend 35 per cent more than the current failed system – an extra $7 billion a year – and even more in coming decades as Australia’s population continues to age. But it would also create an extra 70,000 jobs, not just improving care but boosting the economy after the COVID recession.

    The new system should be phased in over three years, starting next year with a trial in the two smallest states, South Australia and Tasmania.

    But before then, the Federal Government should create a one-off $1 billion national ‘rescue fund’ to force the worst providers of residential care to lift their game or get out of the system.

    ‘Australians already have universal access to health care via Medicare, and universal access to disability support via the NDIS. It’s time older Australians had universal access to aged care,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    ‘Australians should of ashamed of aspects of the present aged care system. Our report is a blueprint for something we could all be proud of – an aged care system that protects the rights, upholds the dignity, and celebrates the contribution of older Australians,’ Dr Duckett says.

    For media enquiries contact Stephen Duckett:
    0447 837 741, stephen.duckett@grattaninstitute.edu.au

  • Summer reading list for the Prime Minister 2019

    Six books Scott Morrison should read over the summer holidays (and you might like them too).

    After a busy election year, our Prime Minister might be in need of a holiday. To help him make the most of his Christmas break, Grattan Institute has selected six thought-provoking works, guaranteed to entertain and inform. 

    Our 2019 recommendations tackle wide-ranging topics, from secret ballots to cities, Tories to the Testaments. Each selection provides inspiration and warning for how to shape Australia’s future. 

    So kick back, grab a democracy sausage, and enjoy our six recommendations for 2019:

    • From Secret Ballot to Democracy Sausage Judith Brett (Text Publishing, 2019)
    • Kindred Kate Legge (Melbourne University Publishing, 2019) 
    • Order without Design Alain Bertaud (MIT Press, 2018) 
    • The strange death of Tory economic thinking Stian Westlake (Medium.com, 2019)
    • See what you made me do Jess Hill (Black Inc., 2019)
    • The Testaments Margaret Atwood (Vintage, 2019) 

    Get the summer reading list

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Cut spending and raise taxes to repair the budget

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    The federal government needs to cut spending and raise taxes to rein in Australia’s structural budget deficit, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The pre-budget report, Back in black? A menu of measures to repair the budget, shows that Australia is on track for 25 years of deficits – teenagers who started high school this year have never seen a budget surplus and probably won’t until they are through university.

    The structural deficit is expected to be about 2 per cent of GDP, or nearly $50 billion every year, by the end of the decade.

    And without action, the problem will get worse because population ageing means more spending on health and aged care, and climate change means more natural disasters such as bushfires and floods.

    Continually adding to national debt by running sizeable deficits reduces the government’s room to respond to future economic shocks and pushes the cost of today’s spending onto future generations.

    We should not fall into the trap of thinking we can simply grow our way out of debt. Governments should pursue policies to boost growth, but that alone is unlikely to put the nation’s finances on a sustainable trajectory.

    And the size of the problem means it won’t be solved on one side of the budget alone. The report puts forward a menu of policy options to both reduce spending and boost revenue.

    Menu items to reduce spending include:

    • Cutting wasteful spending on major defence and transport projects (which would save several billion dollars a year)
    • Undoing WA’s special deal on the GST (about $5 billion a year)
    • Counting more of the family home in the aged pension assets test (about $4 billion a year)
    • Trimming spending on hospitals, pathology, and pharmaceuticals (about $2 billion a year)
    • Reducing spending on politicised grants and advertising ($1 billion to $2 billion a year)
    • Abolishing the Family Tax Benefit part B for couples (about $1.3 billion a year)
    • Abolishing the Business Innovation and Investment Program visa (about $1 billion a year)

    Menu items to boost revenue include:

    • Better targeting tax concessions on superannuation (saving more than $11.5 billion a year once fully implemented)
    • Redesigning the so-called Stage 3 tax cuts so they are less generous to the highest income-earners (about $8 billion a year)
    • Gradually raising the age at which people can use their super, from 60 to 65 (more than $7 billion a year)
    • Raising the GST from 10 per cent to 15 per cent, with compensation for vulnerable households, and 50 per cent of the net revenue shared with the states (about $6 billion a year)
    • Winding back fuel tax credits for businesses (about $4 billion a year)
    • Redesigning the Petroleum Resource Rent Tax (at least $3 billion a year)

    The government should also consider bolder revenue-raising options such as realigning company tax rates and introducing a carbon tax and an inheritance tax.

    And the government will have to rein in cost growth in aged care and on the NDIS, or those programs will become unsustainable.

    ‘None of these options are easy, but if the government is serious about budget repair it will need to embrace at least some of them,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute CEO Danielle Wood.

    ‘And to those who rush to reject these policies out of hand, I say: What’s your solution?’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Stop offering so many international graduates false hope

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia offers international students generous rights to stay and work here after they graduate, which gives false hope to thousands of graduates who will never gain permanent residency, adds to population pressures, and threatens Australia’s reputation as a destination for tertiary study.

    A new Grattan Institute report, Graduates in limbo: International student visa pathways after graduation, shows that many international graduates stay in Australia on temporary visas once they graduate, but struggle to pursue their chosen careers.

    Only half secure full-time employment, most work in low-skilled jobs, and half earn less than $53,300 a year.

    Many international graduates are also stuck in visa limbo: less than one third of Temporary Graduate visa-holders now transition to permanent residency when their visa expires, down from two thirds in 2014.

    One-in-three graduates return to further study, mostly in cheaper vocational courses, to prolong their stay in Australia.

    Federal government policy is moving in the wrong direction. Grattan Institute modelling shows that the government’s recent decision to allow many graduates to stay and work for even longer is a big driver why the number of Temporary Graduate visa-holders in Australia will almost double to about 370,000 by 2030.

    That will leave even more graduates stuck in visa limbo, with even worse prospects of ever securing permanent residency, while adding further pressure to Australia’s already-tight rental markets. 

    ‘Encouraging so many international graduates to stay and struggle in Australia is in no one’s interests,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Economic Policy Program Director Brendan Coates.

    ‘It erodes public trust in our migration program. It hurts the long-term prospects of those graduates who do stay permanently. It’s unfair to those graduates who invest years in Australia with little prospect of securing permanent residency. And it adds to population pressures in areas like housing.’

    The report recommends an overhaul of the visas offered to international graduates, to reduce the number of graduates left living in limbo and identify the best graduates to stay permanently in Australia.

    It calls on the government to: 

    • Cut the duration of post-study work visas for international graduates.
    • Raise the English language requirement for Temporary Graduate visa-holders.
    • Limit Temporary Graduate visas to people younger than 35 (down from 50 now).
    • Scrap visa extensions for graduates with degrees in nominated areas of shortage, and for graduates who live and work in the regions.
    • Only offer visa extensions to graduates who earn at least $70,000 a year.
    • Create a new ‘Exceptionally Talented Graduate’ visa which offers a direct path to permanent residency for the most talented international graduates.
    • Offer more help to international graduates who do stay to pursue their careers in Australia.

    ‘These reforms would cut the number of graduates we leave in limbo, while ensuring Australia continues to attract the best international students and help the best graduates to stay,’ says Mr Coates.

    ‘We shouldn’t keep offering so many international graduates false hope about being able to stay permanently in Australia, when most clearly can’t.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • How to solve Australia’s maths problem

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia has a maths problem. A new Grattan report shows that one in three Australian school students fail to achieve proficiency in maths.

    The report, The Maths Guarantee: How to boost students’ learning in primary schools, shows that students from disadvantaged backgrounds struggle the most with maths. But one in five students from well-off families struggle too.

    In a 2023 international maths test, only 13 per cent of our Year 4 students excelled, compared to 22 per cent in England and 49 per cent in Singapore.

    A Grattan Institute survey of 1,745 teachers and school leaders across the country, conducted for this report, found some teachers lack confidence to teach Year 6 maths, and many have concerns about their colleagues’ ability to teach maths.

    When maths is taught well, children and the nation benefit. But taught poorly, students are robbed of a core life skill. Innumerate adults have worse job prospects and are more likely to struggle with routine tasks such as managing budgets and understanding health guidance.

    ‘Maths has been deprioritised in Australia for decades,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Education Program Director Jordana Hunter.

    ‘Governments have also been too slow to rule out faddish but unproven maths teaching methods.

    ‘To turn rhetoric into reality, governments need to take seriously the evidence base on how humans, including children, learn maths most effectively.’

    The opportunity to lift maths achievement starts in primary schools. Maths is highly cumulative, so it is imperative that primary schools teach maths well and lay down strong foundations for future success.

    Most primary teachers are expected to teach maths, but not all have the maths knowledge, confidence, and training to teach it well. This isn’t fair for students. And it’s not fair for teachers either.

    There are proven strategies to turn this around. Some schools have already put these in place. By implementing explicit and systematic teaching, effective catch-up support, and high-quality professional learning for teachers, students at these schools are making fast progress and teachers feel successful.

    All primary students and teachers deserve to experience that success. To get there, governments, along with the Catholic and independent school sectors, should commit to a 10-year Maths Guarantee strategy.

    First, they should commit to a long-term aspiration of 90 per cent of students achieving proficiency in numeracy, as measured by NAPLAN.

    Second, they should ensure schools have clear guidance on how to teach maths well. Department staff should align on this guidance too.

    Third, governments should arm schools with quality-assured curriculum materials and rigorously evaluated assessments.

    Fourth, they should invest in high-quality professional development to support teachers and school leaders to implement best practice in their classrooms.

    Fifth, they should improve monitoring and oversight through stronger school reviews and the introduction of a mandatory, research-validated early years numeracy screening tool.

    ‘This strategy will require ambition and commitment,’ says Dr Hunter.

    ‘But the costs of these reforms are modest – only about $67 per primary student per year – and affordable within existing budgets by giving maths the priority it deserves.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • How to create classrooms that improve learning

    Australia’s education system needs comprehensive reform to tackle widespread student disengagement in the classroom, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Engaging students: creating classrooms that improve learning reports that as many as 40 per cent of school students are unproductive in a given year.

    Unproductive students are on average one to two years behind their peers, and their disengagement also damages their classmates and teachers.

    The main problem is not the sort of aggressive or even violent behaviour that attracts media headlines. More prevalent, and more stressful for teachers, are minor disruptions such as students talking back or simply switching off and avoiding work.

    What is taught and the way it is taught are crucial in engaging students. But creating a good learning environment in the classroom will also help.

    The report calls for an integrated assault on the problem, requiring new approaches by governments, universities, school principals and teachers.

    The government and non-government systems should target more support to schools in poorer parts of Australia, where the problem is most severe.

    Universities need to change their courses to give trainee teachers more supervised time in classrooms, so they are better prepared for the challenge of engaging students.

    Teachers must be given better information about what strategies work best in the classroom, and they need more time to learn how to use those techniques in the heat of the moment.

    The report finds that teachers are crying out for more guidance on classroom strategies. As many as 40 per cent of teachers say they have never had the chance to watch colleagues and learn from how they engage students in class. And only about one-third of the practices promoted in textbooks and training courses for new teachers have been shown to work well.

    “Australian classrooms are not ‘out of control’, but student disengagement is a hidden problem in schools,” says Grattan Institute School Education Program Director Pete Goss.

    “When a student switches off, there is the risk of a downward spiral. If the teacher responds badly, more students can become distracted and the momentum of the class can be lost.

    “We owe it to future generations of Australian students to make these reforms now. If we get it right, we will help create a virtuous circle in which students are more engaged, teachers are less stressed, classes become more compelling and students learn more.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Pete Goss, School Education Program Director, Grattan Institute
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • The economy and the fair go both need our cities to work better, says new report

    Building more homes in established areas of cities and improving urban transport could substantially boost national prosperity and economic growth, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Productive cities: opportunity in a changing economy shows that a new divide is opening in Australian cities, with growing gaps between the incomes, qualifications, house prices and access to jobs of residents in inner and outer areas.

    The report analyses housing, income and transport data in Australia’s four largest cities to show that while highly paid and qualified workers are living close to city centres, workers with trade skills and low skills, and people on low incomes, are living further from the centre.

    “If the trend continues unchecked, then many people risk being locked out of the parts of the city that offer the richest access to jobs,” says Grattan Institute Cities Program Director, Jane-Frances Kelly.

    “Our cities have served our economy well for a long time, but there are growing signs that our housing and transport systems are not keeping pace with the needs of an ever more knowledge-intensive and skilled economy.”

    The report recommends increasing the supply and diversity of dwellings in existing suburbs, in line with previous Grattan research showing that the greater housing choice that Australians want can be achieved if residents are engaged in decisions about their neighbourhoods and the disincentives developers face are addressed.

    It also recommends consideration of road-user charging to ensure that road space is preserved for the most productive uses and as a way to raise funds for public transport.

    The report finds that while inner city residents have rich access to a range of jobs, in large outer areas of Australia’s biggest cities, less than 10 per cent of all jobs in the city can be reached within a 45-minute drive.

    “People in these suburbs have access to so few of the jobs available in our cities that they are extremely vulnerable in a downturn,” Ms Kelly says. “In this case, what’s good for the economy is good for the fair go.”

  • How to fight congestion in our major cities

    Congestion charges should be introduced in Sydney and Melbourne, according to a new Grattan Institute report that provides a uniquely detailed look at road congestion in Australia’s major cities.

    Stuck in traffic? Road congestion in Sydney and Melbourne warns that, with their populations growing strongly, both cities could face traffic gridlock in future unless decisive action is taken to manage congestion.

    The findings are based on an examination of 3.5 million Google Maps trip-time estimates across more than 350 routes over six months of this year.

    In the middle and outer suburbs of Sydney and Melbourne, most drivers have a pretty smooth run most of the time. But commutes to the CBD can take more than twice as long as the same trips would take in the middle of the night.

    In Sydney, CBD commuters from Balgowlah in the north and Hurstville in the south can expect delays of about 15 minutes on an average morning, far longer than commuters from other parts of the city.

    In Melbourne, the worst delays are for people commuting from north-eastern suburbs, including Heidelberg, Kew and Doncaster. Drivers who have to use the Eastern Freeway and Hoddle Street in the morning peak are often delayed for more than 20 minutes, and the length of the delay can vary greatly from day to day.

    The report recommends congestion charges in the most congested central areas of each city. Key bottlenecks in Sydney include The Spit Bridge and the commute to the CBD from Drummoyne via Balmain.

    Melbourne should introduce a “CBD cordon” congestion charge, similar to London’s. The cordon could cover Hoddle Street to the east, Royal Parade to the west, City Road and Olympic Boulevard to the south, and Alexandra Parade to the north, with motorists charged when they drive across the cordon into the city during peak periods.

    People who pay the charge would get a quicker and more reliable trip, because there would be fewer cars on the road at peak times. People who can travel outside of the peaks would not have to pay, because there would be no congestion charge when the roads are not congested.

    To make clear that the new charges are to help manage traffic flows rather than boost revenue, the money raised should be used to fund a discount on vehicle registration fees and improvements to the train, tram, ferry and bus networks.

    Melbourne’s CBD parking levy should be doubled, to match Sydney’s and to further discourage city commuters from driving to work.

    And public transport fares in both cities should be cut during off-peak periods, to encourage people to shift their travel to times when the trains, trams and buses are not overcrowded.

    The report dismisses the idea that new city freeways are the answer to road congestion.

    New roads are important for areas of new growth or substantial redevelopment, but close to the city centres it is often more effective and always cheaper to invest in smaller-scale engineering and technology improvements such as traffic-light coordination, smarter intersection design, variable speed limits and better road surfaces and gradients.

    “Don’t listen to the politicians who tell you big new roads will be ‘congestion busters’,” says Grattan Institute Transport Program Director Marion Terrill.

    “You can’t build your way out of congestion.

    “We need more sophisticated solutions. Some of the great cities of the world have successful congestion pricing schemes, including London, Stockholm and Singapore.

    “For Sydney and Melbourne, congestion pricing would deliver city-wide benefits: not only reducing the amount of time we spend stuck in traffic, but also funding better public transport and a cut to car registration fees.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Marion Terrill, Transport Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Act now to end the school lesson lottery: new Grattan report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia’s school students are forced to play a damaging ‘lesson lottery’ because governments have dramatically underestimated how much support teachers need to get curriculum planning right, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Ending the lesson lottery: How to improve curriculum planning in schools finds that most teachers carry a heavy curriculum planning load, and too often are left to try their best in near-impossible circumstances.

    A Grattan Institute survey of 2,243 teachers and school leaders across Australia, conducted for this report, finds that only 15 per cent of teachers have access to a common bank of high-quality curriculum materials for all their classes. Even more troubling, teachers in disadvantaged schools are only half as likely to have access to a common bank as teachers in advantaged schools.

    ‘Teachers tell us they often plan alone from scratch, searching social media to try to find lesson materials,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Education Program Director Dr Jordana Hunter.

    ‘This creates Australia’s lesson lottery – it undermines student learning and adds to the workload of our overstretched teachers.’

    Grattan’s survey shows that having access to a common bank of high-quality curriculum materials for all subjects makes a big difference. Teachers say students are then almost twice as likely to consistently learn the same things, no matter which classroom they are in.

    When teachers have access to a common bank of materials, they are almost four times more likely to say they are satisfied with their school’s planning approach. Teachers also save about three hours a week, because they don’t have to source and create materials themselves.

    ‘Great teaching requires classroom instruction based on well-designed, knowledge-rich, and carefully sequenced lessons that build student knowledge and skills over time,’ Dr Hunter says.

    ‘Without a whole-school approach to curriculum planning, even the hardest-working teachers will struggle to give their students the best education.’

    The Australian Curriculum and its state variants provide high-level direction only, leaving vast gaps for teachers to fill in. Teachers are crying out for change and schools need much more support.

    Some schools are doing whole-school planning well. The report profiles five role-model schools: Marsden Road Public School in south-west Sydney, Docklands Primary School in central Melbourne, Ballarat Clarendon College in regional Victoria, Aveley Secondary College in outer Perth, and Serpentine Primary School in a regional town near Perth. But these schools are the exception, not the rule.

    The report recommends a three-pronged strategy to end the lesson lottery and ensure Australia’s schools get better at curriculum planning.

    First, governments should invest in high-quality, comprehensive curriculum materials, and make them available for all teachers, whether in government, Catholic, or independent schools.

    Second, governments should strengthen curriculum expertise in schools. Principals, curriculum leaders, and teachers need much more professional development to implement a high-quality, whole-school curriculum approach, and adapt teaching materials effectively for their schools and their students.

    And third, governments should closely review curriculum planning in all schools, to track implementation on the ground and target more support to the schools that need it.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Time to face rising pressures on Australian government budgets

    Australian government budgets are at serious risk of posting deficits in the next decade of around 4 per cent of GDP, or $60 billion a year, according to a new Grattan Institute report that examines the spending and revenue of Commonwealth and State Governments.

    Budget pressures on Australian governments reveals that a combination of rising costs, large political promises from both sides of politics, likely tax shortfalls and the prospect of declining minerals prices will create “significant problems” for budgets.

    “Turning these problems around is an alarming task but not impossible,” says the report’s author, Grattan Institute CEO John Daley.

    “But it will require tougher choices than those governments have made over the last decade.”

    The report finds that the greatest of the pressures that put Australia’s prosperity at risk come from sustained growth in spending, especially health expenditure, which rose by nearly $42 billion in real terms over the past decade.

    But contrary to widespread belief, it is not the ageing population that is driving health spending but the fact that people of all ages are seeing doctors more often, having more tests and operations and taking more prescription drugs.

    Mr Daley says the current plight of many European countries is more evidence that balanced budgets over the economic cycle of boom and bust are much better than the alternative.

    “Even in good times it is hard for governments to run a surplus. They are invariably tempted to raise voter expectations and spend money. Many voters prefer outcomes with no losers.

    Mr Daley says running balanced budgets is not necessarily about reducing the size of government.

    “Around the world, there are small governments that run big deficits, and big governments that run surpluses.

    “For the past decade, though, successive Australian governments have squibbed the hard decisions. Now courageous leaders must step forward and ensure our prosperity for future generations.”

  • How to rebuild trust in politics

    Protest politics is on the rise in Australia, and the main cause is collapsing trust in politicians and the major parties, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    A crisis of trust says that if the major parties and politicians want to rebuild trust with voters, they will need to change the way they do politics: stop misusing their entitlements, strengthen political donations laws, tighten regulation of lobbyists, and slow the revolving door between political offices and lobbying positions.

    They will need to stop over-promising and under-delivering, on everything from reducing power bills to making houses more affordable and developing regional Australia. And the major parties will need to increase the size of their ‘gene pool’, by preselecting candidates who have broader work experience than being political staffers or union officials.

    The vote share for minor parties and independents has been rising for a decade. At the 2016 federal election it hit its highest level since the Second World War. More than one-in-four Australians voted for someone other than the ALP, the LNP or the Greens in the Senate. First-preference Senate votes for minor parties and ‘outsider’ candidates leapt from 12 per cent in 2004 to 26 per cent in 2016.

    Voters in regional and remote areas are particularly disillusioned. The further from a capital city GPO, the higher the minor party vote and the faster it has risen.

    The report identifies voter disillusionment with the political establishment as the major cause of the rise in protest politics; it’s an ‘anyone but them’ vote.

    Voters for ‘outsider’ politicians such as Pauline Hanson, Jacqui Lambie, Derryn Hinch and Nick Xenophon have much lower trust in government than those who vote for the majors. Australians increasingly believe politicians look after themselves and government is run by a few big interests rather than in the public interest. More than 70 per cent of Australians think our system of government needs reform. Voters are choosing parties and candidates that promise to ‘drain the swamp’.

    Economic factors are less important. The rise in the minor party vote doesn’t seem to be about stagnant wages or rising inequality: the vote grew most strongly when real wages were rising and inequality wasn’t. And the biggest increase in the minor party vote was between 2010 and 2013 – a period when Australians were particularly optimistic about their immediate financial future.

    But the loss of economic and cultural power in the regions looms large in regional voters’ dissatisfaction. Regions hold a falling share of Australia’s population, and consequently of the nation’s economy. Australia’s cultural symbols are becoming more city-centric – from mateship to multiculturalism, The Man from Snowy River to MasterChef. Regional voters increasing fear they are being ‘left behind’ and that ‘the Australian way of life is under threat’. The rhetoric and policies of some minor parties tap into these concerns and values.

    Grattan Institute CEO John Daley says: “Our leaders need to heed the warning signs and focus on what matters to voters: restoring trust and social cohesion.”

    Report co-author and Grattan Institute Program Director Danielle Wood says: “Politicians need to take a leadership role, by stressing the common ground between city and country and between communities with different backgrounds.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Danielle Wood, Budget Policy and Institutional Reform Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Put an end to jobs for mates: new Grattan Institute report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australian politics has a growing ‘jobs for mates’ culture and it’s undermining our democracy, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    New politics: A better process for public appointments shows that many federal and state government boards, tribunals, and agencies are stacked with people who have worked in politics – almost always for the party that was in government when they got the job.

    It reveals that political appointees occupy 21 per cent of federal government board positions that are well-paid, powerful, and/or prestigious.

    Half of the Productivity Commission’s board members have a political connection to the Coalition.

    More than one in five members of federal government business boards have a political connection — including businesses such as Australia Post that employ thousands of people and manage income in the billions. In many states, it’s one in 10. By contrast, fewer than 2 per cent of ASX100 company board members – who exercise very similar responsibilities – have a political connection.

    Political stacking is especially evident on the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (AAT), an independent expert body that reviews government decisions on everything from child support to migration status.

    The AAT offers the full trifecta of powerful, prestigious, and well-paid positions – AAT member salaries range from nearly $200,000 to nearly $500,000 a year.

    Twenty per cent of the AAT’s 320 tribunal members have a direct political connection to the government that appointed them. And the problem is getting worse.

    Political appointments to the AAT have grown substantially in the past five years, and many of these appointments were made on ‘election eve’ – in the lead up to the 2019 and 2022 federal elections.

    ‘When mateship prevails over merit, we all suffer,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute CEO Danielle Wood.

    ‘Of course not all political appointees are without merit, but politicising public appointments can compromise the performance of government agencies, promote a corrupt culture, and undermine public trust in the institutions of government.’

    To put an end to jobs for mates, the report calls on federal and state governments to establish a transparent, merit-based selection process for all public appointments, overseen by a new Public Appointments Commissioner:

    • All public board, tribunal, and statutory appointments should be advertised, along with the selection criteria for each position.
    • An independent panel, including the Public Appointments Commissioner, should assess applicants against the selection criteria and provide a shortlist of candidates to the minister.
    • The minister should be required to choose the successful candidate only from the shortlist.

    ‘This is a big problem, but it has an easy fix,’ Ms Wood says.

    ‘If the new federal government is serious about improving the way politics is done in Australia, it should set about ending the insidious jobs-for-mates culture – and the state and territory governments should get on board.’

    This report is the first of Grattan Institute’s New politics series, examining misuse of public office for political gain. Subsequent reports will investigate pork-barrelling and the politicisation of taxpayer-funded advertising.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • NSW planning reform welcome, but challenges ahead

    A White Paper outlining a new planning system for NSW could change Sydney for the better, but only if it is accompanied by community engagement on a scale never before seen in Australia, according to the Grattan Institute.

    “This is a bold reform,” says Jane-Frances Kelly, Director of the Grattan Institute Cities Program. “It offers the potential for long-term strategic planning, rather than having Sydney develop in an ad hoc manner, as the result of street-by-street battles over particular projects.”

    The White Paper proposes streamlining development approvals so that 80 per cent of applications get the go ahead within 25 days. Residents will be informed, but not consulted about these projects.

    “This might sound like it’s denying residents a say” says Ms Kelly, “but if the proposals are implemented successfully, then residents should get more influence, not less”.

    “As things stand, the only way residents can shape their neighbourhoods is by objecting to the things they don’t like. The White Paper proposes engaging residents up front, so that they help to write rules on what can get built where.”

    “If a project is to get streamlined approval, it will have to comply with local codes devised in consultation with residents. This will include the detail of often contentious issues like overlooking and overshadowing.”

    Ms Kelly says that there is a great deal to be gained from speeding up project approvals. “Currently developers face long delays, which adds to the cost of housing. Faster approvals will encourage more investment and increase the supply of dwellings.”

    But implementing the White Paper won’t be easy, Ms Kelly says.

    “Our research shows that this approach to strategic planning can work. It has been implemented successfully in overseas cities such as Vancouver and Seattle. It will only succeed however, if it is based on community engagement of a quality and scale never before seen in Australia.”

  • Making private hospital insurance pay

    The only way that private hospital insurance can survive as Australia’s population ages is to make insurance cheaper for younger, healthier people, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Saving private health 2: Making private health insurance viable finds that younger consumers are spending more on private hospital insurance but getting less value for their money. The industry faces a demographic death spiral as costs for older people rise and younger people leave.

    Insurers’ incentives to keep members healthy, bargain hard with hospitals, and treat all patients efficiently are strangled by red tape and by excessive regulation. They must charge everyone the same premium – no matter what their age – under the ‘community rating’ principle. And if an insurer innovates to keep costs down, it loses much of the benefit through a process called risk equalisation.  

    “Red tape has created an administrative nightmare that discourages the industry from innovating to reduce costs,” says lead author and Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett. “Over-regulation has created a complacent industry that is over-reliant on direct or indirect taxpayer subsidies.” 

    The Commonwealth spends around $5 billion each year subsidising private hospital insurance and another $1 billion on ‘general’ or ‘extras’ insurance. “This is questionable value for money,” Dr Duckett says.

    “Subsidising private health care might be worth it if it takes the pressure off the public system, but our research suggests that too much of the subsidy goes to people who would have paid for insurance anyway, and pays for private care that complements—rather than replaces—public care.” 

    The report lays out a transition to make private hospital care better value for both consumers and taxpayers, and viable for the long term. 

    Premiums should be partially deregulated for people aged less than 55, so that what a person pays more closely reflects the benefits that someone of their age can expect to receive from hospital insurance. The private hospital insurance rebate should be redirected towards older patients. Overall the net premiums paid by older people would rise a little, and younger people would pay less. Net premiums paid by older people wouldn’t rise at all if governments implemented reforms previously recommended to make private healthcare more efficient. 

    The remedy for a complex ineffective system of carrots and sticks is not even more regulation, but less. A range of private health insurance regulations should be phased out or reduced, such as subsidies for extras insurance, Lifetime Health Cover, the Medicare Levy Surcharge and risk equalisation. 

    “Unlike self-interested ‘zombie’ reforms that are sometimes floated in the media, these are practical proposals that will help make the private insurance industry more sustainable and will ultimately benefit all members,” Dr Duckett says.

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • It’s time to open the door to online education technology

    Information technology could transform teaching and learning in higher education, challenging the traditional lecture format, enabling courses to be tailored to student needs, and opening the sector to new higher education providers, according to a Grattan Institute report, The online evolution: when technology meets tradition in higher education.

    With the rapid rise of MOOCs – massive open online courses – some commentators predict that the internet will replace the classroom.

    But Grattan Institute Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton says online education is more likely to enrich than supplant traditional teaching.

    “Despite the hype around purely online education, the big question is not whether online courses will replace classrooms, but whether technology will drive the re-design of teaching and learning,” he says.

    “In future we might watch a lecture on our tablet, PC or phone before we go to class to discuss specific problems. We might test ourselves regularly online, exposing what we do and don’t know. Use of personal data could lead to courses that adapt to individual student’s abilities. The possibilities are vast.”

    The report also considers what government should do to ensure that Australian students benefit from new information technology.

    Mr Norton says the advance of online learning provides opportunities for new, low-cost entrants into the relatively closed higher education field. The government should reduce expensive requirements for student admission and welfare services that are less relevant for online students.

    The government should seek agreements with other countries for mutual recognition of higher education providers. This would give Australian universities more opportunities overseas, and provide Australian students with increased access to innovative higher education providers from other countries.

    “Whether they come from Australia or overseas, if their standards are high, government should help new education providers get in the door,” Mr Norton says.

  • Time to cut pharmaceutical prices and end Australia’s bad drug deal

    The Commonwealth Government could save more than $1.3 billion a year if it changed its approach to purchases of prescription drugs on the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme, Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett said today.

    Launching a new Grattan Institute report, Australia’s bad drug deal, Professor Duckett said that in a time of escalating health costs and pressures on the budget, the savings could be made relatively easily if the political will was there.

    “To see what can be done we only need to look at New Zealand, which has capped its drug budget, appointed independent experts to make vital decisions, and taken the politics out of price-setting,” Professor Duckett said.

    Public hospitals in two Australian states pay much lower prices than the PBS. In one case, the prices are just a sixth of PBS prices.

  • Gaming of the wholesale market remains a concern

    In July this year, we released a report, Mostly Working: Australia’s wholesale electricity market. This report concluded that the major contributors to high wholesale electricity prices of recent years were the closure of old, low-cost power stations and the rising cost of inputs, namely coal and gas. We also raised a concern that the current market rules allow generators in certain circumstances to make and change their bids in the market in a way that delivers highly favourable outcomes for them but not to the benefit of the market. We described this behaviour as “gaming” and recommended that the rules be changed or tightened to restrict or ideally eliminate such bidding.

    On 11thOctober, as requested by the former Federal Minister for Environment and Energy, Josh Frydenberg, the Australian Energy Market Commission(AEMC) issued a report on these conclusions. It concluded that “rebidding is contributing to the delivery of efficient market outcomes but can be a problem where there is a lack of competition between generators”. They proposed that no rule changes are required and that the focus should be on policies that reduce market concentration.

    We welcome the AEMC’s report and the analysis behind its conclusions. We acknowledged in our report that data access limitations would mean that our definition of gaming could include events that were consistent with an efficient market but could also could exclude the opposite. We also agree with the AEMC that market concentration can contribute to higher prices.

    However, we also noted that concerns around bidding behaviour had led to a rule change in July 2016 to replace a requirement that generators bid “in good faith” to one that prohibits making false and misleading offers.  There was no reduction in price spikes due to this change and the only improvement occurred in mid-2017 when the Queensland Government directed the government-owned generators to “reduce volatility and put downward pressure on wholesale prices”.

    We remain concerned that the incentives and rules in place lead to bidding behaviour that is inconsistent with a truly competitive market, ie lowest prices for consumers. Market power can arise and be exercised in relatively transient circumstances, such as a combination of high demand and outages of local generation or interstate transmission. Furthermore, concentration is a feature of the energy market that is likely to persist due to economies of scale which lower costs and provide effective risk management. Therefore, rules that are designed to reduce the impact of concentration on prices are likely to be more effective than rules to limit concentration.

    The action by the Queensland Government does not solve the underlying problem and it could emerge in other states if transient market power opportunities emerge as the structure of the generation sector changes to include an increasing share of wind and solar power and greater dependence on transmission.

    Finally, we note the Commonwealth’s support for the recommendation from the ACCC’s recent report on electricity affordability to give the Australian Energy Regulator powers to identify and remedy market manipulating behaviour. We are optimistic that our concerns will be addressed through the creation and exercise of these powers.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Start reducing industrial emissions now to reach net zero in 2050: Grattan

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Governments need to act now to curb industrial emissions if they want to achieve net zero by 2050, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Towards net zero: practical policies to reduce industrial emissions, is the second in a series of Grattan reports examining practical ways to cut emissions across the economy. This report identifies actions that are available right now and calls on governments to put policies in place to encourage them.

    The industrial sector is responsible for 30 per cent of Australia’s emissions, and 80 per cent of this comes from just 194 large facilities. Curbing emissions from these facilities will have a material impact on the likelihood of reaching net zero emissions by 2050.

    The Commonwealth’s existing Safeguard Mechanism sets baselines for big industrial emitters. It should be modified and extended. Existing facilities should be encouraged to reduce their emissions using technologies that are available now. New and replacement facilities should meet emissions benchmarks substantially better than existing ones.

    ‘Just about every capital investment decision the industrial sector makes from now on will have repercussions for emissions in coming decades,’ says the report lead author, Grattan Institute’s Energy and Climate Change Program Director Tony Wood. ‘Governments need to send the right signals so these decisions don’t lock in emissions.

    ‘The climate clock is ticking. We can’t wait around for an economy-wide carbon price, even if that is the most efficient solution. This report identifies sector-specific policies Australia should implement to set us on the path to net zero.’

    State governments should expand energy savings schemes to encourage emissions improvements across thousands of smaller industrial facilities. These energy savings schemes are already successful at reducing energy use and emissions in the residential and commercial sectors.

    The federal government should establish an Industrial Transformation Future Fund to support low- and zero-emissions industrial asset replacements from the 2030s onwards.

    ‘Net zero by 2050 is a tough target,’ says Mr Wood. ‘It requires an unprecedented pace of asset replacement and renewal, starting now. Our series shows how we can start reducing emissions with practical proposals that could be adopted by both sides of politics.’

    Note to editors:

    In the lead-up to the international climate conference to be held in Glasgow in November 2021, Grattan Institute is publishing a series of five reports identifying the options for practical emissions reductions in key sectors. This report – on industrial emissions – is the second in the series. The first report, on transport emissions, was published in July 2021, and can be viewed on Grattan’s website. Subsequent reports will cover agriculture and land management, offsets, and electricity. 

    Read the report

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Prioritise policies to boost prosperity

    Australian governments would be better at policy reform if they prioritised their agenda better, according to a new Grattan Institute report, Prioritising a government’s agenda.

    The failure to prioritise has been identified as one reason for failings of the Rudd Government, the Abbott Government, and the Shorten Opposition.

    ‘Governments need to steer a middle course between doing good and political reality,’ lead author and former Grattan Institute CEO John Daley says. ‘If a reform both serves the public interest and is wildly popular, then it has usually happened already.’

    Political capital, ministerial time, and the bandwidth of the public service to design and implement policy are always scarce, and the public has limited tolerance for change. Governments that are more methodical in prioritising their agenda can use their scarce political capital better.

    Yet governments in Australia do not publish sophisticated approaches to prioritisation. They rely too much on the budget process, which has limits as a mechanism for prioritisation. Budget processes tend to lead to too many initiatives at once, underplay reforms that pay off over the longer term, and don’t pay enough attention to the limits of political capital.

    Governments should look for the reforms that will make more of a difference while minimising the political cost. This means assessing both the value and feasibility of potential initiatives.

    Governments should be more articulate about the breadth of the valuable ends they serve. While rhetoric tends to focus on economic growth, there is little dispute that governments are also trying to improve health, education, public safety, social connection, the environment, the scope for individual choice, and cultural identity.

    The biggest stumbling block to prioritisation is not disagreement about what is a valuable end, but how to trade off these ends.

    Weak supporting evidence, strong opposition (including from political opponents, interest groups, and the public), and complex implementation all make a reform less feasible.

    A disciplined assessment can often identify some reforms as much more valuable than others. And an ordered assessment may flag some reforms as more feasible.

    Governments should prioritise a small number of reforms that are both high value and more feasible, and therefore worth the investment of the substantial political capital that is usually needed to get big reforms over the line.

    ‘This kind of disciplined prioritisation is the key to maximising prosperity – and perhaps even to maximising the chances of re-election,’ Professor Daley says.

    ‘Our research shows that governments in the first 20 years of this century completed fewer of the important reforms on the slate than in the 1980s and 90s. Better prioritisation is one of the keys to doing more of the reforms that matter.’

    Contact

    John Daley: 0407 004 231, john.daley@grattaninstitute.edu.au

  • More students, more costs: a higher education report card

    Student debt is at its highest level ever, with Commonwealth government estimates showing that $6.2 billion of the $26.3 billion owed under the HELP student loan scheme will never be repaid.

    The increasing debt figures, published in Grattan Institute’s new report, Mapping Australian higher education, 2013 version, are the result of a rapidly growing higher education sector following the abolition of most enrolment controls.

    Rising domestic undergraduate student numbers are expected to increase the Government’s bill for tuition subsidies to nearly $7 billion in 2015-16, up from $5.5 billion in 2011-12. The Government lent students $4.3 billion through HELP in 2012.

    Grattan Institute’s annual assessment of the health of the higher education sector shows that graduates and universities are doing well.

    University graduates improved their financial position between 2006 and 2011, according to a new analysis of census data. Estimated career earnings of a bachelor-degree graduate increased by about $80,000 in real terms between 2006 and 2011, compared to someone with a Year 12 only education.

    “Though students are charged more for their education than in the past, this has been more than covered by increasing income” said Andrew Norton, Grattan Institute’s Higher Education Program Director.

    While long-term graduate income remains high, young graduates were slightly less likely to be in professional or managerial jobs in 2011 than they were in 2006.

    Most other trends in the higher education system are positive. Enrolments in health and engineering courses  areas of on-going skills shortages  have grown more quickly than other areas. Student satisfaction with teaching is increasing. The quality of Australian research is rated more favourably now than in the past.

  • How a targeted approach could reduce our hotspots of health inequality

    Hospitalisation rates for diabetes, tooth decay and other conditions that should be treatable or manageable out of hospital reveal how Australia’s health system is consistently failing some communities, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    Perils of place: identifying hotspots of health inequality shows that places such as Frankston and Broadmeadows in Victoria and Mount Isa and Palm Island in Queensland have had potentially preventable hospitalisation rates at least fifty percent above the state average in every year for a decade.

    Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett says the problem can be addressed, but only if governments come up with targeted solutions for individual places.

    “Australia is not a uniform country and a one-size-fits-all approach will not work. Local, tailored policy responses are required,” Dr Duckett says.

    Perils of place finds that reducing potentially preventable hospitalisations in hot spots in Victoria and Queensland — the two states the report studied – would save a total of at least $15 million a year. Indirect savings should be significantly larger.

    The report introduces a method of identifying small areas where health inequalities are entrenched and, without intervention, are likely to endure.

    To build up the limited evidence of what works in reducing place-based health problems, the report recommends that government combine with Primary Health Networks and local communities to run three- to five-year trials of tailored programs in selected places.

    Rigorous evaluation is critical, so that the lessons from successful trials can be applied across the country.

    “Because persistent hotspots are rare, targeting them alone will not substantially reduce the growing burden of potentially preventable hospitalisations, but it’s an important first step,” says Dr Duckett.

    “Government and Primary Health Networks must ensure that all communities get a fair go. The government will save money and, more importantly, some of the most disadvantaged Australians will get the chance to lead healthier, more productive lives.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Leading health thinker to run new Grattan program

    Grattan Institute is delighted to announce the establishment of a program in health policy, to be run by one of Australia’s leading thinkers in the field, Stephen Duckett.

    Stephen Duckett, a former Secretary of the Commonwealth Department of Human Services and Health (now Health and Ageing), has a reputation for creativity, innovation and excellence both in the theory and the delivery of health policy.

    An economist, he has held health care leadership positions in Australia and Canada, and is currently a professor in the Schools of Public Health at La Trobe University and the University of Alberta.

    As director of Acute Health Services in the Victorian Health Department in the early 1990s, Professor Duckett transformed relationships between hospitals and the Department through the introduction of casemix (activity-based) funding. This was the first introduction of casemix funding outside the United States, and the first in a capped, publicly funded system.

    “He is the ideal person to lead our health program,” said Grattan CEO John Daley. “Few people in Australia or anywhere know as much about health policy as Stephen Duckett.”

    John Daley said the creation of a health program was an essential step for Australia’s leading domestic policy think tank.

    “With an ageing population and health care costs at 10 per cent of GDP and rising, health will occupy the minds of policy makers and the public for decades to come.”

    “Yet given its size and importance, there is relatively little policy research in the area. There is a huge opportunity for Grattan Institute to make a contribution to health policy by providing independent, rigorous and practical solutions.”

    Professor Duckett said he was excited to work at Grattan Institute, which was “well-positioned to make a thoughtful and independent contribution to the policy debate.”

    He said his program would examine the cost to society of poor health care investments – including waste in the system – and consider ways to improve the quality, sustainability and accessibility of Australian health care.

    “Health policy is my passion, but it must have a strong analytical and evidence base. Grattan Institute is the ideal place in which to build that base.”

  • How politicians’ reckless promises are distorting transport infrastructure spending

    Australian governments spent $28 billion more on transport infrastructure over the past 15 years than they told taxpayers they would spend, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    Cost overruns in transport infrastructure analyses all 836 projects valued at $20 million or more and planned or built since 2001. It finds that cost blow outs account for nearly a quarter of the total budgets of these projects.

    Western Australia’s Forrest Highway between Perth and Bunbury cost over five times, and New South Wales’ Hunter Expressway cost nearly four times, the amounts politicians initially promised they would cost.

    Premature announcements – when a politician promises to build a road, bridge or rail line without a funding commitment, often in the run up to an election – are the biggest culprits.

    While only 32 per cent of projects were announced early, these projects accounted for 74 per cent of the value of cost overruns over the past 15 years.

    Cost overruns are rarely analysed from the first funding promise, yet once politicians announce a project, they and the public treat the announcement as a commitment, and two thirds of these projects end up being built.

    All main political parties have committed to sound planning of infrastructure, and to making decisions with broad social benefit, yet in practice they continue to promise projects that Infrastructure Australia has not evaluated or has already found to be not worth building.

    Governments should not commit money to transport infrastructure before tabling proper evaluation and the underlying business case in Parliament, the report argues.

    And once a project is completed, governments should report to the public on how it performed against the cost-benefit estimates behind the original decision.

    Governments can also improve project assessment methodologies, collect and publish data that would enable cost estimators to learn from past experience, and not spend contingency funds on add-ons that are poor value for money.

    “At a time of declining private investment and historically low interest rates, when many politicians and commentators are calling for more transport infrastructure spending, cost overruns are a vital public policy issue,” says Grattan Institute Transport Program Director Marion Terrill.

    “Transport infrastructure has great potential to ease traffic congestion and lift productivity, but unless we can curb politicians’ premature promises, it will remain the bluntest of economic instruments.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Marion Terrill, Transport Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Widening gaps: the alarming news about disadvantage in our schools

    Learning gaps between Australian students of different backgrounds are alarmingly wide and grow wider as students move through school, according to an original analysis of NAPLAN data published in a new Grattan Institute report.

    Widening gaps: what NAPLAN tells us about student progress finds that the gap between students whose parents have low education and those with highly educated parents grows from 10 months in Year 3 to around two-and-a-half years by Year 9. Even if they were doing as well in Year 3, disadvantaged students make one to two years less progress by Year 9 than students whose parents have more education.

    “The really worrying thing is that the learning gaps grow much larger after Year 3, so in fact disadvantaged students are falling further behind with each year of school,” says Grattan School Education Program Director Peter Goss.

    “Bright kids in disadvantaged schools lose most, making two-and-a-half years less progress than students with similar capabilities in more advantaged schools.”

    The report introduces a time-based measure, ‘years of progress’, which makes it easier to compare groups of students. Rather than saying that a Year 5 student scores 540 in NAPLAN, we can say they achieved two years ahead of their peers.

    The new measure captures in plain language the rates at which students are progressing at different stages of their learning. The approach resembles that used in cycling road races, where gaps between riders are measured in minutes and seconds, not metres. Time gaps are more meaningful than distance if some riders are on a flat road, while others are grinding up a steep hill.

    “The way we measure learning progress really matters,” Mr Goss says. “Without meaningful comparisons, we can’t see how far behind some students really are.”

    The report also shows that in a typical Year 9 class, the top students can be more than seven years ahead of the bottom students. NAPLAN’s minimum standards are set way too low to identify the stragglers. A Year 9 student meets the minimum standard even if they are reading below the level of a typical Year 5 student.

    Policymakers need to do three things: put learning gaps at the heart of school policy; give schools better support to target teaching at each child’s needs; and work harder to improve the progress of disadvantaged students so that every child in every Australian school can achieve their potential.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Pete Goss, Program Director, School Education
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Reform super to take the stress out of retirement

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia’s superannuation system is too complex, and the upshot is that retirees are stressed and lack the confidence to spend their super savings.

    A new Grattan Institute report, Simpler super: Taking the stress out of retirement, shows that about 80 per cent of Australians find retirement planning complicated and about 60 per cent expect their retirement will be financially stressful.

    Few retirees draw down on their retirement savings as intended, and many are net savers – their super balance continues to grow for decades after they retire.

    ‘This is turning Australia’s multi-trillion-dollar compulsory superannuation system into a massive inheritance scheme,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Housing and Economic Security Program Director Brendan Coates.

    ‘This is not how it was meant to be. Too few retirees are enjoying the benefits of the savings they built up during their working lives.’

    How they use their super in retirement is one of the biggest decisions Australians will ever make. Yet the report finds that the little guidance Australians are offered is unhelpful.

    More than four in five retirees are steered into account-based pensions, which require retirees to manage their spending to try to avoid the risk of outliving their savings.

    Half of those using an account-based pension draw their super at legislated minimum rates, which leave 65 per cent of super balances unspent by average life expectancy.

    The report recommends a three-pronged reform strategy to simplify super in retirement:

    1. The federal government should offer all Australians a lifetime annuity, which would pay them a guaranteed income for life. Retirees should be encouraged to allocate 80 per cent of their super balance above $250,000 to the government annuity. This reform could boost retirees’ incomes by up to 25 per cent.

    2. The government should create a Top 10 list of the best super funds, and then steer retirees towards those funds. And the government should ask APRA (the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority) to assess and performance-test all account-based pensions. These reforms could boost the incomes of future retirees who continue to opt for an account-based pension by up to $70,000 over their retirement.

    3. The government should establish a free, high-quality guidance service to help retirees (and people approaching retirement) to plan their retirement incomes. The service should also assist eligible retirees to apply for the Age Pension. This service would cost about $360 million over its first four years and should be funded by a levy on all super account balances.

    ‘The Grattan Institute blueprint for better old age in Australia would let retirees stress less, spend more, and truly enjoy their retirement years,’ says Mr Coates.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Grattan Institute appoints leading economist to key post

    Grattan Institute is delighted to announce the appointment of Dr Jim Minifie as the new director of Grattan Institute’s Productivity Growth Program.

    CEO John Daley said that Dr Minifie, who has been Chief Economist of the Boston Consulting Group in Australia and New Zealand, would make an outstanding contribution to public debate on economics and productivity at a time when the Australian economic was undergoing seismic change.

    “Jim is a highly gifted economist, thinker and writer, with a strong grasp of the Australian economic and policy landscape, and attuned to the challenges facing both public and private sectors,” Professor Daley said.

    Dr Minifie, whose appointment follows Saul Eslake’s move to the Bank of America Merrill Lynch, will develop a program on policy settings for the evolving Australian economy. His initial focus will include responding to structural change.

    Dr Minifie completed a PhD in applied economics at Stanford University before joining BCG in 1999. He has worked closely with Australian corporate leaders, helping them to understand the domestic and international environments in which their businesses operate.

    “Grattan Institute has engaged Australia’s best strategic and public policy thinkers to conduct independent and rigorous analysis and propose practical solutions to the issues that will make a difference to Australian society” Professor Daley said.

  • Switch to electric cars, and reduce car-dependency: new Grattan report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia needs to switch to electric cars to cut carbon emissions, but we also need to ensure we don’t become more dependent on cars as we emerge from the COVID pandemic, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The Grattan car plan: practical policies for cleaner transport and better cities calls on the Federal Government to impose a cap, or ceiling, on the emissions allowed from new cars sold in Australia each year, and to ratchet the ceiling down to zero by 2035.

    This would help Australia hit a national target of net zero by 2050 and save drivers money – because zero-emissions electric cars are much cheaper to run than high-emitting petrol and diesel cars.

    But cheaper driving could mean more driving, so state and local governments should act to discourage driving and make public transport and cycling safer and more attractive.

    They should impose congestion and per-kilometre charges on cars, make trains and buses as COVID-safe as possible, and do more to separate cars and trucks from cyclists and pedestrians.

    Grattan Institute modelling for this report shows that an emissions ceiling for new light vehicles could achieve at least 40 per cent of Australia’s emissions reduction task between now and 2030, at virtually no cost to taxpayers.

    Contrary to popular opinion, it will be easy for most Australians to charge electric cars, at home, at work, and on the road. Nearly two-thirds of Australian households with a car live in a detached or semi-detached home, and 95 per cent of those homes have off-street parking. Most of these drivers will find it easy and inexpensive to install electric-vehicle chargers.

    Electric vehicles cost more to buy than similar-sized petrol and diesel vehicles in Australia, but they cost less to run. Under a carefully designed emissions ceiling, drivers who bought a zero- or low-emissions car would save at least $900 over the first five years of ownership, through reduced running costs.

    ‘Switching to cheap-to-run vehicles will be great in one way, but cheaper driving will also mean more driving, and more driving means more accidents and more congestion,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Transport and Cities Program Director Marion Terrill.

    ‘Governments need to stifle this in advance, to limit the downsides of driving and prevent our cities becoming clogged.’

    Australian governments should consider lowering urban speed limits to 30km/h, as Paris and other global cities are doing, to reduce pollution and accidents.

    ‘Australians should have safe alternatives to driving – and when we do drive, we should use the best technology to do it with as little harm as possible,’ Ms Terrill says.

    ‘Our report identifies the policies that make that possible.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Orange Book 2018: A state-by-state (and territory) policy agenda

    State and territory governments can do more to improve the lives of Australians. A new Grattan Institute State Scorecard shows that outcomes vary between states across a broad range of areas. In many cases, states are different because their governments adopted better policies.

    The scorecard is in a new publication from Grattan, the State Orange Book 2018, which draws on 10 years of Grattan reports to outline the policy priorities for state and territory governments to improve the lives of their residents.

    The State Orange Book 2018 is designed to inform voters and influence policymakers across Australia, particularly in the lead-up to the Victorian state election in November 2018, and the NSW state election in March 2019.

    The State Orange Book 2018 covers a wide variety of policy areas, including:

    • Economic and regional development
    • Cities, housing, and transport
    • School education
    • Health
    • Energy
    • Budgets, taxes, and institutional reform

    For example, the Health Scorecard shows Victoria has relatively good outcomes – and has improved more – on a range of measures such as mortality, cost and waiting times, whereas South Australia and the Northern Territory lag well behind. Other states and territories could learn from how Victoria has managed its hospitals.

    Other policy areas require more difficult trade-offs. The Energy Scorecard shows that South Australia has more expensive electricity and more outages. But it has lower carbon emissions.

    Launching the State Orange Book 2018, Grattan Institute CEO John Daley said: “The State Scorecard shows how state and territory governments are doing on the issues that matter to Australians.

    “Unfortunately, the problems aren’t hard to find.

    “Per capita income has been flat for five years as the mining boom subsided. State and territory governments continue to announce large infrastructure projects without doing enough homework beforehand. Home ownership is falling fast among the young and the poor, and homelessness is rising. Our schools are not keeping up with the best in the world. In most states, people are waiting longer for medical treatments. Wholesale electricity prices have increased significantly over the past few years.”

    The book is by no means all bad news.

    “Many worthwhile reforms have been implemented over the past decade,” Mr Daley said.

    “Victoria’s hospitals cost less per patient and contribute to better health outcomes than elsewhere. Queensland’s school students learn more in Years 3-5, and this has improved significantly in the past few years. The ACT has started to replace inefficient stamp duties with a much more efficient broad-based property tax. NSW has used the good times to improve its budget position. Victoria, South Australia and the ACT have all increased the transparency of political decision-making and tightened controls over money in politics.”

    But every state and territory could learn from the others and do better.

    State governments – particularly NSW and Victoria – face population pressures. They should resist political pressure to wind back planning reforms that have helped to increase housing supply, and instead should go further to ensure enough housing is built, particularly in established suburbs, to accommodate rapidly growing populations. NSW and Victoria should commission work to enable the introduction of time-of-day road and public transport pricing to manage congestion in Melbourne and Sydney. All states should stop announcing transport projects before they have been analysed rigorously, and they should evaluate completed projects properly.

    There are other important priorities for economic reform. All states should follow the lead of the ACT and replace stamp duties with broad-based property taxes. States should reform electricity markets to encourage reliability and reduce emissions – whether or not the Commonwealth Government cooperates.

    States could deliver services better. Other states should follow Victoria’s lead and reduce the overall cost and the variation in cost between public hospitals. And they should develop more prevention programs to reduce the disparity between regional and urban health outcomes. States should lift progress for all students by identifying and spreading good teaching practices at the same time as strengthening the evidence base. They should also invest more in early learning for the most disadvantaged students.

    Institutional reforms are needed as well. States need more visibility of their long-term budget positions. While institutional accountability is improving in many states, Western Australia, Tasmania and the Northern Territory need to limit election spending, and make political donations and lobbying more transparent.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Climate change is a health disaster for Australia: new Grattan report

    Australia is getting hotter, and that is harming Australians’ health, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Climate change and health: preparing for the next disaster warns that last summer’s devastating bushfires are a portent of things to come as global warming increases the severity and frequency of natural disasters in Australia.

    Thirty-three people were killed directly by the 2019-20 bushfires. Thousands lost their homes or their livelihoods. Those who fought the fires, or who live in hard-hit areas, will suffer the mental health consequences for decades to come.

    Millions of Australians, including in Sydney, Melbourne, and Canberra, were affected by bushfire smoke. The smoke alone caused more than 400 additional deaths and sent thousands of people to hospital emergency departments with respiratory and heart problems.

    Australia is already about 1.5 degrees warmer than it was a hundred years ago. We’ve just recorded our hottest November. And there is worse to come.

    Climate change will cause harsher heatwaves and more severe storms. In the far north of Australia, cyclones will be more intense, causing floods that will destroy homes, businesses, and public buildings. Further south, droughts will be longer, creating still more hardship for farmers and regional towns and cities.

    The health sector must adapt to the reality of a warming Australia.

    It must develop plans and protocols to minimise the harm caused by climate disasters. It must ensure people can continue to get healthcare services and medications when disaster strikes. And it must provide mental health support, not just during a crisis but for decades after.

    Although we are too late to prevent climate change from harming our health, we can act now to prevent greater damage. The health sector should set an example by cutting its greenhouse gas emissions to help minimise further damage. State and territory public health sectors should have net-zero emissions plans in place by the end of 2023.

    ‘For our health departments, hospitals, and local healthcare networks, responding to climate change is not an optional extra, it is core business,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    ‘Climate change is damaging Australians’ health and wellbeing right now, and things are only going to get worse. Unfortunately, the black summer of 2019-20 won’t be a one-off,’ Dr Duckett says.

    ‘In 2020, Australia listened to the science and acted on the health advice to prevent some of the catastrophic health consequences of COVID-19. Now we must do it again.’

    For media enquiries contact Stephen Duckett:
    0447 837 741, stephen.duckett@grattaninstitute.edu.au

  • Grattan Institute appoints higher education specialist to key post

    Grattan Institute is delighted to announce the appointment of Mr Andrew Norton as director of its Higher Education Program. This newly established Program, funded by The Myer Foundation, will analyse higher education policy issues, publish proposals for reform, and engage both the public and decision-makers in discussion.

    “Andrew’s appointment signals Grattan Institute’s emphasis on improving Australia’s higher education. Higher education is a substantial driver of Australia’s human capital, innovation, and understanding of ourselves and the world,’’ said Grattan CEO, Professor John Daley.

    Mr Norton joins Grattan Institute after eleven years as the Higher Education Advisor in The Office of the Vice-Chancellor at The University of Melbourne. Concurrent with this work, he was a Research Fellow at The Centre for Independent Studies and Editor of the Centre’s Policy magazine.

    “Andrew is well-known within the higher education sector and is a thoughtful and original thinker about higher education reform,” Professor Daley said.

    Mr Norton said he was pleased to be able to join Grattan Institute and to participate in Australian higher education policy reform. “Grattan Institute’s higher education program will offer ideas for the big questions of higher education funding and market design. I am looking forward to working on these issues with Grattan Institute’s team,” said Mr Norton.

    “Grattan Institute has engaged Australia’s best strategic and public policy thinkers to conduct independent and rigorous analysis and propose practical solutions to the issues that will make a difference to Australian society,” Professor Daley said.

  • Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton moves on from Grattan

    Andrew Norton, the Director of Grattan’s Higher Education Program since it started eight years ago, has decided to move on.

    Andrew has been the driving force behind the Program’s overall direction, and its detailed analysis of everything from completion rates to funding trends.

    For several years, the Higher Education Program’s advocacy helped persuade the Commonwealth Government to keep demand-driven funding of bachelor-degree student places. Although funding caps were eventually imposed, a record proportion of young Australians now attend university.

    The Higher Education Program also drew attention to the escalating expense of the HELP loan scheme. Three reports proposed policies for bringing HELP’s costs down while keeping higher education accessible and debt repayments affordable. Some of these policies are now in place.

    The Program devised and published five editions of Mapping Australian higher education, Grattan’s overview of Australian higher education. Public servants, university executives, university councils, and journalists all regard it as the essential introduction and reference guide to the sector.

    Grattan CEO John Daley said: ‘Andrew has made an enormous contribution to the Grattan team. His wise counsel and wry observations about the realities of politics, ministers, and all sides of politics have often helped Grattan to steer a better course.

    ‘Andrew is truly irreplaceable, and in view of his departure Grattan has made the difficult decision not to extend the Higher Education Program further.’

    Grattan will continue to host the substantial body of work produced by the Higher Education Program, and to respond to media inquiries to the extent that Andrew does not do so in his next role.

    The Myer Foundation supported the Program for its first four years. John Daley said the work of the Program will resonate with higher education policy makers for years to come, and is an enduring monument to the Foundation’s support.

    Andrew Norton is exploring a number of opportunities beyond Grattan, and his last day at Grattan will be 26 September.

  • Prepare now to avoid blackouts in the post-coal era

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia must urgently plan a new energy system for the imminent post-coal era, says a new Grattan Institute report.

    Keeping the lights on: How Australia should navigate the era of coal closures and prepare for what comes next finds that coal will cease to be a material contributor to the National Electricity Market (the NEM) by about 2032.

    The federal and state governments need to start designing a new NEM now to ensure the lights stay on and electricity remains affordable into the renewables-dominated net-zero era.

    ‘Australia’s great energy transition – from fossil fuels to renewables – is not going well,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Energy and Climate Change Program Director Tony Wood.

    ‘Governments have lost faith in the market being able to deliver enough electricity to the right places at the right time, consumers are fuming about high power prices, and investors have been spooked by frequent and unpredictable government interventions.

    ‘We may be able to muddle through the next few years with the current messy mix of ad hoc and uncoordinated policies, but Australians will not forgive our political leaders if they mess up the post-coal era and fail to deliver the trifecta of clean, affordable, and reliable energy.’

    The report identifies three priorities for planning the net-zero energy system:

    1. Designing a market structure that will help ensure adequate energy resources in a high-renewables system.

    2. Signalling the introduction of an enduring carbon price for the energy sector, to guide future investments and gas plant closures.

    3. Integrating and coordinating so-called distributed energy resources such as batteries and rooftop solar.

    ‘Australia’s future prosperity depends on governments getting this right,’ says Mr Wood.

    ‘Our report charts a path through the energy policy minefield.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Time for a power shift to cheaper and fairer electricity prices

    Reform of electricity tariffs is urgently needed to prevent all Australians paying too much for power and some people paying more than their fair share, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Fair pricing for power finds that a different way of charging customers could have saved network businesses nearly $8 billion in reduced investment over five years, with the savings passed onto consumers as lower bills.

    Grattan Institute Energy Program Director Tony Wood says that over the five years to 2013 the average Australian power bill increased by 70 per cent.

    “Some of that burden is unfair, and it’s falling especially heavily on some consumers, whose bills are subsidising others. We have to find a better way,” Mr Wood says.

    The report recommends a change to the way consumers pay for the network that carries electricity from generators to homes, so that it better reflects the cost of running the network.

    Instead of charging a household based on its total energy use, the 43 per cent of the consumer bill that goes to fund the network should be based on the load the household puts on the network when it is drawing down most power.

    “Calculating bills based on a household’s maximum load far better reflects the real cost of running the network,” says Mr Wood. “If we can get this cost down, we can get consumer prices down.”

    The report proposes a second tariff for households in geographic areas where the network is under greatest strain and where expensive new infrastructure will have to be built unless the strain is relieved.

    Both tariffs seek to change consumer behaviour so that less power is used in periods of peak demand and less infrastructure has to be built as a result.

    The reforms would raise prices for consumers who use more power in periods of peak demand, and reduce them for consumers who use less power in these times.

    “In the short term the total consumer bill would stay the same, but in the long run, as unnecessary infrastructure is no longer built, prices across the board will fall,” Mr Wood says.

    “Australians are tired of paying too much for power. If politicians decide this reform is too hard, they will miss an opportunity to make prices fairer and cheaper for everyone.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Education Investment Better for Tasmanian Living Standards and Productivity

    “A sustained focus on year 12 retention rates and school performance is needed to lift Tasmanian living standards, ” The Program Director of Productivity Growth at Grattan Institute, Saul Eslake, said today at a presentation to the Tasmanian Leaders Program held at “Technopark”, Dowsings Point.

    “Although Tasmanian’s outcomes have improved over the last 10 years, Tasmania has significantly lagged the mainland for decades on living standards, life expectancy, long-term unemployment, and disadvantaged children,” he said.

    “A fundamental cause is that Tasmanian productivity is significantly behind the mainland in most industries.”

    “Productivity could be substantially higher if Tasmania lifted year twelve retention rates and school performance to mainland levels, along with curriculum reform. Tasmanian living standards will not be improved by propping up old industries or the ‘cargo cult’ of major industrial projects.”

    “Recent studies point to the need to produce and market highly differentiated goods and services that embody high intellectual content for which a premium is willingly paid. Higher skills and education levels for the Tasmanian workforce are pivotal to this. They need improvement.”

    “The attitude that the State’s economy is best served by protecting low skill, old industries that do not require year twelve standard education must change.”

    The first priority for Tasmanian Governments should be bringing Tasmanian schooling completion and achievement up to mainland standards. And then, Tasmanian Governments should be investing in the State’s infrastructure, with particular focus on transport, communications, water and clean energy.

  • Stop the rorting of taxpayer-funded advertising: new Grattan report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Abuse of taxpayer-funded advertising is rife in Australia, with governments routinely spending public money to spruik their own achievements, especially in the lead up to elections.

    A new Grattan Institute report, New politics: Depoliticising taxpayer-funded advertising, finds that of the nearly $200 million spent each year by the federal government on advertising, nearly $50 million is spent on politicised campaigns.

    Over the past 13 years about $630 million, or a quarter of all federal campaign advertising, was spent on campaigns that spruiked government achievements – and spending spiked on the eve of each federal election.

    This is a problem on both sides of politics, and at federal and state level. Of the 10 most expensive politicised federal campaigns in the past 13 years, half were approved by Labor governments and half by Coalition governments. Auditors-general often criticise state government advertising campaigns too.

    In the lead up to the 2019 federal election, the government spent about $85 million of taxpayers’ money on politicised advertising campaigns – on par with the combined spend by political parties on TV, print, and radio advertising.

    ‘Weaponising taxpayer-funded advertising for political advantage wastes public money, undermines trust in politicians and democracy, and creates an uneven playing field in elections,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute CEO Danielle Wood.

    The report recommends tougher rules and tighter processes at federal and state level to prevent governments from exploiting taxpayer-funded advertising.

    Government advertising campaigns should be allowed only where they are necessary to encourage specific actions or drive behaviour change. Campaigns that promote government policies or programs, without a strong call-to-action, should be prohibited.

    An independent expert panel should assess all government advertising campaigns before they are launched. If the panel deems a campaign to be politicised, or otherwise not value for money, it should not run.

    These rules and processes should carry real penalties. If an Auditor-General finds that an advertising campaign was approved by the minister without certification from the independent panel, or that the government changed the campaign after certification, the governing party should be liable to pay back the entire cost of the campaign.

    ‘Sadly, our report shows that Australians cannot rely on the goodwill of ministers to prevent misuse of public money on politicised advertising,’ Ms Wood says.

    ‘It’s time to ensure that taxpayer-funded advertising is solely for the benefit of the public, not politicians.’

    This report is the third and final in Grattan Institute’s New politics series on misuse of public office for political gain. The first, published in July, tackled politicisation of public appointments, and the second, published in August, focused on pork-barrelling of government grants.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Why cities are the new engines of Australian prosperity

    Eighty per cent of the dollar value of all goods and services in Australia is produced on just 0.2 per cent of the nation’s land mass, nearly all of it in cities, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Mapping Australia’s economy: cities as engines of prosperity finds that the combined central business districts of Sydney and Melbourne alone – 7.1 square kilometres – generate nearly 10 per cent of the value of goods and services produced in all of Australia, three times that produced by the agricultural sector.

    “The report reveals a great reshaping of Australia’s economic geography,” says Grattan Institute Cities researcher Paul Donegan.

    “We have moved from prosperity coming from regional jobs in primary industry a century ago, to suburban jobs in manufacturing after World War Two, to city centre jobs in knowledge-intensive businesses today.”

    But while city centres are vital to Australia’s prosperity, the concentration of highly productive activity in them presents big challenges for policymakers, because too many workers live too far from these centres to fulfil our cities’ economic potential.

    The report finds that CBDs contribute so strongly to economic activity both because jobs are concentrated there and because CBD businesses are more productive on average than are businesses in other areas.

    In 2011-12 the Sydney CBD produced $100 in value for every hour worked there, for example. Parramatta, by contrast, produced only $68 for every hour worked there.

    Areas close to CBDs that produce high levels of economic value include North Sydney ($10.2 billion), Richmond in Melbourne ($4.4 billion), Perth’s Subiaco ($4.2 billion) and Paddington in Brisbane ($3.4 billion).

    Mr Donegan says intense economic activity is concentrating in CBDs and inner suburbs because knowledge-intensive firms need highly skilled workers, and locating in the city gives firms access to more of them.

    “But these small areas that generate most value are often a long commute from the fast-growing outer suburbs where many Australians live.”

    “For the sake of the economy and the fair go, we have to find ways to enable more workers to either live closer to these centres, or to reach them more quickly by road and public transport,” says Mr Donegan.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Paul Donegan, Senior Associate, Cities
    M. 0403 305 422 T. 03 9035 6405 E. paul.donegan@grattan.edu.au

  • More gain for less pain: how to cut health spending and not hurt the vulnerable

    The Federal Government’s plan to make most patients pay $5 more for each drug prescription will hurt the poor and sick while saving far less money than could be saved if the Government simply paid fair prices for pharmaceuticals, according to the Grattan Institute.

    In evidence to a Senate inquiry today, Health Program Director Stephen Duckett said the new pharmaceuticals co-payment would only raise $450 million in 2017-18.

    Yet the Government could save $580 million a year immediately if it matched the prices that the British Government pays pharmaceutical companies for just 20 drugs.

    This change would also save Australian patients an average of $13 for each box of pills.

    “A proper drug pricing policy would save money for both government and consumers. Joe Hockey can have his health cake and eat it too,” says Dr Duckett.

    These figures update Grattan Institute’s 2013 report, Australia’s bad drug deal, which shows that the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme pays drug companies more than $1 billion a year too much for prescription drugs, compared to the sums paid by the most efficient schemes overseas.

    Grattan research also shows that out-of-pocket health costs are straining the budgets of low-income Australians even before the Government introduces co-payments for GP visits and prescriptions.

    In one in 10 of the poorest households that pay out-of-pocket costs, these costs eat up more than 20 cents in every dollar of the household budget.

    “The result is that poor people who are sick are likely to avoid doctors and get sicker,” says Dr Duckett.

    Many people already miss out on health care because of cost: 5 per cent skip GP visits, 8 per cent don’t go to a specialist, 8 per cent don’t fill their prescription and 18 per cent don’t go to the dentist.

    “These proposed changes will put people’s health at risk yet do little to balance the budget. There are much fairer and safer ways to cut health spending,” Dr Duckett says.

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Water policy a major priority for Grattan Institute

    “Grattan Institute has appointed Dr Bruce Cohen as its fourth Program Director,” Professor John Daley announced today. “Dr Cohen will take responsibility for the Water program, as well as looking at broader competition and regulatory design issues.”

    “Prior to commencing with the Grattan Institute, Dr Cohen has practised as a barrister, as economic adviser to the Premier and Treasurer of Victoria, and as an analyst with the Tasman Institute and the Australian Bankers’ Association. He is currently a director of VicTrack and has previously served as a Commissioner to the Victorian Competition and Efficiency Commission and on the boards of Melbourne Water, Snowy Hydro Limited and VENCorp.”

    “This high level public policy, institutional and regulatory experience fits well with Grattan Institute’s declared priority to address the significant water issues that Australia faces, and also reflects the importance of regulatory design to improve productivity growth,” he added.

    Specific water issues that Dr Cohen will examine will include the ongoing structural and regulatory reform of the rural water sector and the development of urban water markets. He will also examine ways to facilitate the efficient use of water from multiple sources such as stormwater and recycled water.

    “The ongoing challenges in the water sector across Australia are considerable, and I welcome the opportunity to work with Grattan Institute in the development of public policy in this and other key areas,” Dr Cohen said.

    “Grattan Institute intends to seek the best strategic thinkers and public policy leaders in order to fulfil its commitment to independent, rigorous fact based analysis. It will consider those key ‘swing factors’ that will make a difference to Australian society in the long term,” Professor Daley said.

    “We are engaging the best minds to ensure Grattan Institute makes a substantial contribution in the areas of Productivity, Cities, Energy, Water and Education,” he concluded.

  • Why Australian higher education needs fairer and cheaper HELP

    Reducing the thresholds at which former students repay their debt to the Higher Education Loan Program would increase repayments by an initial $500 million a year and more over time, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Without change, HELP costs will escalate, putting other education programs at risk of cuts.

    HELP for the future: fairer repayment of student debt finds that an estimated $1.6 billion lent to students in 2014-15 – a fifth of all lending under the program that year – will not be repaid.

    Interest subsidies on outstanding debt added $200 million a year to HELP’s costs, but would be five times higher if interest rates return to previous levels.

    The report argues that reducing the initial repayment threshold to $42,000 next year from its current level of $54,126 would cut interest costs and HELP’s rapidly expanding doubtful debt bill while maintaining the fairness and effectiveness of the program.

    Grattan Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton says that since 1989 nearly four million Australians have taken out HELP loans, greatly expanding access to tertiary education.

    ‘It’s a vital program, but today too many borrowers either do not repay what they owe, or take too long to clear their debts,’ Mr Norton says.

    A major cause of HELP’s problems is that a growing proportion of all graduates work part-time, but most part-time jobs earn less than the current threshold.

    In addition, vocational education diploma students now get HELP, and are less likely than higher education graduates to earn the repayment threshold of $54,126 or more.

    International experience suggests that even with a lower threshold, students are still attracted to tertiary education. The English student loan repayment threshold is set at a level similar to $42,000, while in New Zealand the threshold is much lower.

    The reform would affect more women than men, due to high rates of part-time work. Yet half of the debtors who would be affected live with a partner, and the combined disposable income of 70 per cent of these couples exceeds $80,000 a year.

    ‘With this reform, subsidies built into HELP loans would be more targeted toward people in real financial hardship,’ says Mr Norton. ‘In tough times, it’s a reform we can’t ignore.’

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Andrew Norton, Higher Education Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. andrew.norton@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia should lock in full employment: new Grattan report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia should shoot for full employment after the COVID crisis, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    No one left behind: Why Australia should lock in full employment shows that all workers suffer when unemployment is high, but the most vulnerable workers suffer the most. And the costs of failing to reach full employment increase over time.

    Australians who lose their job suffer large falls in their income that persist well after they find another job.

    Workers who otherwise have good work histories will still have an 11 per cent lower labour income five years after the typical three-month spell of unemployment. The cumulative effect over five years is equivalent to nearly a year of lost pay.

    Unemployment also causes worse mental health and is associated with higher rates of suicide.

    Low-wealth and low-wage workers are more than twice as likely to lose their jobs when unemployment rises. Younger, less-educated workers and those in routine manual jobs are also hit harder.

    Sustained low unemployment and under-employment are among the best ways to improve the lives of Australia’s most vulnerable workers.

    But high unemployment also hurts those who keep their jobs. A larger pool of unemployed workers reduces the bargaining power of all workers. High unemployment in the years leading into the COVID crisis accounts for at least one-third of the slowdown in wage growth in Australia since 2013.

    Weak labour markets also cast long shadows. Even temporary bouts of unemployment can cause permanent damage if workers’ skills erode. Spells of long-term unemployment can cause workers to give up and walk away from the job market. And weak demand for labour weighs on economic growth because firms have little incentive to expand and make new investments.

    Australia’s economy was sluggish in the years immediately before the COVID recession: inflation had been below its target for more than half a decade, unemployment was persistently higher than it could have been, and many Australians had not had a decent pay rise in years.

    But Australia has recovered much faster than after previous recessions. The unemployment rate is now at a near 50-year low of just 4 per cent, and the labour market is the strongest it has been for decades. We should learn the policy lessons.

    ‘Australia’s rapid economic recovery from the COVID recession did not occur by accident,’ says Grattan Institute Economic Policy Program Director Brendan Coates.

    ‘It is a macroeconomic success story, the result of unprecedented monetary policy – record low interest rates – and unprecedented fiscal policy – hundreds of billions of dollars of government spending to keep households and businesses afloat and stimulate economic activity.

    ‘The rising inflation and interest rates we see today are a challenge – but they are also a testament to that success.’

    In the short term, the Reserve Bank needs to try to tame inflation, and the Federal Government should avoid adding further fiscal fuel to the fire while inflation is high. But we should not lose sight of the prize of full employment.

    ‘Whoever wins the 2022 federal election should make sustaining full employment a baked-in national priority,’ Mr Coates says.

    ‘Our report shows why Australians should not settle for anything less than full employment – where everyone who wants a job can find a job.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Schools Education: Grattan appoints OECD specialist to key post

    “Grattan Institute has appointed Dr Ben Jensen as Program Director: Schools Education,” Professor John Daley announced today. “Dr Jensen joins Grattan Institute after working for five years at the OECD’s Directorate for Education.”

    “Dr Jensen’s appointment signals Grattan Institute’s emphasis on the importance of school education, and indicates that its initial focus will be on how improved management of teachers and schools could make a difference.”

    “Whilst at OECD, Dr Jensen was responsible for work that has been influential around the globe on the best ways to measure educational outcomes in schools. He was lead analyst on the OECD’s project “Development of school–level Value Added Modelling in Education systems”, as well as lead author of the OECD’s publication, “Measuring improvements in learning outcomes – best practices to assess the value added of schools”.

    Dr Jensen was also responsible at the OECD for an international survey of teachers and documentation of teaching practices to understand how teachers and students are affected by issues such as teacher management, teacher salaries, working hours and conditions, instruction hours within schools, and class sizes.

    Dr Jensen commented that, “Australia’s own National Reform Agenda has argued that improved education and training has the biggest impact on economic growth of any policy option.

    However we would benefit from more evidence and analysis on what reforms will make the most difference to improving school education.”

    “Grattan Institute is engaging Australia’s best strategic and public policy thinkers to conduct independent, rigorous fact-based analysis on the issues that will make a difference to Australian society in the areas of Productivity, Cities, Energy, Water and Education,” Prof Daley concluded.

  • Graduates of top universities earn 6 per cent more over their career, report finds

    Bachelor-degree graduates of Australia’s sandstone and technology universities earn about 6 per cent more over a 40-year career than do graduates of Australia’s other universities, a new Grattan Institute report reveals.

    This is equivalent to graduates with degrees like commerce or science earning about $200,000 more over their working lives.

    Technology universities – including RMIT, Curtin University and Queensland University of Technology – are much lower in international university rankings than sandstone universities such as Sydney, Melbourne and Adelaide. But this does not seem to matter in the Australian labour market.

    “Graduates of the technology universities do just as well as those from the more prestigious sandstone universities,” says Grattan Higher Education Director Andrew Norton.

    Yet Mapping Australian higher education, 2014-15 also shows that there are larger income gaps between courses than between universities.

    “The report shows that when it comes to earnings, what you study matters more than where you study,” says Mr Norton say.

    For example, a law graduate is likely to $400,000 more over a career than a science graduate.

    “Studying engineering at any university is likely to lead to a higher salary than studying arts at a sandstone university,” Mr Norton says.

    Mapping Australian higher education, 2014-15 is the third in an annual Grattan series that puts key facts and analysis about the higher education sector in one report.

    It shows that domestic enrolments are growing strongly and in 2014 are likely to exceed a million for the first time.

    International enrolments are recovering from a downturn and numbered nearly 330,000 in 2013, with China the single largest source of students.

    In 2012 the revenues of Australia’s 40 full universities, and about 130 other higher education providers exceeded $26 billion, making higher education a significant industry.

    Mr Norton says the report shows that overall the higher education sector is in good shape.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Andrew Norton, Higher Education Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3667 E. andrew.norton@grattan.edu.au

  • Appointment of Danielle Wood as new CEO of Grattan Institute

    The Chair of Grattan Institute, The Hon Alex Chernov AC QC, announced today that after an extensive search Grattan Institute’s Board had appointed Ms Danielle Wood as Grattan’s new Chief Executive Officer, to take up the role in July 2020 upon the retirement of Prof John Daley.

    Danielle is currently the Budget Policy and Institutional Reform Program Director at the Grattan Institute, where her research focuses on economic policy, including tax and budgets, and government integrity.

    Danielle is also the President of the Economic Society of Australia and has been the Chair of the Society’s Women in Economics Network.

    Earlier, Danielle worked as Principal Economist and Mergers Director at the ACCC, a Senior Consultant at NERA Economic Consulting, and a Senior Research Economist at the Productivity Commission.

    ‘I am very pleased that Danielle has agreed to step into the CEO role at Grattan and continue the vital work that we have been doing over the last eleven years’ said Mr Chernov.

    Grattan Institute’s inaugural CEO, Prof John Daley, will be stepping down in July 2020.

    Mr Chernov said that ‘since John opened the doors in 2009, he has steered Grattan to become Australia’s leading domestic policy think tank, and a household name. Grattan’s Board had enjoyed working with John and, on his departure, will miss his rigorous and practical contributions to Board discussion and Grattan’s work. John will leave Grattan with the thanks and best wishes of the Board and all at the Institute.’

    For further enquiries: The Hon. Alex Chernov AC QC, Chairman
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. alex.chernov@grattan.edu.au

  • Professor David Penington AC appointed first Grattan Institute Senior Fellow

    “Professor David Penington has been appointed as the first Senior Fellow of the Grattan Institute,” the CEO, John Daley, announced today.

    “Professor Penington is an outstanding administrator, scholar, and policy thinker, with many years experience in health, education and research policy.

    His remarkable University career included positions as Professor of Medicine at the University of Melbourne (St Vincent’s Hospital) (1970-87), Dean of the Faculty of Medicine (1978-85) and Vice-Chancellor of the University of Melbourne (1988-96).

    His contributions to debates on Medicare, AIDS, and drug use lie behind his reputation as a fearless and thoughtful commentator on some of society’s most difficult issues. He chaired the ‘National AIDS Task Force’ (1983-87), and the 1984 Inquiry into the Medicare dispute. He also chaired the Victorian Premier’s Drug Advisory Council (1995-96) and the Drug Policy Expert Committee of the Bracks Government (1999-2000).

    “Grattan Institute is engaging some of Australia’s best strategic thinkers and public policy leaders to provide independent, fact-based analysis that assists public policy discussions and decisions. Senior Fellows will bring their experience and advice to Grattan Institute and continue to contribute to public debate.” John Daley added.

    “As a Grattan Institute Senior Fellow, Professor Penington will add to public thinking on health and education policy as a recognised leader in these areas.”

    “Personal fulfilment, social interaction and sustainability are the fundamental values underlying Grattan Institute’s research; hence our Programs on Cities, Productivity, School Education, Energy, and Water. Professor Penington’s extensive experience in health and education policy will add an important dimension to our thinking about human well-being that underpins these research areas,” he said.

  • New energy plan to boost exports, create jobs, and cut emissions

    Australia has an historic opportunity to create a multi-billion-dollar, export-focused manufacturing sector based on globally competitive renewable energy, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Start with steel: A practical plan to support carbon workers and cut emissions shows that using Australia’s plentiful wind and solar resources to make energy-intensive ‘green’ commodities could create tens of thousands of jobs.

    And these jobs could be concentrated in regions that currently employ tens of thousands of coal miners and other ‘carbon workers’ whose jobs are threatened by global efforts to tackle climate change by cutting greenhouse gas emissions.

    Capturing about 6.5 per cent of the global steel market would generate about $65 billion in annual export revenue and could create 25,000 manufacturing jobs in Queensland and NSW.

    ‘Climate change is a wicked conundrum for Australia,’ says Grattan Institute’s Energy Program director and report lead author Tony Wood. ‘It’s a threat to our health and to our agriculture and tourism industries – but tens of thousands of Australians work in industries that rely on fossil fuels.

    ‘Our practical plan could be a win-win-win: it would create a new export industry, support carbon workers, and cut emissions.’

    The report assesses the potential of three sectors to help make Australia a green energy superpower: aviation fuel, ammonia, and steel. It concludes that green steel represents the best opportunity for exports and job creation in key regions.

    Green steel uses hydrogen, produced from renewable energy, to replace metallurgical coal to reduce iron ore to iron metal. Australia’s extensive wind and solar energy resources mean we can make hydrogen, and therefore green steel, more cheaply than countries such as Japan, Korea, and Indonesia.

    To do this at a global scale will require big industrial workforces – such as those found in the coal-mining regions of central Queensland and the Hunter Valley in NSW.

    It is cheaper to make green steel in those places, where labour is available and affordable, than in the Pilbara in Western Australia – despite the cost of shipping iron ore to the east coast.

    Smaller but still valuable opportunities in green steel and aviation biofuel exist in other locations, including Port Kembla in NSW, Portland in Victoria, Whyalla in South Australia, and Collie in WA.

    Investment to create a global-scale export industry would have to come from the private sector, but Australian governments should act now to ensure we can capture this opportunity.

    To build local skills and capability in low-emissions steel-making in the next decade, the federal government should help fund a low-emissions steel ‘flagship’ project. This could use WA’s low-cost gas to make steel with lower emissions than coal. Or it could help modernise the steel plants at Port Kembla or Whyalla, and sustain existing jobs.

    Governments should fund and publish pre-commercial studies of geological potential in Australia for hydrogen storage. And federal, state, and local governments should all play a role in coordinating land-use planning and regional development, and helping workers to retrain.

    Australia could also support a new, sustainable biofuels industry that uses non-food biomass sources. The federal government should consider mandating that a set share of domestic aviation fuel comes from such biofuels. This could create hundreds of jobs in centres such as Collie, Portland, and Victoria’s Latrobe Valley.

    ‘For too long, adding value to Australia’s energy and minerals resources and creating sustainable jobs through manufacturing and exporting have been the stuff of dreams,’ Mr Wood says.

    ‘Not anymore. If we get this right, we will resolve the great climate conundrum that has stretched our political fabric for more than a decade.’

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. 03 9035 9881‬ E. tony.wood@unimelb.edu.au

  • Cities: a key priority for Grattan Institute

    Grattan Institute announced its second major Program appointment today. Jane-Frances Kelly will take up the position of Program Director for Cities.

    Grattan Institute is a new think tank aiming to shape the direction of debate on many of the important challenges facing Australia. It was set up with substantial support from the Commonwealth and Victorian Governments, The University of Melbourne and BHP Billiton.

    John Daley, CEO of Grattan Institute, commented that, “Over two thirds of Australians live in major cities. Growing city populations are straining the capacity of our transport, utility, and social infrastructure. There is also increasing understanding that urban design makes a difference to the quality of social interactions, economic productivity and sustainable energy choices. We hope that work on these areas, as well as on metropolitan governance arrangements, will contribute to cities that work better for the people who live in them.”

    Jane-Frances Kelly has an outstanding reputation as one of Australia’s leading policy thinkers. She has led work on strategy and prioritisation for the Commonwealth Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet, the Departments of Premier and Cabinet in Queensland, Victoria and NSW, the UK Cabinet Office, and the Boston Consulting Group. She has been a senior strategic adviser for Noel Pearson at the Cape York Institute, and Christine Nixon at Victoria Police.

    “This experience fits Jane-Frances well for the complex task of bringing together a team across a number of disciplines required for public policy recommendations about the future of our cities,” John Daley added.

    “Jane-Frances’ appointment is one of a suite of similar announcements being made over the next couple of months. “Grattan Institute is engaging Australia’s best strategic and public policy thinkers to conduct independent, rigorous fact-based analysis on the issues that will make a difference to Australian society in the areas of Productivity, Cities, Energy, Water and Education,” he concluded.

  • How to boost teaching quality and student performance: a Grattan Guide

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    School principals can boost staff morale, enhance teaching quality, and lift student performance at their school by introducing a whole-school approach to curriculum planning.

    Grattan Institute is today releasing a Guide for principals on how to make this transformation.

    The practical, easy-to-use Guide, How to implement a whole-school curriculum approach, warns that Australia will not close the ever-widening achievement gap between disadvantaged and advantaged students unless we solve the curriculum planning problem in our schools.

    A Grattan Institute survey of 2,243 teachers and principals across Australia found only 15 per cent of teachers have access to a common bank of high-quality curriculum materials for all their classes.

    Teachers say they often plan lessons from scratch, scouring the internet and social media to try to find materials.

    This creates a ‘lesson lottery’ in Australian schools – it undermines student learning and adds to teacher workloads.

    When teachers have access to a common bank of materials, they are almost four times more likely to say they are satisfied with their school’s planning approach – and they save about three hours a week because they don’t have to source and create materials themselves.

    The Guide draws on lessons Grattan’s education experts learnt on a study tour of five schools across Australia that have successfully implemented a whole-school curriculum approach.

    The role-model schools are:

    • Marsden Road Public School in south-west Sydney
    • Docklands Primary School in central Melbourne
    • Ballarat Clarendon College in regional Victoria
    • Aveley Secondary College in outer Perth
    • Serpentine Primary School in a regional town near Perth

    The Grattan Guide identifies six key features of a whole-school curriculum approach:

    • A shared vision among school leaders and teachers.
    • Shared, detailed, and sequenced curriculum plans and materials.
    • An agreed approach to classroom instruction.
    • A tiered model for supporting the learning of all students.
    • Curriculum leadership roles and expertise.
    • Ongoing professional learning and support for teachers.

    ‘Transformational change like this is hard,’ says Grattan Institute Education Program Director, Dr Jordana Hunter.

    ‘It takes leadership, commitment, cooperation, and persistence – successfully implementing a whole-school curriculum approach can take five years or more.

    ‘But the payoffs are enormous, for teachers and students. Our Guide will help schools get there.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Get off gas to hit net zero

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia needs to get off natural gas if it is to have any hope of achieving net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Getting off gas: why, how, and who should pay? shows that all-electric homes are cheaper to run and better for people’s health, and that alternative technologies such as hydrogen or biomethane are too costly and too far off for widespread use in homes and small businesses.

    The report calls on each state and territory government to set a date for the end of gas.

    Governments should launch long campaigns to encourage people to switch their homes from gas to all-electric and help them plan the timing to suit their personal circumstances.

    Governments should ban new gas connections to homes, shops, and small businesses.

    Well before 2050, they should phase out the sale of gas appliances, so that the last remaining gas appliances in homes are replaced with electric ones when they reach the end of their life.

    Governments should pay for public, community, and Indigenous housing to be upgraded to all-electric.

    A date should be set by which all rental homes should be required to have all-electric cooktops, water heaters, and home heating systems.

    ‘There is no time to waste,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Energy and Climate Change Program Director Tony Wood.

    ‘It will be complex for governments and for many people and businesses – but it is absolutely do-able, and further delay will only make this necessary transition harder.’

    About five million households in Australia are on gas. In Victoria alone – the state which relies most on gas – about 200 households a day will need to stop using gas to reach zero homes on the gas network by 2050.

    Although all-electric homes are cheaper to run, electric appliances are often more expensive to buy than the gas alternatives. To close this cost gap, and for a limited period, governments should provide low-interest loans or similar financing arrangements for homeowners, and tax incentives for landlords to replace gas appliances with electric ones.

    Governments will also have to ensure the gas network is safely decommissioned, and the electricity network is expanded and upgraded so it can cope with higher demand.

    ‘There will be costs to the great energy transition, and governments will need to decide who pays, how much, and when,’ says Mr Wood.

    ‘But we must do this – for our hip-pockets, our health, and our environment.

    ‘Our report shows how.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Saul Eslake to join Grattan Institute

    Saul Eslake will join Grattan Institute as the Program Director for its Productivity Growth Program, Professor John Daley, Grattan Institute’s CEO, announced today. Saul joins Grattan Institute after 14 years as the Chief Economist at ANZ.

    “We are delighted to have one of Australia’s most respected and forthright commentators on public policy and economics issues in Australia. He is a perfect fit with Grattan Institute’s mission to make a significant contribution to the national public policy debate,” Professor Daley added.

    Grattan Institute is a new think tank aiming to shape the direction of debate on many of the important challenges facing Australia. It was set up with substantial support from the Commonwealth and Victorian Governments, University of Melbourne and BHP Billiton.

    “Saul will lead Grattan Institute’s investigation of the key drivers of national productivity growth, most recently highlighted on Tuesday by the Governor of the RBA, Glenn Stevens. He described productivity as the key to meeting expectations for future income and wealth”.

    “I am excited to be joining Grattan Institute,” Saul Eslake said, “and look forward to contributing to its research program and engaging in the public debate that the work of the Institute will generate.”

    “The opportunity to tackle the long term issues behind national productivity performance and the implications for government policy is much needed. Government policy on education, health, greenhouse emissions and demography all affect productivity growth: all require serious investigation and response,” he added.

    Professor Daley also commented that Saul’s appointment would be the first in a number to be announced over coming months. “We are engaging the best minds as part of Grattan Institute to make substantial contributions in the areas of Cities, Energy, Water and School Education.”

    Saul will take up his appointment on Tuesday 11 August.

  • A universal dental care scheme for Australia

    Australia should introduce a Medicare-style universal insurance scheme for primary dental care, to ensure all Australians can go to the dentist when they need to, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Filling the gap: A universal dental care scheme for Australia calculates the scheme would cost an extra $5.6 billion a year, suggests it could be paid for in part by a rise in the Medicare levy, and recommends it be phased in over 10 years.

    It’s needed because about 2 million Australians who required dental care in the past year either didn’t get it or delayed getting it because of the cost – and the poor and disadvantaged are most likely to miss out on care.

    This is because most spending on dental care comes straight out of patients’ pockets.

    “When Australians need to see a GP, Medicare picks up all or most of the bill. But when they need to see a dentist, Australians are on their own,” says the Grattan Institute’s Health Program Director, Stephen Duckett.

    The consequence is widespread poor oral health. About a quarter of Australian adults say they avoid some foods because of the condition of their teeth; for low-income people, it’s about a third. Low-income people are more likely to have periodontal disease, untreated tooth decay, or missing teeth.

    Bad oral health has painful and costly consequences. Oral health conditions can contribute to other health problems, including diabetes and heart disease. Most oral health conditions are preventable, yet people often end up going to a GP or hospital emergency department to be treated for conditions that could have been arrested with earlier care.

    Existing public dental schemes are inadequate, uncoordinated, and inequitable across states and territories. Most states have waiting lists of well over a year for public dental care – and if people need to wait a year for care, their conditions are only going to get worse.

    The Commonwealth Government should announce that it will take responsibility for funding primary dental care – just as it takes responsibility for primary medical care.

    “There’s no compelling medical, economic, legal or logical reason to treat the mouth so differently from the rest of the body,” Dr Duckett says.

    But it would be impractical to move to a universal scheme overnight. It would cost a lot of money – about $5.6 billion in extra spending each year – and more dentists and oral health professionals would need to be trained locally or recruited from overseas.

    So, the Commonwealth should announce a roadmap to a universal scheme, including plans to expand the dental health workforce, followed by incremental steps towards a universal scheme.

    First, the Commonwealth should take over funding of services for people eligible for existing public dental schemes, fund them properly, and enable private-sector providers to deliver publicly-funded care. Then the scheme should be expanded – first to people on Centrelink payments, then all children. Within a decade, the Commonwealth should take the final step to a universal scheme.

    “Universal dental care is a big idea whose time has come,” Dr Duckett says. “All Australians should be able to get the care they need, when they need it, without financial barriers.”

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Marius Kloppers joins the Grattan Institute’s Board of Directors

    Marius Kloppers, Chief Executive Officer of BHP Billiton, has joined Grattan Institute’s Board of Directors from 24 February 2009.

    Marius brings with him an extensive knowledge of the mining industry and BHP Billiton’s operations, having been internationally active in the mining and resources industry since 1993. He played a key role in the merger of BHP and Billiton and was appointed CEO on 1 October, 2007. Born in Cape Town, South Africa, he has a Bachelor of Engineering (Chemical) from the University of Pretoria, a PhD from Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and a MBA from Insead, France. In his professional career he has previously worked for Gencor in South Africa, and with management consultants McKinsey & Co. in the Netherlands.

    Marius’ appointment follows the commitment of BHP Billiton, the world’s largest diversified resources company, as a Founding Member of Grattan Institute, making a substantial contribution to its initial endowment.

    Grattan Institute is a new national public policy institute being established in Melbourne. Its initial endowment by the Commonwealth and Victorian governments, the University of Melbourne, BHP Billiton and nab, and a strong board from diverse background ensure its independence. Its aims are to undertake research and analysis, and lead public debate, on key public issues for Australia as a liberal democracy in a globalised economy.

  • Lower fees, higher returns: how to make superannuation work for Australians

    The Government must act to prevent excessive fees taking at least $40,000 from the superannuation accounts of millions of Australians at retirement, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Super savings, a companion to Grattan’s 2014 report, Super sting,finds that too many superannuation account holders pay too much in both administration and investment management fees, and that the system could be run for significantly less than the $21 billion Australians pay each year in fees and expenses.

    The report recommends that government reduce fees by running a tender to select superannuation funds to manage the accounts of more than nine million Australians who choose a default fund through their employer.

    Running a tender to select these funds would save $1 billion a year in fees, or $40,000 for each account holder.

    The Murray Financial System Inquiry came to a similar view in its 2014 report, recommending a “competitive mechanism”, or tender, to select default funds, unless a review shows that the sector has become much more efficient by 2020. Grattan’s report, Super Savings, shows that government should accelerate this timetable: Australians have already waited too long for cheaper super.

    Government also needs to follow through on recent moves to reduce administration costs and make default accounts more transparent. But as Grattan’s report Super savings shows, government needs to go further to close excess accounts, merge funds and encourage people to move out of overpriced superannuation products. There are too many accounts, too many funds, and too many of them incur high costs.

    But it also urges the government to go further and close excess accounts, merge funds and encourage people to move out of overpriced superannuation products.

    “There are too many accounts, too many funds, and too many of them incur high costs,” says Grattan’s Productivity Growth Program Director, Jim Minifie.

    “Australia has many high-performing but lean funds. If other funds charged what they charge, account holders could get the same performance, but pay $4 billion a year less in administration and $2 billion less in investment management,” he says.

    “These are numbers big enough to make the difference between sausages and steak in retirement.”

    “A stronger and fairer superannuation system will take the pressure off government pension payments and give older Australians confidence in the future.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Jim Minifie, Productivity Growth Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Time for tough choices to balance government budgets

    A reform package could add about $37 billion a year to Australian government budgets and help to tackle Australia’s growing budget crisis, a new Grattan Institute report finds.

    The package would broaden the GST, raise the age of access to superannuation and the Age Pension and require wealthy retirees to draw down some of the value of their owner- occupied dwellings before accessing the Age Pension.

    It would also limit tax concessions on superannuation that allow people over 60 to pay substantially less income tax than younger people with similar incomes.

    The package is one option for budget repair presented in Balancing budgets: tough choices we need, a report that assesses options Australian governments have to address potential deficits of $60 billion a year – or 4 per cent of GDP – by 2023.

    The budget squeeze comes from rising health costs, likely pressure on welfare spending, an inevitable fall in the terms of trade, and the propensity of governments to introduce big- ticket initiatives such as paid parental leave, new school funding and the National Disability Insurance Scheme.

    “Governments cannot put off tough choices indefinitely without imposing heavy costs on the next generation,” says Grattan CEO John Daley.

    “We need leaders who make the case publicly, design a package of measures that share the burden of reform fairly across the community, and then make the tough choices to raise taxes and cut expenditure early in their term of government.”

    The report examines 20 reforms that would contribute $2 billion a year or more to government budgets.

    It favours reforms that are big enough to make a difference, do not produce unacceptable economic and social side-effects, and do not make life harder for those who are worst off.

    The report also finds that some areas of potential reform – including cuts to the public service and so-called middle-class welfare – would make far less difference to government budgets than is commonly believed.

    “None of these budget choices will be easy for politicians, but making them is vital to

    Australia’s long-term prosperity,” Mr Daley says.

  • Future retirement of CEO of Grattan Institute Prof John Daley

    The Chair of Grattan Institute, The Hon Alex Chernov, announced today that its inaugural CEO, Prof John Daley, would be stepping down when his contract finishes in July 2020. He said that ‘since John opened the doors in 2009, he has steered Grattan to become Australia’s leading domestic policy think tank, and a household name’. Its seven programs now cover a wide range of policy issues, from energy to health, education, budgets, tax, transport, and housing.

    Under John’s leadership, Grattan has shaped debates and subsequent policy reforms on a broad range of public policy issues such as school funding, the costs of superannuation, and electricity pricing, and its ideas have been picked up by all sides of politics. A review published this year traced the enormous impact of more than 115 reports published so far.

    Grattan’s work has a reputation for independent, rigorous, and practical analysis of public policy issues that facilitates better-informed discussions among decision makers and the public. Its ‘Orange books’, for example, have become much used by public servants and journalists in preparing and assessing State and Federal election policy agendas.

    The Chair emphasised that, ‘John has nurtured Grattan’s distinctive culture, which promotes both vigorous internal debate and passionate cooperation towards achieving Grattan’s outstanding results’. As a result, Grattan has become a magnet for talented policy analysts, and its alumni now hold a series of important roles in government and other bodies involved in public policy.

    The Chair of Grattan Institute’s Public Policy Committee and Board Member, Dr Ian Watt AC, former Secretary of the Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet, reflected that ‘John has moulded Grattan’s unique brand in Australia for penetrating original analysis that is clearly communicated and sharply outlines the policies that government should adopt. Many hold up its work as an exemplar of high-quality policy analysis on complex issues.’

    As well as leading Grattan’s overall program, John has personally authored a number of significant reports. Game Changers (2012), for example, identified the key priorities for economic reform, and has influenced governments for several years. John has also written leading reports on budget reform, intergenerational inequality, tax reform, housing affordability, and retirement incomes.

    John said that  ‘after 11 years, the long-term growth of Grattan Institute as an institution requires new leadership and it is time for the Board to identify and put in place a new CEO who can take Grattan onto the next stage. The greatest legacy of a CEO is not what is achieved while you are there, but how you set up the organisation to develop afterwards. So far I have been a lawyer, a policy adviser, an academic, a management consultant, a banker, a stockbroker, and the founding CEO of Australia’s leading domestic policy think tank, and I am looking forward to what comes next.’

    Alex Chernov said that the Grattan Board had enjoyed working with John and, on his departure, will miss his rigorous and practical contributions to Board discussion. John will leave Grattan with the thanks and best wishes of the Board and all at the Institute. The Board has begun the search for a new CEO with assistance from Egon Zehnder.

    The Hon Alex Chernov AC QC

    For further enquiries:

    media@grattan.edu.au

  • Confronting the private health insurance death spiral

    Australia’s private health insurance industry fears it is in a death spiral, and politicians need to rethink whether or to what extent taxpayers should continue to subsidise the industry, according to a new Grattan Institute working paper.

    The history and purposes of private health insurance finds that Australians are increasingly dissatisfied with private health insurance, and policy reform is urgent.

    Premiums are rising much faster than wages or inflation. People are dropping their cover, especially the young and the healthy. Those who are left are more likely to get sick and go to hospital, driving insurance costs up further.

    Meanwhile, taxpayers subside the industry to the tune of about $9 billion every year: $6 billion for the private health insurance rebate, and $3 billion on private medical services for inpatients.

    “It’s inevitable that government will have to make tough decisions about whether more subsidies are the answer to the impending crisis,” says lead author and Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    “Governments have failed to clearly define the role of private health insurance since Medicare was introduced in the 1980s. The upshot is we have a muddled health care system that is riddled with inconsistencies and perverse incentives.”

    Australia needs to confront a fundamental question: what is the purpose of private hospital care?

    If its purpose is to complement Medicare, offering people choice of specialists and a wider range of services, then the argument for taxpayer subsidies is weak.

    But if its purpose is to substitute for public hospital care, then the argument for subsidies is stronger.

    The paper urges policy makers to grapple with two further questions:

    • Do the current design features of the private health insurance system, including incentives, penalties and regulation, support its desired role (as a complement or substitute or both) in the overall health system? And if not, what other mechanisms or combination of arrangements are needed?
    • Does government support for private health insurance and private hospital care promote overall economic efficiency and the most effective and equitable use of government and community resources? And in the long run, are there better ways of providing support to the sector?

    “The question then becomes whether government should support private health care directly, or via public health insurance – or not at all,” Professor Duckett says.

    Future Grattan Institute work will tackle these questions and propose solutions to Australia’s private health insurance woes.

    Read the working paper

    Further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Price disclosure not the answer: Australia still pays far too much for medicines

    The wholesale price of seven medicines fell by about a third today, but Australia has a long way to go before consumers pay fair prices for pharmaceuticals, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Poor pricing progress: price disclosure isn’t the answer to high drug prices shows that even after today’s reductions, Australian prices for these seven drugs are on average 14 times higher than prices for the same drugs in the United Kingdom.

    Australia’s “price disclosure” policy was introduced in 2007 in a bid to cut costs. But drugs that have just been through this process have wholesale prices that are on average over 16 times the lowest price in New Zealand, the UK and the Canadian province of Ontario.

    “Price disclosure has not gone far enough or fast enough, and it’s time for a new approach,” says Grattan Institute Health Director Stephen Duckett.

    Under price disclosure, pharmacies are forced to reveal discounts on drug prices that manufacturers provide them, and the Government reduces the amount paid to pharmacies for each drug accordingly.

    But another 2013 Grattan report, Australia’s bad drug deal, shows that if the Government benchmarked the prices of generic drugs against prices paid overseas it could save more than $1 billion a year in payments to manufacturers.

    “We’re simply buying drugs the wrong way: we need to be much tougher on prices and much fairer for consumers,” Dr Duckett says.

    High costs also hit patient health: nearly one in 10 Australians doesn’t take medicines a doctor prescribes because of cost.

    For six of the seven drugs with price cuts today, benchmarking would save patients almost $20 more for each box of pills, on average.

    “Take Atorvastatin, a high cholesterol drug that is sold as ‘Lipitor’. For someone without a concession, the price of a box of 40mg pills just fell by around seven dollars,” Dr Duckett said.

    “But if we had the UK’s wholesale prices, patients would save much more, up to $19 extra.”

    “Any business would look around to check the market price, and the Government should do the same. There is simply no reason why Australians shouldn’t get a better deal on medicines.”

    For further enquiries: Dr Stephen Duckett
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • How to cut power bills and build a more sustainable electricity network

    State governments have spent up to $20 billion more than was needed on the electricity grid, and households and businesses are paying for it through their power bills, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Down to the wire: A sustainable electricity network for Australia shows that customers in NSW, Queensland and Tasmania are paying $100-to-$400 more each year than they should.

    The report calls on those state governments to write down the value of the assets to reduce electricity bills, or give direct rebates to customers.

    The cost of the National Electricity Market’s power grid rose from $50 billion in 2005 to $90 billion today. But up to $20 billion of that was not needed to cover growth in population, consumption, or even demand at peak times.

    There have been some improvements in reliability of supply, but not enough to justify the spending.

    The over-investment was overwhelmingly in NSW and Queensland. In 2005, the NSW and Queensland governments required their network businesses to build excessive back-up infrastructure to protect against even the most unlikely events. At the same time, growth in demand for electricity slowed, as appliances became more energy efficient and more households installed solar panels.

    Unless state governments fix the mistakes of the past, consumers will continue to pay for assets that are neither used nor useful. And prices that are higher than they should be will lead to poor investment decisions in future.

    In Queensland and Tasmania, where the businesses are still state-owned, the Government should write down the value of the assets. This would mean governments foregoing future revenue in favour of lower electricity bills.

    In NSW, intervening to revalue the privatised businesses would create too many problems, so the Government should instead use the proceeds of the privatisations to fund a rebate to consumers.

    To prevent the mistakes happening again, state governments should move to full privatisation, because the evidence shows that privatised electricity businesses deliver lower prices for consumers, without compromising reliability or safety.

    And governments should change the way electricity is priced, so all consumers can see when demand is high. Network costs would fall if customers reduced their consumption at critical peak periods.

    “Consumers are copping the bill for the past excessive spending on the electricity grid,” says Grattan Institute Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    “Governments should act now to give some of that money back to consumers, and to ensure we have a more sustainable and affordable electricity network.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • New partnership brings public policies to the forefront

    The State Library of Victoria last night announced a new collaboration with Grattan Institute to create The Policy Pitch, a series of free public seminars that examine key policy issues facing Australia today.

    The Policy Pitch series begins in February next year with the inaugural session Shock to the system: why power use is falling but bills keep going up that will highlight some of the most pressing problems facing the Australian electricity sector.

  • Race to 80 so we can live with COVID: Grattan

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia can end lockdowns and start to reopen its border once 80 per cent of the population is vaccinated – and we may be able to get there by the end of the year, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Race to 80: our best shot at living with COVID highlights that once 80 per cent of the population is vaccinated – and 95 per cent of the most vulnerable, including the over-70s – Australia can safety begin to ‘live with COVID’.

    Grattan Institute modelling for the report shows that at 80 per cent COVID would be in the community, but severe cases would be rare.

    Opening up too early – for example at 50 per cent, or 70 per cent – would risk rampant spread of the virus and hospitals being overwhelmed.

    ‘The bad news is that our modelling shows we cannot safely reopen Australia until we get to 80 per cent vaccinated,’ says lead author, Grattan Health Program Director Stephen Duckett. ‘But the good news is that our report shows we can get there quickly.’

    Australia is scheduled to get more than enough vaccine supplies within months, and surveys show only about 10 per cent of Australians are entrenched anti-vaxxers.

    Logistics will be crucial to supercharging the rollout. People should be able to get their jab at mass vaccination hubs, doctors, pharmacies, schools, their workplaces, and through pop-up clinics at supermarkets and sporting events.

    Once supply arrives and everyone is eligible, governments should launch campaigns aimed at hesitant and specific populations, including young people and culturally and linguistically diverse communities.

    The Federal Government should establish Vaxlotto, a national $10 million-a-week lottery – everyone who has had one jab is in, and everyone with two jabs doubles their chances.

    State governments should issue ‘vaccine passports’ for domestic air travel and entry to hospitality, sports, and entertainment venues.

    If necessary, vaccines should be made mandatory for people who work with vulnerable populations or in high-risk settings, including aged care workers, hospital staff, disability care workers, prison workers, and teachers.

    ‘We should throw everything including the kitchen sink at this,’ says co-author and Grattan CEO Danielle Wood. ‘We can’t stay walled inside Fortress Australia indefinitely, cut off from the rest of the world and periodically cut off from one another.’

    The 80 per cent threshold could be reached as early as the end of this year if a vaccine becomes available in coming months for children under 12. But if a vaccine is not approved for children under 12, a target date of March next year would be more realistic.

    Once 80 per cent of the population is vaccinated, lockdowns should become a thing of the past, and quarantine requirements should end for fully vaccinated Australian residents and some fully vaccinated international visitors.

    We should then push on with vaccinations, and once 85 per cent are vaccinated, all border restations should be removed for vaccinated people.

    ‘Australians shouldn’t and won’t accept high death tolls or indefinite restrictions,’ says co-author and Grattan Economic Policy Program Director Brendan Coates.

    ‘Racing to 80 per cent and then pushing on to 85 per cent is Australia’s ticket to opening up. Failure is not an option.’

    Read the report

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Roads to nowhere: rail and roads funding puts politics ahead of growth

    Australian governments have spent unprecedented sums on transport infrastructure in the past decade, and while important projects have been built the overall investment has been poorly directed, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Roads to riches: better transport spending finds that although our large cities are the engines of Australia’s economic growth, governments have not prioritised vital urban freight and passenger routes.

    Grattan’s analysis of government budget papers shows that too much money has been spent on the wrong projects in the wrong places. In particular, governments have spent up big in electorates where federal elections are won and lost, funding roads that are not very important to the economy, but are popular with local voters.

    In some cases return on investment has been staggeringly low: project evaluation showed one highway upgrade yielded a return of eight cents for each dollar spent.

    “One difficulty is that there is little to prevent politicians committing to projects on the basis of weak or undisclosed business cases – and particularly during election campaigns,” says Grattan Transport Program Director Marion Terrill.

    “There isn’t enough publicly available information on potential projects, so the public can’t hold politicians to account or be confident that funds are spent wisely.”

    Oversight mechanisms aren’t working. Since 2012 over half of Commonwealth infrastructure spending has gone to projects where Infrastructure Australia has not published an evaluation. States have spent billions more with little transparency.

    A better approach would be for an independent body to assess all infrastructure proposals rigorously on a like-for-like basis. The assessment of the net benefits should then be tabled in the parliament, and only then should governments be able to go ahead and commit public money.

    Once governments are only building projects where the community benefit clearly outweighs the cost, their second step should be aim to build all such projects.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Marion Terrill, Transport Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • How to clean up Australia’s energy policy mess

    Chaotic approaches to energy policy have pushed up electricity prices and scared off investors, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Power play: how governments can better direct Australia’s electricity market says governments feel compelled to respond when electricity supply is lost and when prices are too high, but ad hoc and uncoordinated actions by federal and state governments have made things worse.

    The report finds that the energy sector is likely to need in the order of $150 billion in new utility-scale generation assets over the next 30 years.

    The Federal Government is making this investment harder by bashing big companies and intervening in the market with knee-jerk policies such as the taxpayer-funded $5 billion Snowy 2.0 pumped hydro project and the ‘Underwriting New Generation Investments’ program. After the 2016 statewide blackout, the South Australian government deployed expensive diesel generators at short notice, which ultimately were used for only four hours – at a cost of $111 million.

    ‘Significant investment is needed to transition from old and dirty to new and clean energy, while keeping the lights on. But we are currently doing this the hard way – and Australia’s governments, state and federal, are not helping,’ says the report’s lead author, Grattan Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    ‘Governments have a bad track record at “picking winners”, and their interventions crowd out alternative, generally better, investments.’

    The Federal Government’s fight to avoid the impending closure of the Liddell coal power station in NSW makes it harder for Australia to achieve its emissions reduction targets, and is likely to increase electricity prices and reduce the reliability of supplies.

    The states should work together to fill the climate-change policy vacuum. Over the past decade or so, successive federal governments have proposed and rejected five emissions policies. The states’ responses have added to the mess, using different mechanisms to try to meet different emissions reduction targets. The upshot has been growing frustration for investors and higher prices for consumers.

    ‘The states should abandon their uncoordinated policies and instead implement a nationwide emissions reduction policy through state-based legislation,’ Mr Wood says.

    ‘While a national policy led by the federal government would be ideal, a state-based policy would be far superior to no policy at all. It would resolve a key element of uncertainty that has held back investment in both renewable and dispatchable generation – and so it would ultimately led to lower bills and increased reliability.’

    In the meantime, the Federal Government should abandon its current approach of ‘big stick’ threats to the major energy companies, ad hoc market interventions, and taxpayer-funded support for electricity generation. Instead it should help get the electricity market back on the right track by providing clear, rules-based policies to better manage investments in transmission and closures of coal plants.

    Australia’s coal fleet is ageing and will progressively retire over coming decades. The abrupt closures of the Northern power station in South Australia in 2016 and the Hazelwood power station in Victoria in 2017 have heightened political concerns that future closures will push up electricity prices and reduce reliability.

    To improve clarity on coal closures, the report proposes that generators be required to place hundreds of millions of dollars into escrow to ensure orderly retirement.

    Under the Grattan coal closure model, coal plants would need to nominate closure dates. If they then closed earlier than promised, they would forfeit the money and it could be used to try to cover any reliability problems caused.‘Recent and current government actions imperil Australia’s great energy transition,’ Mr Wood says. ‘Yet the transition to a low-emissions future is inevitable and desirable. This report charts the path to success.’ 

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia’s gender pay gap narrows

    The graduate gender pay gap in Australia is narrowing, with more women in paid work than ever before, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    Mapping Australian higher education 2018 shows women’s earnings generally outpaced men’s over the past decade – but the pay gap remains large.

    Female university graduates are now expected to earn 27 per cent less than men – or $750,000 less – over their career.

    Ten years earlier, the gap was 30 per cent.

    The median-income female graduate from 2016 can expect to earn about $2 million over her career. Early-career female graduates from 2016 are earning about 4 per cent more (after allowing for inflation) than their counterparts from 2006. Early-career male graduates from 2016, by contrast, are earning about 3 per cent less than their counterparts from a decade earlier.

    The driving force behind women’s earnings growth over the past decade is a big increase in the number of women with children staying in the workforce – up by nearly 10 percentage points among graduates aged 25-34, and 5 percentage points among graduates aged 35-44.

    “This is a policy success story,” says Grattan Institute’s Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton.

    “As paid maternity leave has become more widely available, more women are choosing to stay employed when they become mothers, rather than quitting the workforce.

    “And this trend is expected to continue.

    “As subsidies make childcare more affordable for women returning to work, more are doing so full-time.

    “Gender equality in the workforce is not yet a reality in Australia, but it’s slowly getting closer.”

    More broadly, growth in professional jobs in Australia did not keep up with the growing number of graduates over the decade, and recent graduates are getting less financial benefit from their degrees than earlier graduates at the same point in their careers.

    In early 2017, 28 per cent of recent graduates who were looking for full-time work were yet to find it four months from completion, up from 15 per cent in early 2008, before the global financial crisis.

    Earnings either grew weakly or declined over the past decade for early-career graduates from all disciplines except education, nursing and medicine. A median-income male graduate in science, commerce or law earned less in 2016 than in 2006, although law graduates still have above-average incomes.

    Although the labour market remains tough for young graduates, it has improved since its lowest point in 2014, reflecting recent growth in professional jobs.

    The report, the fifth in a series going back to 2012, shows that in 2016 a record 41 per cent of Australian 19-year-olds were enrolled in higher education institutions.

    Health-related courses have experienced the strongest growth over the last decade.

    After a decade of rapid growth, domestic commencing bachelor-degree enrolments are now growing slowly and so higher education participation will plateau over the next few years.

    International student enrolments are still booming, bringing in more than $9 billion in fee revenue in 2017. China and India are the largest source countries.

    Australian public universities still receive more than half their cash flow from government grants or loans, but are becoming less reliant on government.

    In 2018, the Commonwealth Government will spend less in real terms on tuition subsidies than it did in 2017, the first annual drop since 2003.

    Public spending on research has fallen in recent years, although total research spending by universities is up slightly, to $11 billion in 2016.

    Apart from international students, most higher education indicators are stable. After a decade of rapid change, Australian higher education is in a consolidation phase.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Andrew Norton, Higher Education Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Lower power use but higher bills: why governments must respond

    Australians are using less power but paying more for it, with potentially highly damaging consequences for the electricity system, a new Grattan Institute report finds.

    Shock to the system: dealing with falling electricity demand shows that while the average household has consumed 7 per cent less power since 2006, its average power bill has gone up over the same period by more than 85 per cent: from $890 to $1660 a year.

    Prices have stayed high in part because network businesses – which carry power through poles and wires from the generator to the home – have spent billions of dollars on infrastructure that falling consumption has made redundant.

    “A nasty correction is coming and the question is who will pay for it – power companies, governments or consumers again?” says Grattan Institute Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    Network businesses, unlike electricity generators, are regulated monopolies not subject to market forces.

    For years regulators have allowed these companies to earn excessive profits by setting tariffs that are too high, given the low risk they face as monopolies.

    This was less of a problem when consumption was rising but when it falls, the high cost of the network is spread over a smaller volume of power use, and everyone pays more.

    In response, governments must ensure that network companies make future investments that better match future power needs, and begin the hard task of reforming electricity tariffs so that they better reflect the cost companies incur.

    “Even with these changes, redundant assets may have to be written down, and it’s a hard job deciding who will pay for that,” says Tony Wood.

    “Reforms in this area will be neither simple nor painless, but governments must act now to prevent even higher prices and more pain down the track.”

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director, or Lucy Carter, Energy Fellow
    T. +61 3 8344 3637
    E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • The number of science graduates are growing but the jobs are not

    Many recent science and information technology graduates are failing to find full-time work at a time when science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) education is a priority for government and industry, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Mapping Australian higher education 2016 shows that in 2015, only half of bachelor degree science graduates seeking full-time work had found it four months after completing their degrees, 17 percentage points below the average for all graduates.

    Among recent science graduates who found full-time jobs, only half say their qualification is required or important for their job – about 20 percentage points below the average.

    Although job outcomes improve over time, science bachelor degree graduates are less likely than other STEM graduates to work in high-skill managerial or professional jobs.

    Mapping Australian higher education 2016, Grattan Institute’s regular overview of key trends in higher education, focuses on STEM graduate employment.

    Grattan Institute Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton says that despite poor employment outcomes, demand for science courses continues to grow.

    ‘Prospective students thinking about studying science need to know that a bachelor science degree is high risk for finding a job. Often students need to do another degree to improve their employment prospects,’ Mr Norton says.

    While there are many more potential jobs in IT than science, a third of recent IT graduates cannot find full-time work.

    IT students are less satisfied with their skills development, and are more likely to leave their courses without finishing, than are other students. IT industry and professional bodies suggest that university IT courses need improving.

    Engineering graduates have better employment prospects than science or IT graduates.  Three-quarters of new engineering graduates have full-time work, and have the highest rate of professional or managerial employment of all STEM graduates.

    In other trends examined in Mapping Australian higher education 2016, domestic enrolments exceeded one million for the first time in 2014, with the fastest growth in health.

    International student numbers are growing again, after a fall between 2010 and 2012. Student satisfaction with teaching is also increasing.

    Australia performs well in global research rankings, but in recent years levels of university research expenditure and outputs have stopped growing.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Andrew Norton, Higher Education Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Fear not: Australians are likely to be comfortable in retirement

    The conventional wisdom that Australians don’t save enough for retirement is wrong. A new Grattan Institute report reveals that the vast majority of retirees today and in future are likely to be financially comfortable.

    Money in retirement: more than enough shows that retirees are less likely than working-age Australians to suffer financial stress such as not being able to pay a bill on time, and more likely to be able to afford optional extras such as annual holidays.

    Grattan Institute modelling shows that, even after allowing for inflation, most workers today can expect a retirement income of at least 91 per cent of their pre-retirement income – well above the 70 per cent benchmark endorsed by the OECD, and more than enough to maintain pre-retirement living standards.

    And many low-income Australians will get a pay rise when they retire, through a combination of the Age Pension and their compulsory superannuation savings.

    Australians tend to spend less after they retire, and even less into old age. Their medical costs increase, but are largely covered by the taxpayer. Many retirees are net savers, and current retirees often leave a legacy almost as large as their nest egg on the day they retired.

    “The financial services industry ‘fear factory’ encourages Australians to worry unnecessarily about whether they’ll have enough money in retirement,” Grattan Institute CEO John Daley said.

    But the retirement incomes system is not working for some low-income Australians who rent, particularly in Sydney and Melbourne. And this problem will get worse because on current trends home ownership for over-65s will decline from 76 per today to 57 per cent by 2056.

    To boost retirement incomes for the poorest Australians, the report calls for a 40 per cent increase in the maximum rate of Commonwealth Rent Assistance – worth more than $1,400 a year for a single retiree.

    Loosening the Age Pension assets test could boost retirement incomes for around 20 per cent of retirees today, rising to more than 70 per cent of retirees in future. It would also deal with anomalies in the system: some people who save $100 while working increase their total retirement income by less than $100 in real terms.

    But because most Australians will be comfortable in retirement, there is no need to boost retirement incomes across the board. The legislated plan to increase compulsory superannuation contributions from 9.5 per cent to 12 per cent should be scrapped, saving the Budget about $2 billion a year.

    And superannuation tax breaks and age-based tax breaks should be reduced, to ensure the retirement incomes system does not become an excessive burden on future budgets, and endanger funding for aged care and health.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Revamp aged care to stop the horror stories

    Australia’s aged care system is failing older Australians and their families and needs to be overhauled, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Rethinking aged care: emphasising the rights of older Australians says the care and support of older Australians must trump the profits of private providers.

    The report identifies ageism as part of the problem, and emphasising the rights of older Australians in need of care and support as the start of the solution.

    ‘The horror stories from the Royal Commission into aged care and from the COVID-19 aged care crisis have to stop,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    ‘More money and different regulation are both necessary, but won’t be enough. Australia needs to fundamentally change the culture of its aged care system.’

    Over the past few decades the sector has become a ‘market’. As for-profit providers moved in, residential facilities got bigger. Regulation has not kept pace with the increasingly privatised market. Government focus has been on constraining costs rather than ensuring quality.

    The government’s poor commitment to the care and support of older Australians reflects society’s disdainful attitude to the aged.

    ‘Older Australians are often seen as a burden and no longer valuable or contributing members of society,’ Dr Duckett says.

    ‘They are pushed out of sight and out of mind.

    ‘The result is the shameful mess we have today: a top-down, provider-centric aged care system that is under-funded, poorly regulated, and failing older Australians.

    ‘Merely adding further Band-Aids to a broken system is not enough. We need to start again with a new Act that puts the rights of older Australians at the heart.’

    Five key rights-based principles should shape the system:

    • Independence, self-fulfilment, and participation in community
    • Informed and supported choice and control
    • Universal access to reasonable and necessary supports
    • Equity and non-discrimination
    • Dignity, including dignity in death

    This first Grattan report on aged care sets the overarching framework for reform. A second Grattan report to follow will detail how Australia can build a rights-based aged care system so that older Australians can live dignified and meaningful lives.

    Read the report

    Contact

    Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    ‬ T. ‭03 9035 9881 M. ‭0447 837 741 E. stephen.duckett@grattan.edu.au

  • Back hydrogen to cut emissions and help fuel a green Australia

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Hydrogen can help Australia hit net-zero carbon emissions and become a green energy superpower – but only if it gets targeted government support.

    A new Grattan Institute report, Hydrogen: hype, hope, or hard work?, calls on the federal government to promote hydrogen use in the production of ammonia, alumina, and iron.

    The cost to the government would probably be about $0.6-2 billion per year.

    But the prize for Australia would be reduced emissions from domestic production of ammonia, alumina, and iron, and new export industries that ultimately wouldn’t need subsidies.

    In each of these commodities, hydrogen faces a ‘green premium’ – the gap between the cost of using hydrogen for zero-emissions production, and the cost of conventional production.

    The government should do three things to help close that gap.

    First, bring down the price of electricity, by improving renewable energy generation, storage, and transmission.

    Second, lift the price of carbon. Heavy industry is covered by the government’s Safeguard Mechanism, which imposes a carbon price to drive down emissions. But under the mechanism’s current settings, this price isn’t likely to be high enough to close the cost gap.

    Third, use industry policy to underwrite demand for ‘green’ versions of ammonia, alumina, and iron.

    This three-pronged strategy should be coordinated with other policies supporting green products, including critical minerals, as part of a comprehensive Australian green industry policy.

    The government should be more cautious about supporting hydrogen uses such as long-duration energy storage and long-distance road freight, because it is not yet clear whether using hydrogen is the best way to decarbonise these activities.

    And it should rule out further investment in hydrogen uses unlikely to be viable, including for replacing natural gas in homes and commercial buildings, and replacing petrol and diesel in cars and utes.

    ‘We need to dial down the hype about hydrogen – it’s now clear it will not be the sole clean fuel in a net-zero world,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Energy and Climate Change Program Director Tony Wood.

    ‘The reforms recommended in this report would help Australia to hit net zero by 2050 and give us the best chance to build a hydrogen industry that can fuel export industries and boost national prosperity.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Governments must learn from past mistakes to create a successful future for solar.

    An energy revolution is at hand in Australia, as the arrival of home batteries combines with the falling cost of solar panels to transform the centralised grid, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    But Sundown, sunrise: how Australia can finally get solar power right urges governments to avoid the mistakes of the past by rejecting expensive and unfair subsidies and by setting charges that reflect the true cost of providing electricity.

    The report shows how lavish feed-in tariff schemes have induced 1.4 million households to put solar panels on their roofs – the highest proportion of households of any country.

    State governments began winding back the schemes in 2012, but by the time the last runs out in 2028 they will have cost the economy $9 billion, the report finds.

    Worse, people who chose not to install solar, or could not afford it, have paid for the schemes through a subsidy to solar PV owners worth $14 billion.

    “It’s true the schemes have reduced emissions but at a very high price – we could have found much cheaper ways to tackle climate change,” says Grattan Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    The report calls on state governments to introduce new electricity tariffs that encourage consumers to use less power in periods of peak demand.

    The tariffs would remove a subsidy to solar PV owners, making their panels less profitable in the short term, but they would also open the door to radically new uses of power that will transform the grid and cut both costs and emissions.

    Tony Wood says that as home batteries come on the market from as early as next year, people will be able to store power from their solar panels during the day then use it in the evening when demand on the network is greatest.

    “This will reduce the load on the network, cutting power prices not just for solar panel owners but for everyone,” Mr Wood says.

    “But network businesses have some difficult decisions ahead to ensure they remain profitable.”

    “The journey to a new electricity system has begun. If we manage the transformation poorly, consumers will pay again. If we do it well, everyone can benefit from a more efficient, sustainable and affordable system.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • How to stop Australia becoming a Stagnation Nation

    Australia risks descent into economic stagnation as the mining investment boom fades, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Stagnation Nation? Australian investment in a low-growth world urges governments and policymakers to do more to ensure Australia remains a dynamic, growing economy.

    Australia is experiencing its biggest ever five-year fall in mining investment, as a proportion of GDP. And non-mining business investment has fallen from 12 per cent to 9 per cent of GDP, lower than at any point in the past 50 years.

    What’s needed is perspective, not panic. The shift to a services economy, and a fall in the price of capital goods, mean businesses can thrive with lower levels of investment. And there are some green shoots in the non-mining states.

    But this is no excuse for complacency. A third of the fall in non-mining investment is a result of slow economic growth, and that’s a problem requiring concerted action.

    The report says the Federal Government’s key policy prescription – a cut in the company tax rate from 30 per cent to 25 per cent over ten years – would attract extra foreign investment, but at a cost: it would also reduce national income for years and hit the budget. Committing to the plan now, before the budget is on a clear path to recovery, risks reducing future living standards.

    Any cut in the company tax rate should be part of a wider package of reforms that explicitly funds the cost to the budget.  The package could include an increase in the GST rate from 10 per cent to 15 per cent, which would bring in about $11 billion of extra revenue a year, even after compensation for lower-income households. The tax treatment of capital gains, borrowing and superannuation could also be adjusted.

    Federal and state governments should also introduce broader reforms to promote growth. They could invest more in infrastructure – but only if they can build better infrastructure. They should improve workforce participation, by ensuring tax, transfer, and childcare support do not impose high effective marginal tax rates on the second earners in households. They should improve the efficiency of urban land use, by permitting more density in the middle and inner suburbs of Australia’s major cities.

    “There are no silver bullets for Australia, only tough choices,” says Grattan Institute Productivity Growth Program Director Jim Minifie.

    “Australians cannot take economic growth for granted, and the risk is real: we could join the global low-growth pack as our mining boom winds down.”

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Jim Minifie, Productivity Growth Program Director, Grattan Institute
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Turning around troubled schools: it can be done

    Some of Australia’s most troubled schools are turning around their performance to achieve remarkable results and serve as a model for low-performing schools across the country, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    Turning around schools: it can be done examines two secondary and two primary schools to show that all of them have succeeded by following the same five steps.

    They are: strong leadership that raises expectations, effective teaching with teachers learning from each other, development and measurement of student learning, a positive school culture, and engagement of parents and the local community.

    “People think turning around a school only happens with superhuman leaders and teachers – it doesn’t,” says Grattan Institute School Education Program Director Ben Jensen.

    “Many of these schools have inspirational figures but the lesson of both Australia and overseas is that any school that rigorously follows these five steps can succeed.”

    Dr Jensen stressed that governments had a key role in supporting schools to make behavioural and cultural change, but they had to do more than simply focus on the five steps.

    “Governments need to find a way to commit all parties – government, the education sector and schools – to lasting change” Dr Jensen said.

    Governments and schools must develop the skills for change in the five steps for school turnaround, and then reinforce them with comprehensive evaluation and accountability mechanisms.

    But Dr Jensen said these mechanisms had to focus on achieving change in the five steps, not just on test scores.

    “If school turnaround is done well, it will make huge dent in inequality and enrich the lives of the students who need it most,” he said.

    The four schools examined in the report are Ellenbrook Primary School in Perth, Ravenswood Heights Primary School in Launceston, Holroyd High School in Sydney and Sunshine College in Melbourne.

    For further enquiries: Dr Ben Jensen, School Education Program Director
    T. +61 (0) 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Much more work needed on Government emissions reduction plan

    View the submission

    The Federal Government’s Direct Action Plan and Emissions Reduction Fund do not make up “a comprehensive climate change policy” consistent with holding global warming to two degrees, a Grattan Institute paper has warned.

    A submission responding to the Emissions Reduction Fund Green Paper finds that the Green Paper lacks vital detail and “does not provide confidence” that key elements of the Government’s design principles for the Fund will be met.

    The submission, published today, argues that the Fund “can achieve effective and cost-efficient reductions” towards meeting Australia’s unconditional emissions target of 5 per cent below 2000 levels by 2020.

    But “it will require extension and/or enhancement” to go beyond that target or past 2020. Grattan’s submission also argues that the Government’s “firm and capped” commitment of $2.55 billion over four years may constrain the effectiveness of the Fund.

    It warns that the Green Paper does not provide confidence that the three guiding design principles of the Fund – that reductions should be lowest cost, they should be genuine and administration should be streamlined – will be met.

    The submissions sees strengths and weaknesses in the Government’s plan to use a competitive auction system to fund the lowest-cost emissions reduction activities.

    While auction schemes generally reduce the cost of low-emission energy technology projects, they have a mixed record, and can induce developers to bid low in order to win the auction, then fail to deliver the project.

    The government’s proposed Emissions Reduction Fund is intended to create a form of carbon price and work in parallel with the Renewable Energy Target to cut emissions effectively and efficiently.

    Grattan Institute’s submission argues that “only an economy-wide carbon price can achieve the scale and speed of emissions reductions required for Australia to meet its 2020 commitments without excessive cost to the economy or taxpayer”. It remains unclear whether the Emissions Reduction Fund will achieve this goal.

    The deadline for submissions to the Green Paper process closed on Friday and the Government will release a White Paper on the Emissions Reduction Fund in March.

    View the submission

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Making time for great teaching

    Read the report

    Schools must make time in their day to help teachers develop or Australia will continue to slide in international school education rankings, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Making time for great teaching finds that Australian school systems and schools are struggling to allocate the time and resources needed to put teaching and learning first.

    The world’s highest-performing school systems provide time for teachers to be mentored, research best practice, have their classes observed and receive constructive feedback on their performance, says Grattan School Education Program Director Ben Jensen.

    “The world’s best systems are relentless about teacher development. We are committed to it in principle but struggle in practice. This report shows how schools can do it,” Dr Jensen says.

    Making time for great teaching examines the timetables and budgets of six diverse schools across the country to identify ways they can change their practices in order to free up time for teacher development.

    It recommends, among a range of options, that schools make this time by reducing teacher presence at meetings and assemblies, extra-curricular events and professional development days that do not improve teaching.

    Yet Dr Jensen says that while schools can make substantial changes, governments and school systems must lead the way by changing regulations in order to give teachers time to improve their classroom practice.

    “Right now we’re going the opposite way – schools are being asked to take on more subjects, more student welfare support, more extra-curricular activity and smaller classes,” Dr Jensen says.

    “We cannot expect teachers to lift our students to the best in the world while also insisting they undertake child minding in the playground and on busses on the way home from school.”

    “The best way to improve schools is to make the time to improve teaching. We know it. Now we have to do it.”

    For further enquiries: Dr Ben Jensen, School Education Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia’s city-country divide is not as wide as you may think

    The popular idea that the economic divide between Australia’s cities and regions is getting bigger is a misconception, according to new Grattan Institute research.

    The working paper Regional patterns of Australia’s economy and population, released today, shows that beneath the oft-told ‘tale of two Australias’ is a more nuanced story.

    Income growth and employment rates are not obviously worse in regional areas.

    Cities and regions both have pockets of disadvantage, as well as areas with healthy income growth and low unemployment.

    And while cities have higher average incomes, the gap in incomes between the cities and the regions is not getting wider.

    Grattan Institute CEO John Daley says the research casts doubt on the idea that regional Australians are increasingly voting for minor parties because the regions are getting a raw deal compared to the cities.

    “Given that people in regions have generally fared as well as those in cities over the past decade, major parties may need to look beyond income and employment to discover why dissatisfaction among regional voters is increasing,” he says.

    The paper shows that the highest taxable incomes in Australia are in Sydney’s eastern suburbs, followed by Cottesloe in Perth and Stonnington in eastern Melbourne. The lowest taxable incomes are in Tasmania and the regions of the east-coast states, especially the far north coast of NSW, central Victoria and southern Queensland.

    But income growth in the regions has kept pace with income growth in the cities over the past decade. The lowest income growth was typically in suburban areas of major cities.

    While unemployment varies between regions, it is not noticeably worse in the regions overall. Some of the biggest increases in unemployment over the past five years were along transport ‘spines’ in cities, such as the Ipswich to Carole Park corridor in Brisbane and the Dandenong to Pakenham corridor in Melbourne.

    The biggest difference between regions and cities is that inland regional populations are generally growing slower – particularly in non-mining states. Cities are attracting many more migrants, particularly from Asia, the Middle East, and Africa. The east coast “sea change” towns are also getting larger, but unemployment is relatively high.

    The research will contribute to a forthcoming Grattan Institute report examining why the vote for minor parties has risen rapidly over the past decade, particularly in regional electorates.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Introduce loss limits and ban ads to prevent gambling harm

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia should ban gambling ads and introduce loss limits on pokies and online betting to stop the industry causing more harm, says a new Grattan Institute report.

    The report, A better bet: How Australia should prevent gambling harm, shows that Australia has the highest gambling losses in the world.

    Our average annual losses per adult ($1,635) far exceed the average in similar countries such as the US ($809) and New Zealand ($584). Australians lose most of this on pokies and betting.

    Pokies are more common in our suburbs than ATMs, post boxes, or public toilets, and they’re especially prevalent in our most disadvantaged communities.

    Meanwhile online betting has surged in recent years, turbo-charged by a barrage of gambling advertising directed particularly at young men.

    ‘Australia has let the gambling industry run wild, and gamblers, their families, and the broader community are paying the price,’ says Grattan Institute CEO Aruna Sathanapally.

    ‘Gambling products are designed to be addictive, and the consequences can be catastrophic: job loss, bankruptcy, relationship breakdown, family violence, even suicide.

    ‘It’s time our politicians stood up to the powerful gambling lobby and reined the industry in.’

    The report recommends a multi-pronged strategy to prevent harm, including:

    • Banning all gambling advertising and inducements.
    • Cutting the number of pokies in each state over time.
    • Introducing a mandatory pre-commitment system for online gambling, with daily, monthly, and annual limits on losses.
    • Introducing mandatory pre-commitment for pokies in every state and territory, again with daily, monthly, and annual limits on losses.

    Loss limits would act as a ‘seatbelt’ on the most dangerous types of gambling: people would have to choose how much they are willing to lose before they start playing the pokies or gambling online.

    ‘It would stop people suffering catastrophic losses – because no one should lose their house, or their life, on the pokies,’ Dr Sathanapally says.

    The gambling industry and its allies will push back against these reforms by stoking community fears about the loss of clubs, jobs, sport, and fun. But this report shows that their trumped-up claims don’t withstand scrutiny.

    ‘Federal and state governments should take on the vested interests and work together in the interests of all Australians to make gambling a safer, better bet,’ Dr Sathanapally says.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Embed high-quality small-group tuition in every Australian school

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    High-quality small-group tuition should be embedded in all Australian schools as part of a national drive to close the learning gap between struggling and high-achieving students, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    OECD research shows about two in five Australian students do not meet the Australian proficiency standard in reading and mathematics by the time they are 15.

    The Grattan report, Tackling under-achievement: Why Australia should embed high-quality small-group tuition in schools, shows that disadvantaged children tend to start school well behind their advantaged peers, and the gap only gets wider with every year of schooling.

    Grattan Institute analysis of 2022 NAPLAN data shows the learning gap more than doubles in reading and numeracy between Year 3 and Year 9.

    In reading, for example, students in Year 3 whose parents did not finish school are two-years-and-five-months behind students whose parents have a university degree. By Year 9, this learning gap has grown to more than five years.

    Small-group tuition – where teachers or other educators work with about three students at a time in short, focused sessions about three times a week over one to two school terms – can add, on average, an extra four months of learning over a year, helping many students catch up.

    ‘The economic and social benefits of getting this right are huge, because people who do well at school have access to a broader range of opportunities and go on to earn more,’ says report co-author and Grattan Institute Education Program Director Jordana Hunter.

    If one in five students received high-quality small-group tuition in 2023, they could collectively earn an extra $6 billion over their lifetimes – about six times the annual cost of Grattan Institute’s proposed small-group tuition program.

    Federal and state governments and the Catholic and independent school sectors should commit to a five-year plan to embed high-quality small-group tuition in every school. They should:

    • Improve guidelines for schools on how to embed high-quality small-group tuition, including a focus on prevention and early pinpointing of learning gaps.
    • Review schools’ capacity to do this well, then give schools and tutors the support and training they need, especially to provide evidence-based literacy and numeracy tutoring.
    • Fund rigorous trials and evaluations to identify the most cost-effective ways to deliver high-quality small-group tuition.

    In the meantime, a special Grattan Guide for principals and teachers, which accompanies this report, identifies the steps schools can take now to embed high-quality small-group tuition for their students.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Leading journalist joins Grattan board

    Grattan Institute is delighted to announce that ABC presenter, Geraldine Doogue, has joined the Grattan Board.

    Ms Doogue, whose 40-year journalism career features numerous roles and awards, presents Saturday Extra on Radio National and Compass on ABC TV1.

    Julianne Schultz and Terry Moran have retired from the board, after seeing Grattan Institute through its first five years of operation.

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Get used to high electricity prices

    High electricity prices are here to stay, according to a new Grattan Institute report that calls on politicians to tell Australians the truth about the future of energy costs.

    Mostly working: Australia’s wholesale electricity market finds that wholesale electricity prices rose across the National Electricity Market (NEM) by 130 per cent between 2015 and 2017.

    The price paid for electricity traded in the NEM also more than doubled, from about $8 billion to $18 billion, and household bills increased by up to 20 per cent in 2017 alone.

    But it is impossible for governments to fix the problem, because most of the price rises have been caused by issues beyond their control.

    The report identifies three underlying causes. First, big, old, low-cost, coal-fired power stations closed (Northern in South Australia in 2016 and Hazelwood in Victoria in 2017). Although they were low-cost to operate, they faced big maintenance bills that weren’t worth paying given low market prices as a result of historic oversupply. Their closure reduced supply and so pushing prices up. This accounts for about 60 per cent, or $6 billion, of the increase in the value of electricity traded annually in the NEM between 2015 and 2017.

    Second, the price of key inputs, especially gas and black coal, rose just when the plants they fuel were needed more often, pushing prices up still further. This accounts for nearly 40 per cent of the increase. In both cases, the market responded efficiently and appropriately to the changing circumstances.

    The third cause is that major electricity generators ‘game’ the system: they use their power in concentrated markets to create artificial scarcity of supply and so force prices up. Gaming has mainly occurred in Queensland and South Australia, but there are signs of it in Victoria since the closure of Hazelwood, and it could emerge in NSW as supply tightens with the scheduled closure of the Liddell coal-fired power station in 2022.

    Gaming has been part of the market for years and appears to be permitted by the current market rules. But it may add as much as $800 million to the price paid for electricity traded in the NEM in some years, and the report calls for changes to the rules to eliminate or at least limit gaming.

    Grattan Institute Energy Program Director Tony Wood said the report was not good news for households or businesses banking on lower electricity prices.

    “Wholesale prices are very unlikely to return to previous levels of around $50 per megawatt hour,” he said.

    “Historic over-supply is disappearing, gas prices will stay higher than they were in the past, and new generators using any technology – including coal – cost more.

    “Politicians should tell Australians the harsh truth: high wholesale electricity prices are the new normal.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • To keep HELP healthy, more student loans need to be repaid

    The Commonwealth Government could save more than $800 million a year by 2017 if it recovered outstanding student loans from deceased estates and people living overseas, a Grattan Institute report has found.

    Doubtful debt: the rising cost of student loans reveals that total doubtful debt – loans that are not expected to be repaid – is likely to be as high as $13 billion by 2017.

    The Higher Education Loan Program (HELP) lends students more than $6 billion a year to finance their education, as much as the Government spends on funding higher education tuition.

    Grattan Institute Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton says that for 25 years student loan programs have been a great success, financing the education of millions of students.

    “But as student numbers increase and new loan schemes are established, HELP is getting expensive,” Mr Norton says.

    “A few targeted reforms could radically improve HELP’s finances and free up money for teaching and research, without creating hardship for students, graduates or their families.”

    The report finds that while graduates of performing arts and visual arts and crafts are the least likely to repay their student loan in full, graduates of commerce, education, nursing, science and humanities contribute most to doubtful debt, once their larger numbers are taken into account.

    The report calls on the Government to stop writing-off HELP debt in deceased estates – the biggest cause of doubtful debt – when estates are worth more than $100,000.

    It also recommends that graduates living overseas repay a flat annual amount until their HELP debt is cleared.

    “HELP’s repayment system was never designed for lending on the scale we see today,” Mr Norton says.

    “With these modest reforms, we can achieve the goals of HELP at a much lower cost.”

  • Out of the climate policy ashes, a new plan both sides of politics can follow

    After a decade of toxic political debates and a policy bonfire, there is an opportunity to forge a stable and compelling policy on climate change that could be supported by both sides of politics, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Climate phoenix: a sustainable Australian climate policy shows that with both major parties committed to reducing emissions, a bipartisan approach is within reach. The report sets out a realistic policy roadmap that builds on the Coalition’s current climate policies while maintaining direction towards the long-term target. Its recommendations are designed to ensure both environmental credibility and the predictability essential to attract investment in clean technology.

    ‘An economy-wide carbon price remains the ideal climate policy. But pragmatism and urgency demand a practical, next-best approach,’ says Grattan Institute Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    ‘Our assessment of Australia’s climate change options against a range of criteria indicates that none is perfect and that trade-offs are needed to ensure that both major parties are heading towards the commonly agreed objective.’

    The roadmap allows a Coalition government to modify its Safeguard Mechanism so that it no longer merely prevents emissions from going up, but drives them down in line with agreed targets – and via steps that are consistent with its political constraints. Equally, it shows how a future Labor government could take the Coalition’s policy framework and move to its preferred emissions trading model.

    Government should take three steps. First, it should tighten the emissions limits (‘baselines’) of the Safeguard Mechanism in line with Australia’s agreed targets. This forces our largest emitters to make significant reductions in their emissions.

    Next, it should auction tradeable permits that allow businesses to emit above the baselines, but within the target trajectory to 2030. This step ensures that reductions are achieved at lowest possible cost.

    The third step is to expand the Safeguard Mechanism to cover more emitters while reducing baselines to zero. Businesses covered by the scheme will then have to hold permits for all their emissions. This final step creates the structure to deliver tougher future targets at low cost.

    ‘With bipartisan agreement that Australia must move to a low-emissions economy, all we need now is a clear and workable plan for how to get there,’ Mr Wood says. ‘This report aims to provide it.’

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Grattan Institute names new chairman

    Grattan Institute is delighted to announce the appointment of the Hon Alex Chernov AC, QC as chair of its board of directors.

    Mr Allan Myers AC, QC, has retired after seven years as the foundation chair of Australia’s leading independent think tank.

    Mr Chernov brings to Grattan a wealth of experience in public administration and governance.

    During a distinguished legal career he served as Chairman of the Victorian Bar (1985-1986) and President of the Law Council of Australia (1990-91) before being appointed to the Court of Appeal of the Supreme Court of Victoria.

    Since retiring from the Victorian Court of Appeal, Mr Chernov has devoted himself to public life, serving with distinction as Chancellor of the University of Melbourne (2009-2011) and then as Governor of Victoria (2011-2015).

    Grattan Institute looks forward to continuing its work under Mr Chernov’s leadership.

    Grattan Institute would like to acknowledge the enormous contribution of Mr Myers to its establishment, growth and success over the past decade. In addition to his term as chair, Mr Myers as chair of the committee formed to establish a Melbourne based public policy institute, over a period of three years, played a central role in setting up Grattan Institute, helping to devise its corporate structure, to secure its original funding, and to appoint its founding senior officers.

    Grattan Institute would not have emerged as an important contributor to Australian public policy without the energy and commitment of Mr Myers. The board, CEO, and staff of Grattan Institute are deeply grateful for his contribution to the Institute, and to Australia.

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • For better hospitals we must unlock the skills of health workers

    Enabling less highly-trained hospital workers to play a bigger role could improve jobs for doctors and nurses, save public hospitals nearly $430 million a year and fund treatment for more than 85,000 extra people, says a new Grattan Institute report.

    Unlocking skills in hospitals: better jobs, more care finds that doctors, nurses and allied health professionals such as physiotherapists and occupational therapists are squandering their valuable skills on work that other people could do.

    “It doesn’t take 15 years of training to provide light sedation for a stable patient having a simple procedure, or a three-year degree to help someone bathe or eat – but that’s where we are now,” says Grattan Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    The mismatch of skills and jobs is putting heavy pressure on hospitals when there are already long waiting lists for many treatments and demand is growing fast.

    The report suggests three ways – among many – that hospitals can get a better match between workers and their work.

    Nursing assistants could free up nurses’ time by providing basic care to patients.

    Specialist nurses could free up doctors’ time by doing common, low-risk procedures now done by doctors.

    More assistants could be employed to support physiotherapists and occupational therapists.

    The first two of these alone would save public hospitals $390 million a year and fund treatment for almost 80,000 more people.

    Dr Duckett said that while these ideas were supported by successful trials and evidence, formidable barriers of culture, tradition, industrial relations and vested interest stood in the way of change.

    However, “government budgets are under pressure. Hospitals have to get more efficient, or much tougher decisions about who should miss out on care will become inevitable.
    ”Current workforce roles were designed in the days of the horse and buggy. The choice to update them should be easy, because it means more and better care, more rewarding jobs for health professionals and a more sustainable system.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director

    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Act now to stamp out exploitation of migrant workers

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Exploitation of migrant workers in Australia is rife, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    The report, Short-changed: How to stop the exploitation of migrant workers in Australia, shows that recent migrants are twice as likely as long-term residents to be underpaid, and up to 16 per cent of recent migrants are paid less than the national minimum wage.

    ‘It’s got to stop,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Economic Policy Program Director Brendan Coates.

    ‘Exploitation hurts migrants, but it also weakens the bargaining power of Australian workers, harms businesses that do the right thing, damages our global reputation, and undermines confidence in the migration program.’

    Three sets of reforms are needed to eliminate exploitation.

    First, visa rules that increase migrants’ risk of exploitation should be reformed.

    Many temporary visa-holders put up with mistreatment because they fear that if they speak up their visa will be cancelled or they will lose their pathway to permanent residency in Australia.

    Temporary skill-shortagevisas should be made portable, so migrants can flee from an exploitative employer. And a new Workplace Justice visa should be created, to empower workers to report exploitation and stay in Australia while they pursue unpaid wages.

    Second, workplace and migration laws should be strengthened and better enforced to deter exploitation.

    Few employers who underpay their migrant workers get caught, and when they do get caught the penalties are far too small. The Fair Work Ombudsman hit employers with just $4 million in penalties in 2021-22, whereas the ATO hit taxpayers with $3 billion in penalties and the ACCC imposed $232 million in penalties for breaches of competition and consumer law.

    The Fair Work Ombudsman should be renamed the Workplace Rights Authority and given greater powers and more funding. Maximum court-ordered penalties against employers should be increased, and criminal penalties including jail should apply where employers knowingly underpay workers.

    Third, migrants should be given more help to reclaim lost wages.

    Migrant Workers Centres should be established in each state, funding for community legal centres should be boosted, and the Fair Entitlement Guarantee should be extended to migrant workers.

    These reforms would cost $115 million a year. That should be covered by a levy on select temporary visas set at $30 for each year of work rights the visa offers (raising $45 million a year) and by the larger penalties paid by employers who underpay their workers (at least $70 million a year).

    ‘Exploitation of migrant workers – who are often young and vulnerable – is a blight on Australia’s claim to be the land of the fair go,’ says Mr Coates.

    ‘Our report shows how the government can stamp it out.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Why it is time to target teaching to the needs of every Australian child

    A huge spread of achievement levels in Australian classrooms is making it hard for teachers to implement best education practice and target their teaching to the needs of every individual student, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Targeted teaching: how better use of data can improve student learning builds on a range of studies to show that at any given year level there is a five to six year difference between the most advanced and the least advanced ten per cent of students.

    We have known this for a long time. A 2006 study of 3000 Victorian and Tasmanian students shows that in Year Eight mathematics there may be as much as eight year levels difference between the top and bottom students.

    Yet the spread of achievement makes it essential that schools and education systems target teaching to the individual needs of every child, says Grattan School Education Director Pete Goss.

    “Despite heroic efforts by many teachers, our most advanced students are not adequately stretched while our least advanced are not properly supported,” says Dr Goss.

     “These gaps are showing up in PISA tests – Australia lags behind the best international performers in teaching the most advanced and least advanced students.”

    The report argues that the best teachers and schools focus single-mindedly on what each student knows now, target their teaching to what each student is ready to learn next, and track every student’s progress over time.

    “The best schools in Australia are not necessarily those with the best ATAR or NAPLAN scores but those that enable every student to make the greatest progress in learning, regardless of where they start from,” says Dr Goss.

    “Every teacher, principal and education expert knows this to be the case – the challenge is to implement targeted teaching properly.”

    Streaming students or holding back low performers is not the answer, says Dr Goss.

    Instead, “school systems must give teachers the time, tools and training to collect the best evidence about what students need to learn next and use it as the basis of their teaching.”

    The report recommends greater use of proven programs that help schools better target their teaching. One highly-regarded NSW program could be rolled out to the bottom 20 per cent of primary schools nationally at a cost of about $300 million a year. This would improve both literacy and numeracy in the vital early years. “The educational and social rewards will more than repay the cost,” says Dr Goss.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Pete Goss, Program Director, School Education
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia needs a reading revolution

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia has a reading problem. A new Grattan Institute report shows that a third of our children can’t read proficiently.

    ‘In the typical Australian school classroom of 24 students, eight can’t read well,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Education Program Director, Dr Jordana Hunter.

    ‘Australia is failing these children.

    ‘And it’s a preventable tragedy – the reason most of those students can’t read well enough is that we aren’t teaching them well enough.’

    The report, The Reading Guarantee: How to give every child the best chance of success, calculates that for those students in school today who are hardest hit by poor reading performance, the cost to Australia is $40 billion over their lifetimes.

    Students who struggle with reading are more likely to fall behind their classmates, become disruptive, and drop out of school. They are more likely to end up unemployed or in poorly paid jobs.

    A key cause of Australia’s reading problem is decades of disagreement about how to teach reading. But the evidence is now clear.

    The ‘whole-language’ approach – which became popular in the 1970s and is based on the idea that learning to read is an easy, natural, unconscious process – does not work for all students. Its remnants should be banished from Australian schools.

    Instead, all schools should use the ‘structured literacy’ approach right through school, which includes a focus on phonics in the early years.

    Students should learn to sound out the letters of each word, and teachers should read aloud rich literature to their class. Once students have mastered decoding new words, they still need explicit teaching to build up their background knowledge and vocabulary, so they can comprehend what they read – the ultimate goal of reading.

    If schools don’t take this approach, disadvantaged students will be left even further behind their advantaged peers, who tend to have richer learning opportunities outside of school.

    The Grattan report calls on all Australian state and territory governments, and Catholic and independent school sector leaders, to commit to a six-step ‘Reading Guarantee’:

    1. Pledge that at least 90 per cent of Australian students will become proficient readers.

    2. Give principals and teachers specific guidelines on how to teach reading in line with the evidence on what works best.

    3. Provide schools with the high-quality curriculum materials and assessments that teachers need to teach reading well.

    4. Require schools to do universal screening of students’ reading skills and help struggling students to catch-up.

    5. Ensure teachers have the knowledge and skills they need, through extra training, and by appointing Literacy Instructional Specialists in schools.

    6. Mandate a nationally consistent Year 1 Phonics Screening Check, and regularly review schools’ and principals’ performance on teaching their students to read.

    ‘Australia needs a reading revolution,’ says Dr Hunter.

    ‘We need to transform the way we teach reading in school, so that every Australian child gets their best chance in life. This report shows how to do it.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Time to save Australians from the $10 billion super sting

    Australians are paying up to three times more than they should for superannuation, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Excessively high fees are seriously damaging individual retirement balances and hurting taxpayers, who pay more for pensions when superannuation runs short,

    Super sting: how to stop Australians paying too much for superannuation finds that reducing fees by at least half could save account holders $10 billion a year.

    “It’s the largest single opportunity for micro-economic reform in the Australian economy and it is long overdue,” said Grattan Institute Productivity Growth Program Director Jim Minifie.

    The report finds that Australians on average pay fees of 1.2 per cent on their superannuation account balances, more than three times the median OECD rate.

    On conservative assumptions that means a 50-year old Australian today will have his or her super balance reduced by almost $80,000 in fees (in today’s dollars) at retirement.

    A 30-year old will lose more than $250,000, or about a quarter of his or her total balance. Under a fairer and more transparent fee structure, at least half that money could be saved.

    These high fees are not justified by high returns – Australian funds that charge the highest fees consistently deliver lower returns than other funds once their fees are taken out.

    Dr Minifie says costs are too high because the system wrongly assumes that choice in the market will drive enough account holders to choose low-price funds, thereby forcing others to lower their fees.

    “But this approach has not worked in Australia or anywhere in the world,” he says.

    “Superannuation is inherently opaque and most people do not make an informed choice, instead paying into a default fund chosen by their employer.”

    The report recommends two reforms to reduce the cost of superannuation: creating a new low-price default fund for new job starters, and using the tax return process to allow taxpayers to match their fund against the new fund — and to be able to switch on the spot.

    “These reforms might reduce the revenues of super funds, but more importantly, they will take the nasty sting out of super for most Australians,” Dr Minifie says.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Jim Minifie, Productivity Growth Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Grattan Institute publishes new guidebook on working migrants in Australia

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    The COVID crisis highlights how important migrant workers are to the Australian economy, yet the role migrants play in the jobs market is poorly understood, according to a new Grattan Institute guidebook.

    Migrants in the Australian workforce seeks to fill that knowledge gap so policy makers can reform the system to supercharge the economic benefits of migration to Australians.

    The guidebook maps what visas migrants hold, what skills they have, where they work, and what they earn.

    One in three workers in Australia were born overseas, and one in five holds either a temporary or permanent visa.

    The permanent migration program has become more skills-based in recent decades.

    People who received a permanent visa after 2000 make up 12 per cent of the Australian workforce. Skilled migrants tend to be younger, higher-skilled, and earn higher incomes than the typical Australian. Family visa-holders work at similar rates to people born in Australia, while humanitarian visa-holders fare worse.

    Temporary migrants make up 7 per cent of the Australian workforce. Some temporary visa-holders, including working holiday makers and many international students, tend to work in less-skilled jobs earning low wages.

    Migrants who stay in Australia are more likely to work full-time compared to the Australian population. More than half are employed full-time and just one in five are out of the labour force, compared to one in three Australian-born adults.

    Migrants are also increasingly likely to be highly educated.

    About half of migrants have a bachelor or postgraduate education when they arrive, and many more gain university-level qualifications during their time in Australia. A quarter of recent migrants have a postgraduate qualification, compared to less than one in 10 workers born in Australia.

    Yet despite greater levels of education and experience, recent migrants earn less today than they did a decade ago.

    Many industries rely heavily on migrant workers, but the visas that migrants hold vary dramatically depending on the industry they work in. Professional and health services employ large numbers of permanent skilled and family visa-holders, who typically earn high wages in higher-skilled roles. Sectors such as hospitality rely much more on temporary migrants, especially international students, to fill less-skilled jobs at low wages.

    Many migrants who start out in regional Australia – often as a condition of their visa – do not stay there long. More than a quarter of recent arrivals who were living in regional and remote areas in 2011 had moved to major cities by 2016, compared to about 10 per cent for people born in Australia.

    ‘These details matter to the way we run the migration program in Australia,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Senior Associate Will Mackey.

    ‘Migration policy has important implications for Australia’s economy and society, but to shape policy we need to understand the existing migration patterns.

    ‘We hope our guidebook will help policy makers to better use Australia’s complex migration program to meet workforce needs in key sectors such as aged care, hospitality, and agriculture, and to solve others domestic policy problems.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Rising gas prices will hurt, but government must hold the line against protection

    Huge changes in Australia’s gas market will push up the average household bill in Melbourne by more than $300 a year, and in Sydney and Adelaide by more than $100 a year, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Electricity and gas prices for Australian households have already increased in real terms by 61 and 36 per cent respectively over the past five years.

    However, the report finds that most households are unlikely to switch from gas to electricity appliances because they still prefer gas, or they aren’t able to justify the immediate cost of switching or they are just confused by the competing choices.

    Gas at the crossroads: Australia’s hard choice shows that gas price increases will put severe pressure on some manufacturing industries, including food processing, paper and packaging, explosives and fertilisers.

    Gas price increases are also likely to price gas-fired power out of the electricity market, except to meet short-term peaks in demand.

    This will lead to more coal being used for electricity generation, with a damaging effect on the climate and Australia’s hopes of meeting its 2020 emissions reduction target.

    The emergence of an Australian gas export industry projected to be worth $60 billion a year by 2018 is driving the latest price increases, since domestic consumers will have to pay gas suppliers the same high price that suppliers can fetch on the global market.

    But Grattan Energy Program Director Tony Wood says that despite the increases, the emerging export industry will deliver overwhelmingly positive economic benefits for Australia.

    “Governments are already coming under pressure to protect Australian industry and consumers from the price rises. They should resist it,” Mr Wood says.

    “Reserving or subsidising gas for domestic use will add more costs than benefits and do nothing to increase supply. And in the long run, protection harms everyone.”

    It urges government to remove the remaining barriers to a well-functioning market to ensure the nation gets proper value from its gas exports.

    “A massive export industry is rising on our northern shores. All Australians have the right to share in its bounty,” Mr Wood says.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. tony.wood@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia needs a new Medicare

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Medicare no longer works, for patients or GPs, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    A new Medicare: Strengthening general practice calls for an overhaul of the way GPs work and get paid so Australia can turn the tide of chronic disease, keep more people out of hospital, and ensure poorer Australians get the care they need when they need it.

    The report shows that Australia’s universal healthcare system has failed to keep up with changes to Australians’ health needs since it started four decades ago.

    GPs’ work has become much more complex, as the population has grown older and rates of mental ill-health and chronic disease have climbed. But the way we structure and fund general practice hasn’t kept up. 

    Despite patient care becoming more complex, appointments have been stuck at an average length of 15 minutes for the past two decades. GPs are struggling to meet their patients’ needs, and they lack the support of a broader team of health professionals to do so.

    Other countries have reformed general practice, and their rates of avoidable hospital visits for chronic disease are falling. But Australia is spending more on hospitals while neglecting general practice: the best place to tackle chronic disease.

    Patients suffer the consequences. People with chronic disease live shorter lives, with more years of ill-health, and lower earnings. Poorer Australians suffer the most: they are twice as likely to have multiple chronic diseases as wealthy Australians.

    Australia’s healthcare workers are also struggling. Hospital staff are overwhelmed with demand. And GPs tell us they are stressed, disrespected, and disillusioned.

    To bring Medicare into the 21st Century, the report recommends big changes.

    First, general practice needs to become a team sport, with many clinicians working under the leadership of a GP to provide more and better care.

    To achieve this, the federal government will have to dismantle the regulatory and funding barriers that force GPs to go it alone. To accelerate the change, 1,000 more clinicians, such as nurses and physiotherapists, should be employed in general practices in the communities that need them most.

    Second, Australia needs to change the way GPs are paid. The current method is broken – it actively discourages GPs from working with teams, and it rewards GPs who see lots of patients in quick succession, rather than spending more time with patients who need more care.

    GPs should be able to choose a new funding model that supports team care and enables them to spend more time on complex cases, by combining appointment fees with a flexible budget for each patient based on their level of need.

    ‘Medicare is in the grip of a mid-life crisis,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Health and Aged Care Program Director Peter Breadon.

    ‘Our fix will give more patients better care, and boost GPs’ job satisfaction – and it’s affordable.

    ‘The Albanese Government has set aside $250 million a year to fix Medicare. That money can fund the recommendations in this report, repairing the foundation of Australia’s healthcare system and creating a new Medicare that is ready for the decades ahead.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Switch to electric cars to put Australia on the road to net zero

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Sales of new petrol and diesel cars should be phased out in Australia by 2035 to help cut carbon emissions to net zero by 2050, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Towards net zero: practical policies to reduce transport emissions calls on governments to make zero-emissions vehicles cheaper and to make it easier for drivers to charge their electric cars at home, at work, and on the road.

    Zero-emissions vehicles should be exempt from stamp duty, import duty, and luxury car tax.

    Scrapping stamp duty would cut the cost of new electric vehicles in Australia by up to 6.5 per cent.

    Removing import duty would give Australians a greater range of zero-emissions vehicles and cut the upfront cost of some models by a further 5 per cent.

    Exempting zero-emissions vehicles from luxury car tax would cut the cost of many of the electric models available in Australia today.

    To phase-out petrol and diesel cars, the Federal Government should impose a mandatory emissions limit on Australia’s light vehicle fleet and reduce the limit to zero by 2035.

    To ensure drivers don’t have to worry about where they can recharge their electric car, governments should require all new buildings with off-street parking to include electrical cabling to allow for an appropriate number of future vehicle chargers; require all leased dwellings with off-street parking to have at least one electrical outlet near the car park by 2030; and ensure convenient, local vehicle charging is available by 2030 for all residents of homes without off-street parking.

    This is the first of a series of five reports Grattan will publish in the lead-up to the international climate conference in Glasgow in November, showing how Australia can build momentum towards net-zero carbon emissions by 2050.

    ‘The best policy would be an economy-wide emissions price,’ says the series lead author, Grattan Institute’s Energy and Climate Change Program Director Tony Wood. ‘But we need to accept the regrettable reality that neither side of Australian politics is going to introduce an emissions price any time soon.

    ‘The climate clock is ticking. We can’t wait around for an emissions price. So our series will identify sector-specific policies Australia should implement to set us on the path to net zero.’

    The transport sector is responsible for nearly 20 per cent of Australia’s emissions, and more than 60 per cent of transport emissions are from light vehicles (including the two most popular cars in Australia, the Toyota HiLux and Ford Ranger). So the best way to cut transport emissions is to supercharge the switch to electric cars.

    But the Government should also introduce policies to cut other transport emissions, including:

    • Increasing the truck width limit in Australia from 2.5m to 2.6m, so low-emissions models made for the EU or US (which allow wider trucks) can be used in Australia without expensive modifications.
    • Supporting targeted trials of zero-emissions trucks, particularly hydrogen trucks, to assess their performance under Australian conditions and practices.
    • Imposing a renewable hydrocarbon standard for diesel, aviation fuel, and shipping fuel.

    ‘Net zero by 2050 is a tough target,’ says Mr Wood. ‘It requires concerted government action, starting now. Our series shows the way, with practical proposals that could be adopted by both sides of politics.’

    Contact: Tony Wood, Energy and Climate Change Program Director

    E: tony.wood@grattan.edu.au

  • Government has a billion reasons to wind back unfair age-based tax breaks

    The Commonwealth Government could save about $1 billion a year by winding back three tax breaks for older Australians that have no sensible policy rationale, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Seniors pay less tax and get a higher rebate on private health insurance than do younger workers on the same income as a result of the Seniors and Pensioners Tax Offset (SAPTO), a higher Medicare levy income threshold, and higher Private Health Insurance rebates that are available only to older Australians.

    Age of entitlement: age-based tax breaks shows that fewer people paying income tax – the rise of the “taxed-nots” – is in part due to age-based tax breaks. Despite their rising incomes and workforce participation rates, the proportion of over 65s paying tax has halved in the past 20 years.

    At the same time, the Commonwealth is running annual budget deficits of about $40 billion and must make tough saving and spending decisions if it is not to hand an unsustainable bill to future generations.

    The report recommends winding back SAPTO and the Medicare levy to save about $700 million a year. Reducing the private health insurance rebate so that seniors get the same rebate as younger Australians would save about $250 million.

    Only pensioners should qualify for SAPTO, and those with enough private income that they do not qualify for a full Age Pension should pay some income tax.

    The proposed changes would have little effect on the 40 per cent of seniors who receive a full Age Pension. They would most affect seniors who are wealthy enough to receive no pension or just a part pension.

    Grattan CEO John Daley said that, “Some people think that the tax breaks are a fair reward for paying tax while under 65.”

    “But in fact, large tax breaks for seniors are a relatively new invention not provided to previous generations. And the current generation of seniors receive much more than their predecessors from government spending, particularly on their health.”

    “Age-based tax breaks are badly designed to achieve valid policy purposes, such as increasing workforce participation or preserving adequate retirement incomes for poorer Australians,” says Grattan CEO John Daley.

    “These tax breaks might have been affordable when they were introduced over the past 20 years, but the country can no longer afford the bill.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

     

  • How to cut the price of prescription drugs

    Australians pay more than $500 million a year too much for their prescription drugs, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    Cutting a better drug deal shows taxpayers and patients would pay less if the Federal Government made some simple changes to the way prices are set under the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme.

    The report finds drug prices in Australia are more than twice as high as in the UK and more than three times higher than in New Zealand.

    Australians on average pay five times the best international price for a group of seven commonly prescribed drugs. The price of the cholesterol medicine atorvastatin (Lipitor), the most prescribed drug in Australia, is about 1.5 times the best international price. In Australia, a box of 30 1mg tables of the breast cancer drug anastrozole (Arimidex) costs $19.20. In the UK it is just $2.45.

    The high price doesn’t just hit Australians in the hip pocket, it harms their health: in the past 12 months about 8 per cent of Australians didn’t get, or deferred getting, prescribed drugs because they couldn’t afford them.

    The Commonwealth Government is overpaying for generic medicines that are no longer covered by patents. Drug companies are already forced to reveal how much pharmacies actually pay for generic medicines, and the government reduces the amount it pays to pharmacies for each drug accordingly. But this policy is working too slowly. The report calls on the government to benchmark the prices of generic drugs in Australia against prices paid overseas. This would save $93 million a year and cut the price of 16 commonly prescribed drugs in Australia by an average of $6.43 per pack.

    In addition, the government needs to overhaul the rules for interchangeable drugs that are equally effective and safe for most people. Such drugs are supposed to be put into “therapeutic groups”, and within each group the government only pays the price of the cheapest drug.

    But Australia’s “therapeutic group premium policy” is riddled with loopholes. The report finds that taxpayers and patients could save a further $445 million a year if the policy were strengthened and broadened to cover 18 therapeutic groups, which are all included in a similar policy in Germany.

    “Australia is buying and pricing its drugs the wrong way,” says Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    “Fixing this policy mess would give patients a better deal and improve the budget bottom line.

    “The reforms we propose are easy to implement. The Government should get on with it.”

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director, Grattan Institute
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Introduce a sugary drinks tax to tackle obesity and diabetes

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia should introduce a sugary drinks tax to reduce obesity and diabetes, says a new Grattan Institute report.

    Sickly sweet: It’s time for a sugary drinks tax shows that obesity has tripled in Australia since 1980 and diabetes has nearly tripled since 2000.

    Diabetes contributes to one in 10 Australian deaths, leaves thousands with sickness and disability, and costs government budgets billions of dollars a year.

    One of the main reasons Australia has such high rates of obesity and type 2 diabetes is that we consume far too much sugar.

    Sugary drinks are the biggest single source of sugar in our diets, and they increase people’s risk of developing obesity and type 2 diabetes.

    Popular drinks such as Solo and Coke have as much as 10 teaspoons of sugar in just one 375ml can.

    That’s almost the entire maximum recommended daily intake of sugar for an adult. And more children than adults drink sugary drinks.

    There are sugary drink taxes in more than 100 countries, including the UK, France, Portugal, and Mexico.

    The taxes work: they slash sales and get manufacturers to put less sugar in their drinks.

    In the UK, one in three products had more than 8 grams of sugar per 100ml before a sugary drinks tax was announced. Four years later, only one in 12 had that much sugar.

    Sugary drink taxes will take time to make people healthier, but there are already promising signs. Studies have found reduced obesity among girls, less dental decay, and fewer children having to go to hospital to get teeth removed.

    The report calls for Australia to introduce a tiered tax that targets the drinks that have the most sugar, with a top rate of 60c per litre, and no tax on low-sugar drinks.

    Grattan Institute modelling shows that our proposed tax would reduce consumption of the drinks with the most sugar by about 275 million litres a year, or the volume of 110 Olympic swimming pools.

    The average Australian would drink nearly three quarters of a kilogram less sugar each year.

    The tax is all about health, not revenue, but it would still give the federal government an extra half a billion dollars in the first year.

    Manufacturers could avoid the tax by cutting the amount of sugar they put in their drinks, and consumers could avoid the tax by switching to low- or no-sugar drinks.

    Disadvantaged Australians would be the biggest winners because they are hardest hit by diabetes and obesity.

    Experience around the world demonstrates that the financial impact on households, industry, and sugar farmers would be small.

    Despite shrill warnings from vested interests, the introduction of sugary drink taxes has gone smoothly overseas.

    ‘Australia needs many policies to improve our diets and our health,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Health Program Director Peter Breadon.

    ‘But a tax on sugary drinks is the cheapest and easiest to implement.

    ‘The government should get on with it, as part of a multi-pronged assault on the twin scourges of obesity and diabetes.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Forget bullet trains and be wary of expensive rail renovations

    Australia should dump the decades-old dream of building a bullet train from Brisbane to Melbourne via Sydney and Canberra, and we should be wary of expensive promises to upgrade regional rail to ease population pressures on our major capitals and boost struggling regional cities and towns, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Fast train fever: Why renovated rail might work but bullet trains won’t shows that the east-coast bullet train advocated by the federal ALP would be an expensive folly: Australia’s small population and vast distances make it unviable; it would add to greenhouse gas emissions for decades; and governments could help many more commuters by improving public transport in the booming outer suburbs of the capital cites.

    East-coast business travellers would be the biggest winners from a multi-billion-dollar bullet train, but taxpayers from Broome to Perth, Darwin to Adelaide, and Launceston to Hobart would have to stump up an average of $10,000 each to make the dream a reality.

    ‘The global story is stark: good bullet trains are expensive, and bad bullet trains are very expensive,’ says Grattan’s Transport and Cities Program Director Marion Terrill. ‘It’s time we Australians put this idea to bed.’

    The report shows that the alternative of renovating rail lines to boost train speeds from capital cities to surrounding regions is less expensive and might be worth doing – but these renovations are unlikely to fulfil all the wishful thinking of their proponents.

    The federal and state governments are funding or considering renovations to numerous rail lines, including from Sydney to Newcastle, Sydney to Wollongong, Melbourne to Geelong, Melbourne to Albury/Wodonga, Melbourne to Traralgon, Brisbane to the Sunshine Coast, and Brisbane to the Gold Coast.

    But even if such projects stand up to scrutiny, that doesn’t mean they would solve all the problems people imagine they would: very few city residents would move to the regions; regional cities may actually lose out if their residents can get to the capital more quickly; and many regions have more pressing infrastructure needs than faster trains, including better schools, hospitals, and internet and mobile connections.

    More commuters would benefit if governments improved public transport in heavily populated outer suburbs of the capital cities, including Fairfield, Penrith, and Richmond in Sydney, Frankston, Pakenham, and Berwick in Melbourne, and Burpengary, Redcliffe, and Beenleigh in Brisbane.

    Often there are better ways to achieve the desired community benefits of faster trains. Introducing congestion charges would be the most effective way to ease pressure on the capital cities’ busiest roads; relaxing restrictive zoning regulation is the most direct way governments can make housing cheaper; and fixing road bottle-necks and putting on extra bus services would make it easier for people to move around their city.

    ‘Australians have always had a romantic attachment to the idea of faster trains,’ Ms Terrill says. ‘But in light of the COVID crisis, it’s never been more important for our politicians to spend our money wisely, rather than pander to unrealistic dreams.’

    For further enquiries: Marion Terrill, Transport and Cities Program Director T. 03 9035 9881‬ E. marion.terrill@grattaninstitute.edu.au

  • How to make our hospitals safer

    Australia needs to reform the way we collect and use information about patient safety, to reduce the risk of more scandals and tragedies in our hospitals, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Strengthening safety statistics: How to make hospital safety data more useful shows that the health system is awash with data, but the information is poorly collated, not shared with patients, and often not given to the doctors and hospital managers responsible for keeping patients safe.

    Hospitals boards are often blissfully ignorant of the level of safe care being provided in their own hospitals.

    Co-author Stephen Duckett, who led an investigation for the Victorian Government after seven babies died potentially avoidable deaths at Bacchus Marsh Hospital in 2013 and 2014, says safety scandals in Australian hospitals are “depressingly frequent”.

    “They stimulate special reports and an immediate flurry of action. But the tragedy is that these safety incidents occur despite reporting, governance and oversight measures that – if they were working properly – might have detected the aberrant clinical care.”

    Strengthening safety statistics shows there is no public reporting of safety data about private hospitals in Australia, and that private hospitals are left outside state government monitoring of hospital safety.

    Australia has dozens of collections of detailed data about particular diseases or treatments – for example the Australian Genetic Heart Disease Registry, the Australian Bleeding Disorders Registry, and the National Joint Replacement Registry – but they operate independently. This means important information about an individual patient with multiple conditions – for example someone with a knee problem and heart disease – is kept in separate data sources.

    To ensure hospital safety data is more useful, it must be more trustworthy, relevant and accessible. The many different data sets should be linked, and the information should be presented more clearly so doctors can act on it and patients can understand it.

    The report calls for more and better safety data to be collected. And it says it is “unethical” not to better use all the data already available to improve patient care.

    Some registries act like “secret squirrels” – they know about safety problems but won’t share the information with any body other that the person or clinical unit that contributed the data. Hospitals managers – and patients – remain in the dark.

    “Clinicians and managers need to set high standards for what is acceptable in hospitals, and they need to have access to all relevant safety data so they can meet those standards,” Professor Duckett says.

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Pathology payments are bleeding taxpayers dry

    The government could save up to $175 million a year by changing the way it pays for pathology testing and negotiating a fairer share of efficiency savings with industry, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Blood Money: paying for pathology services finds that while new technology, industry consolidation and volume growth have transformed the economics of pathology testing since Medicare was introduced, government still pays for tests in the same way it did 40 years ago.

    Taxpayers spend more than $2.5 billion a year on pathology services via Medicare, but they’re not getting a good deal, the report shows.

    ‘Automated technologies mean that additional tests cost the provider very little, yet the government still pays the full average cost for each test,’ says Grattan Health Program Director, Dr Stephen Duckett.

    ‘And while pathology corporations enjoy the benefits of volume growth, government is missing out on the benefits of price competition.’

    The government has negotiated a five-year agreement with the pathology industry to limit growth in spending, but the caps have been exceeded in each of the first four years of the agreement. And when government wants to change policy settings, the pathology companies use the threat of steep co-payments as a bargaining chip.

    Blood Money calls for changes to ensure patients are protected from out-of-pocket charges and taxpayers get to share the savings from economies of scale and efficiency gains.

    Tendering for services should be part of more commercial purchasing arrangements with pathology providers. A pilot scheme could be trialled in Victoria, where a tendering system already operates in regional areas.

    ‘It is time to overhaul the way we pay for pathology services,’ Dr Duckett says. ‘This is an opportunity to make savings without cutting services to the sick and vulnerable, and it must not be missed.’

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Why Australian governments should embrace the growing peer-to-peer economy

    The rise of the sharing economy can save Australians more than $500 million on taxi bills, help them to put underused property and other assets to work, and increase employment and income for people on the fringe of the job market, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Peer-to-peer pressure: policy for the sharing economy shows that the prize for getting this new online economy right is large and governments should not try to slow its growth in order to protect vested interests.

    Peer-to-peer platforms such as Airbnb and Uber use online technology to help strangers interact and do business. Platforms host markets in accommodation, travel, art, finance and labour, among other fields.

    Grattan Productivity Growth Program Director Jim Minifie says that while the private sector will drive the peer-to-peer economy, government has an important role to play in supporting its growth while reducing any downsides.

    ‘Some say peer-to-peer platforms bring hidden costs by risking work standards, consumer safety and local amenity, and by potentially eroding the tax base,’ Dr Minifie says.

    ‘These worries are not groundless but they should not be used as excuses to retain policies, such as taxi regulation, that were designed for another era and no longer fit.’

    The report calls on state and territory governments to follow the lead of New South Wales, the Australian Capital Territory and others, and legalise ride-sharing services such as Uber.

    In peer-to-peer accommodation, the report urges local councils to allow short-stay rentals run by platforms such as Airbnb, but recommends that state governments give owners’ corporations more power to limit disruptions caused by short-stay letting.

    Tens of thousands of Australians are already working on peer-to-peer platforms. These platforms will mostly improve an already flexible labour market, but governments must strengthen rules to prevent employers misclassifying workers as contractors, and bring some platform workers into workers’ compensation schemes.

    Tax rules must be tightened to ensure that platforms based overseas pay enough tax.

    ‘Not all traditional industries are happy with the rise of the peer-to-peer economy, but if governments act fast, consumers, workers and even the taxpayer can come out ahead,’ Dr Minifie says.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Jim Minifie, Productivity Growth Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Drain the billabong to make Australian politics cleaner and fairer

    Powerful and well-resourced business groups, unions and not-for-profits are influencing policy in Australia to serve their interests, sometimes at the expense of the public interest, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    Who’s in the room? Access and influence in Australian politics shows businesses with the most at stake in government decisions lobby harder and get more access to senior ministers.

    The gambling and property development industries are hugely over-represented compared to their contribution to the economy.

    Major donors to political parties are more likely to get a meeting with a senior minister, and time with ministers is explicitly ‘for sale’ at party fundraising events.

    The major parties rely heavily on a handful of big donors to fund their election campaigns: just 5 per cent of donors contributed more than half of the big parties’ declared donations at the 2016 federal election.

    Industries at the crosshairs of policy debate sometimes donate generously and then withdraw once the debate has moved on – suggesting that they believe money matters.

    More than one-quarter of federal politicians go on to post-politics jobs for special interests, where their relationships can help open doors.

    As well as seeking access via backrooms, special interests also try to influence the public debate. Only well-resourced groups such as unions, industry peak bodies and GetUp! can afford major advertising campaigns.

    “Who’s in the room – and who’s in the news – matters for policy outcomes,” says Grattan Institute’s Institutional Reform Program Director Danielle Wood.

    “Powerful groups have triumphed over the public interest in some recent debates, from pokies reform to pharmaceutical prices, to toll roads and superannuation governance.”

    The report recommends stronger checks and balances on policy influence, to make Australian politics cleaner and fairer.

    Federal ministers should publish their diaries, as state ministers in NSW and Queensland already do. A list of all lobbyists with security passes to federal Parliament House should be made public and kept up-to-date. Big donations to federal political parties should be disclosed in close to ‘real time’, as they are already in Queensland. Federal MPs and their staff should be legally prevented from moving straight into lobbing roles, with the rules enforced by an independent body. And political advertising expenditure should be capped to reduce the ‘arms race’ between parties and their reliance on a few big donors.

    “Australians want to drain the billabong,” Danielle Wood says. “They don’t like the current system and they don’t trust it.

    “The changes we propose would improve the quality of policy debate and boost the public’s confidence that policy is being made for all Australians – not just those in the room.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Danielle Wood, Budget Policy and Institutional Reform Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • How to restore confidence in Australia’s electricity system

    Urgent action is needed to reduce the risk of power blackouts and restrictions across eastern Australia this summer, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Powering through: how to restore confidence in the National Electricity Market says the state-wide blackout in South Australia last September and a series of smaller outages and incidents over the past 18 months exposed weaknesses in the system and underscored the need for targeted reform.

    Action must be taken. But there is an acute danger of politicians panicking and rushing to decisions that push electricity prices higher and make it harder to reduce Australia’s emissions.

    The report calls for market reforms, rather than government investments in generation. New market rules would help to ensure reliable supply when something in the system breaks. And regulators should use their existing powers to recall to service some mothballed generators to ensure reserves are on hand in an emergency, even if that increases costs a little in the short run.

    Greater effort is needed to ensure efficient responses to shortages in generation. Power generators should be rewarded for being flexible and responding quickly. And more customers should be offered a financial incentive to relieve stress on the system by limiting the amount of electricity they use during peak times.

    In the longer-term, new generation will be needed and the best way to rebuild investor confidence in the National Electricity Market (NEM) is for Australia to finally agree on a serious and sustainable emissions reduction policy.

    “A decade of toxic political debates, mixed messages and policy backflips has prevented the emergence of credible climate change policy,” says Grattan Institute Energy Program Director Tony Wood. “Investment in electricity generation, including renewables, is stalling as market participants await clear policy signals from government.”

    Knee-jerk policy responses to the electricity market crisis, such as the Federal Government’s “Snowy Hydro 2.0” scheme and the South Australian Government’s “go-it-alone” power plan, risk destroying the NEM’s capacity to drive the new investment Australia needs for low-cost, reliable and low-emissions electricity.

    “If that happens, the NEM will be judged to have failed. But in fact, policy decisions will have systematically, if unintentionally, destroyed it,” Tony Wood says.

    “The survival of the NEM cannot be assumed. But we should not give up on the market. If governments take matters fully into their own hands, the results are likely to be painful: customers will pay more for their electricity, supply could become even less reliable, and Australia still may not reduce emissions as we have promised.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia should move to congestion charging

    Australia’s capital cities should join many of the great cities of the world by charging drivers who use the busiest roads at the busiest times, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Why it’s time for congestion charging: better ways to manage busy urban roads recommends a three-stage reform: within the next five years, state governments should introduce cordon charging, where drivers pay to cross a boundary into the capital city CBDs in the morning peak and out in the afternoon peak; within the following five years, people should pay to drive along the busiest urban freeways and arterial roads at peak periods; and eventually people should be charged on a per-kilometre basis for driving across the city’s entire road network at the busiest times.

    The report shows that a modest cordon charge could mean 40 per cent fewer cars entering the CBDs in the morning peak, and speeds up to 16 per cent faster on roads in the CBD and up to 20 per cent faster on sections of major arterials leading into the CBD.

    Modelling shows speeds across the entire Sydney and Melbourne road networks would increase by about 1 per cent. That might sound modest, but Sydney’s WestConnex and Melbourne’s North East Link are predicted to increase network speeds by 3 per cent and 1 per cent respectively – and those roads come with price tags of $16 billion and $17 billion respectively.

    ‘Everyone wants less congestion: it would make life easier for individual drivers and make our cities work better, too. Our plan tackles congestion without asking communities to pay billions of dollars for major new roads,’ says Grattan’s Transport and Cities Program Director, Marion Terrill.

    ‘New York, London, Beijing, Singapore, Stockholm, Milan, and Jakarta all have congestion charging or are heading that way. It’s time for Australian cities to embrace the idea.’

    If getting public transport right is a pre-condition for congestion charging, there has never been a better time in Australia, with investment in public transport and roads running at more than $30 billion in 2018-19 – an all-time high.

    The technology has improved too, with Automatic Number Plate Recognition now accurate enough to use as the primary detection technology for congestion charging.

    And the experience from global cities is that initial public hostility quickly turns to support when people see how effective congestion charging can be.

    Concerns that congestion charging would hurt those who can least afford it are overblown. In fact the charges would mainly be paid by higher-income drivers, because people who drive to the city each day for work are more than twice as likely to earn a six-figure salary as other workers.

    It’s also a myth that lower-income workers drive further. In fact it is typically higher-income workers who drive long distances to work.

    Nor is it true that people have no choice but to drive; CBDs are well-serviced by public transport, and most people already get to the city by train, tram, or bus.

    ‘In the end, if particular roads are in high demand, it’s fairer that people who use them a lot pay more than those who rarely or never use them,’ Ms Terrill says.

    But congestion charging should come with a safety net: there should be discounts for low-income people with impaired mobility who need to get to the CBD in peak periods.Grattan’s next report, to be published this time next week, will explain in detail how congestion charging could work in Australia’s two biggest cities, Sydney and Melbourne.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Marion Terrill, Transport Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Act now to cut farming emissions by 2050: new Grattan report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Farmers should not be exempt from any Australian target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, and governments should act now to curb agricultural emissions, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Towards net zero: Practical policies to reduce agricultural emissions shows that the agriculture sector was responsible for 15 per cent of Australia’s greenhouse gas emissions in 2019, emitting 76.5 million tonnes.

    Cattle and sheep account for 75 per cent of emissions in the sector. Assuming herd numbers recover from recent years of drought, emissions are projected to rise, reaching 82 million tonnes by 2030.

    Including agriculture in any net-zero target is necessary if Australia is to reach net zero across the economy, and will reduce the risk of Australian exporters being subjected to future carbon tariffs from other nations.

    Agriculture is particularly vulnerable to climate change: changes in rainfall patterns over the past 20 years have cut profits across the sector by 23 per cent. It is also one of the most difficult sectors in which to cut emissions.

    But there are things that can and should be done now.

    The Federal Government should do more to encourage farmers to deploy low-emissions technologies and practices.

    The Government should spend more on programs that provide practical advice to farmers on how to reduce emissions and secure resilient income streams.

    It should also boost support for research and development of methods that might enable livestock producers to thrive in a net-zero future.

    Even with this support, agriculture is still likely to be a major source of emissions in 2050. These will have to be offset by removing carbon from the atmosphere and permanently storing it, either in trees, soils, minerals, or underground.

    This offsetting will have to be paid for by taxpayers, consumers, or farmers.

    But the report finds that overall, Australian farmers stand to benefit considerably from actions that reduce emissions and limit climate change.

    Smarter land management can boost farm productivity and store carbon, creating carbon credits that will be in-demand as the economy approaches net zero.

    The more that farmers can reduce emissions, the fewer credits they will need to offset their own emissions, and the more they can sell to others – diversifying their revenue streams.

    Curbing emissions today is the key to maximising this economic opportunity.

    This is the third in a series of five reports Grattan is publishing in the lead-up to the international climate conference in Glasgow in November, showing how Australia can build momentum towards net-zero emissions by 2050.

    The first two reports, on transport and industrial emissions, can be read online. The final two reports, on offsetting carbon emissions and on electricity, will be published in coming weeks.

    ‘Net zero by 2050 is a tough target and the climate clock is ticking. An economy-wide carbon price would be the best policy, but we can’t wait around for that,’ says the series lead author, Grattan Institute’s Energy and Climate Change Program Director Tony Wood.

    ‘Our series identifies sector-specific policies Australia should implement to set us on the path to net zero.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • How to improve school education in Australia

    Australia’s school education system is not fit for purpose, and we need to rethink the way we teach students, support teachers and run schools, according to a new Grattan Institute discussion paper.

    Towards an adaptive education system in Australia says that, despite individual bright spots, overall student performance is declining in international tests, and an unacceptably high number of our students are not ready for life after school.

    Australian school education faces three major challenges: improving student learning in core academic areas; better preparing young people for adult life; and closing the gap between the nation’s educational have and have-nots.

    The only way to tackle all these challenges at once is to make our education system more adaptive.

    “At present, the system is spinning its wheels,” says Grattan Institute School Education Program Director Peter Goss.

    “The status quo is not working. We have failed to create an education system that adapts and improves over time – a learning system that systematically learns.”

    Student outcomes improve when teachers track how much their students are learning, identify the specific teaching practices that boost learning and those that don’t, and then adapt the way they teach.

    However, this process should not be done independently in every classroom, and schools need more help from education systems to make good local decisions.

    As a start, Australia should follow the lead of high-performing education systems such as Singapore and Hong Kong by making better use of our best teachers.

    ‘Master teachers’ should teach fewer classes and instead should spend more time teaching other teachers how to identify and practise the best ways to improve student performance.

    And the system leaders – including education ministers and departments and the heads of the Catholic and independent sectors – need to ensure schools and teachers have good access to the evidence about what works best, and the time, tools, training and support to implement these best practices in the classroom.

    “If we want to halt the decline and create a system of excellence that supports all students, we need a new approach to reform,” Dr Goss says.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Pete Goss, School Education Program Director, Grattan Institute
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Higher superannuation means lower wages: Grattan

    Workers overwhelmingly pay for increases in compulsory superannuation contributions through lower wages, a new Grattan Institute paper finds.

    No free lunch: higher super means lower wages uses administrative data on 80,000 federal workplace agreements made between 1991 and 2018 to show that about 80 per cent of the cost of increases in super is passed to workers through lower wage rises within the life of an enterprise agreement, typically 2-to-3 years. And the longer-term impact is likely to be even higher.

    ‘This trade-off between more superannuation in retirement but lower living standards while working isn’t worth it for most Australians,’ says the lead author, Grattan’s Household Finances Program Director, Brendan Coates.

    ‘This new empirical analysis reinforces that the planned increase in compulsory super, from 9.5 per cent now to 12 per cent July 2025, should be abandoned. Most Australians are already saving enough for their retirement.’

    The paper directly measures the super-wages trade-off for nearly a third of Australian workers – those on federal enterprise agreements. But it shows that other workers are also likely to bear the cost of higher compulsory super in the form of lower wages growth.

    Despite the claims of some in the superannuation industry, it is unlikely that future super increases will be different from past increases.

    It’s true that wages growth has slowed in recent years, but nominal wages are still growing by more than 2 per cent a year, so employers have plenty of scope to slow the pace of wages growth if compulsory super contributions are increased.

    And none of the plausible explanations for lower wages growth – whether slower growth in productivity, technological change, globalisation, an under-performing economy, or weaker bargaining power among workers – helps explain why employers would foot any more of the bill for higher compulsory super this time around.

    If employers aren’t willing to offer large pay rises today, it’s hard to imagine why they would pay for higher super. In fact, if workers’ bargaining power has fallen, employers are even less likely to pay for higher compulsory super than in the past.

    Grattan’s 2018 report, Money in retirement: more than enough, found that the conventional wisdom that Australians don’t save enough for retirement is wrong.

    Now this working paper finds that the conventional wisdom that higher super means lower wages is right.

    ‘Together, these findings demand a rethink of Australia’s retirement incomes system,’ Mr Coates says.

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Brendan Coates, Household Finances Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • How to reduce university drop-out rates

    More than 50,000 students who started university in Australia this year will drop out, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Dropping out: the benefits and costs of trying university shows that not every incomplete degree amounts to a waste of time and money. A Grattan Institute online survey of students who dropped out reveals many found their course interesting, learned useful skills and made new friends. More than 40 per cent said they would enrol again if they had their time over.

    But the report also identifies the costs of dropping out. On average, students pay $12,000 for their incomplete course. They miss out on the additional lifetime earnings that university graduates typically receive. The time they spent at university could have been used working or studying at TAFE. And the online survey shows that most people who drop out feel they have let themselves or others down.

    The report pinpoints factors that increase the risk of dropping out. It shows that people who study part-time are much more likely to drop out than full-time students. People who enrol in three or four subjects a year – half as many as a full-time student – have only about a 50 per cent chance of completing their course in eight years. Students who enrol full-time have about an 80 per cent chance.

    School results are important. Students with ATARs below 60 are twice as likely to drop out of university as otherwise similar students with ATARs above 90.

    Students in health courses are more likely to complete their course than students in IT or engineering courses. And people who study off-campus have a slightly higher risk of dropping out.

    The report calls on governments and universities to do more to alert prospective students to their risk factors. People planning to study part-time should be particularly warned. Universities should check that prospective part-timers have a credible plan to complete their course.

    Once they accept students, universities have a responsibility to help them succeed – or, if things are not working out, universities should help students exit at least possible cost.

    In the lead-up to the university ‘census date’ – the deadline for students to dis-enrol before they pay for their subjects – universities could send students a text message alert. And universities should do more to follow up on students who are not engaged with their studies, to get them back on track or encourage them to leave before they accrue a HELP debt.

    “Too many students drop out of Australia’s universities. Fewer would if we helped them to make better decisions,” says Grattan Institute Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton.

    “The aim is not to reduce the number of drop-outs to zero: Australia makes it easy to try university, and some students will always decide it is not for them.”

    “But we can and should aim to reduce the number of young Australians who leave university with nothing but debt and regret.”

    Read the report 

    For further enquiries:
    Andrew Norton, Higher Education Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Medibank supports Grattan to solve Australia’s most pressing issues

    Grattan Institute was pleased to announce today that Medibank Private has become its newest affiliate partner.

    As part of a three-year arrangement, Medibank will provide funding to support Grattan’s research aimed at improving the lives of all Australians through better public policy.

    Medibank Managing Director Mr George Savvides said that he was pleased to be supporting Grattan’s efforts to tackle Australia’s most pressing policy issues, including how to sustain Australia’s world-class health system.

    “Medibank is committed to improving the transparency, affordability and value of Australia’s healthcare system, and we believe a key part of this is supporting evidence-based research undertaken by organisations such as Grattan.

    “The Grattan team has a great track record of producing influential research and analysis that provides clear direction for where our nation needs to head, including addressing the challenges facing our health system.”

    Grattan CEO John Daley said the partnership reflects the two organisation’s shared commitment to rigorous and independent policy development that has long-term benefits for all Australians.

    “We are grateful for Medibank’s support and look forward to sharing the insights from our research with Medibank and the community,” Mr Daley said.

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Why the main parties must work together to tackle super tax breaks

    Winding back superannuation tax breaks is an acid test of our political system, and should be one of the first items of business in the current Parliament, according to a new Grattan Institute paper.

    A better super system: assessing the 2016 tax reforms finds that the Federal Government’s plan to restrict superannuation tax breaks would create a fairer superannuation system more aligned to its purpose of providing income to supplement the Age Pension.

    The plan would not only trim overly generous super tax breaks enjoyed by the top 20 per cent of income earners – people wealthy enough to be comfortable in retirement and unlikely to qualify for the Age Pension – it would save about $800 million a year.

    The Government’s proposals would affect about 4 per cent of superannuants, almost all with enough income and assets to prevent them from ever qualifying for a part Age Pension.

    Claims that the proposed changes would be retrospective are incorrect, says Grattan CEO John Daley. “Many reforms affect investments made in the past, and no-one suggests they are retrospective. The changes will simply affect taxes paid on future super earnings, and entitlements to make future contributions to super.”

    Alternative proposals by the Australian Labor Party, which broadly supports the Coalition’s reforms, would save more than $2 billion a year. The paper shows that many of these alternatives would further align superannuation with its purpose.

    The paper shows that there is broad agreement between the Government’s proposals and the ALP’s policy. If the Government concedes on some of the details to get a deal with the ALP in the Senate, it will probably improve the budget position.

    “The Government’s considered position is built on principle, supported by the electorate, and our main parties largely agree on both ends and means. In these circumstances, a failure to get reform would signal there is little hope for either budget repair or wider economic reform,” says Mr Daley.

    Mr Daley says the superannuation proposals are an important step in the right direction, but only a step. “Even with these reforms, super tax breaks will still overwhelmingly flow to high-income earners. And the long-term cost will remain unsustainable. Further changes will be needed in future.”

    Read the working paper

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Is the retail electricity market failing consumers?

    Competition in electricity retailing has failed to deliver lower prices for consumers, and governments will need to step in and re-regulate prices if the industry does not lift its game, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Price shock: Is the retail electricity market failing consumers? finds prices in Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane and Adelaide have almost doubled over the past decade.

    In Victoria, the profit margin for electricity retailers appears to be about 13 per cent – more than double the margin regulators traditionally considered fair when they had responsibility for setting prices. Victorians would save about $250 million a year – about $100 per household – if the profit margin of their electricity retailers was the same as for other retail businesses.

    Although lower price deals are available, consumers find the market so complicated that many give up trying to find them. As a result many Australians, including some of the most vulnerable, pay more than they need to.

    The way retailers advertise their discounts is confusing and possibly misleading. An advertised “30 per cent discount” can end up being a discount on only a small part of the bill, not the whole bill. And even consumers who take advantage of discounts can end up paying much higher prices when their contract expires.

    Competition has also failed, so far, to deliver the promised innovation in customer services. Most ‘offers’ merely provide a discount for people who switch their retailer or pay their bills on time or via direct debit. But retailers have been slow to build offers based on the benefits available through smart meters, or the bundling of new technologies such as solar-power and battery-storage systems.

    The report urges governments to act to ensure customers get lower prices and better service.

    Retailers should be required to tell customers, in ways that are easy to compare, how much they will pay under ‘discount’ deals. They should also tell customers how much extra they will pay if they do not act when the discount expires. And retailers should provide detailed data on their profit margins to an independent body such as the Australian Energy Market Commission.

    “It is too early to give up on competition,” says Grattan Institute Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    “We may yet see fairer prices and better service. But if competition still fails to deliver the promised benefits, then government will have no choice but to return to price regulation.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Why we should tax sugary soft drinks

    Australia should introduce a tax on sugary drinks to help recoup some of the costs of obesity to the community, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    A sugary drinks tax: recovering the community costs of obesity calls for a new excise tax of 40 cents per 100 grams of sugar, on all non-alcoholic, water-based drinks that contain added sugar.

    The tax would increase the price of a two-litre bottle of soft drink by about 80 cents, raise about $500 million a year, and generate a fall of about 15 per cent in the consumption of sugar-sweetened beverages, as consumers switched to water and other drinks not subject to the new tax.

    The report, to be released at Parliament House in Canberra on Wednesday, calculates obesity costs Australian taxpayers more than $5.3 billion a year.

    Obese people are more likely to go to doctors and be admitted to hospital more often than other people. They are also more likely to be unemployed and therefore paying less tax than the rest of the population.

    These costs – more taxpayer dollars spent on healthcare and welfare, and less tax raised – are caused by obesity but borne by the entire community. The new tax would help redress that imbalance.

    Obesity is rising dramatically in Australia: one in four adults are now classified as obese, up from one in ten in the early 1980s. Perhaps even more worryingly, about 7 per cent of our children are obese.

    The report stresses that a new tax is not a “silver bullet” solution to Australia’s obesity epidemic – that would require a whole suite of new policies and programs. But the proposed tax would encourage healthier lifestyles.

    “Obesity is one of the great public health challenges of modern Australia, and so this is a reform whose time has come,” says Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett. “We target these drinks because most of them contain no nutritional benefit.”

    The many countries that already have or are planning to introduce a tax on soft drinks include France, Belgium, Hungary, Finland, Chile, the UK, Ireland, South Africa and parts of the United States.

    The report says the Australian government could use the $500 million a year raised by the new tax to reduce the budget deficit or boost healthcare funding, or the money could be spent on programs designed to treat obesity and promote healthy eating.

    “How we use the money is a debate for later,” Dr Duckett says. “For now, Australia should introduce this tax because it offers twin benefits: it will reduce the number of people who become obese and it will ensure fewer taxpayer dollars have to be spent on the damage done by obesity.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia can pull off the great electricity trifecta

    Australia can achieve a net-zero carbon emissions electricity system without threatening affordability or reliability of supply, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Go for net zero: a practical plan for reliable, affordable, low-emissions electricity debunks the myth that Australia needs to continue to rely on coal-fired power stations to keep electricity bills down.

    But it also warns against a rush to 100 per cent renewable energy, because ensuring reliability would be costly – especially in the depths of winter in the southern states when electricity demand is high, solar supply is low, and persistent wind droughts are possible.

    Grattan Institute developed an economic model of Australia’s National Electricity Market (NEM), finding that moving to a system with 70 per cent renewable energy – and closing about two-thirds of today’s coal-fired power plants – would not materially increase the cost of power but would dramatically reduce emissions.

    The economic modelling suggests that moving to a system with 90 per cent renewable energy – and no coal – could also be reliable. But some additional costs – such as more generation, transmission, and storage – would be necessary to ensure supply when the wind isn’t blowing and the sun isn’t shining. Nonetheless, this would be a low-cost way to nearly eliminate emissions in the NEM, and offsetting any remaining emissions each year could well be the cheapest way to reach net zero.

    ‘This report is good news for Australia – it shows that we can make the historic transition to a low-emissions electricity system without the lights going out and without power bills skyrocketing,’ says lead author and Energy and Climate Change Program Director Tony Wood.

    But getting to 100 per cent renewable energy over the next two decades would be expensive unless there are major technological advances to backup renewable supply through rare winter wind droughts. That’s why Australia should commit only to net zero emissions in the NEM by the 2040s, not absolute zero emissions or 100 per cent renewable energy.

    The report identifies gas generation with negative-emissions offsets as the lowest-cost ‘bridging’ technology until a zero-emissions alternative, such as hydrogen-fired generation, pumped hydro storage, or carbon capture and storage, becomes an economically competitive backstop.

    ‘Gas is likely to play the critical backup role, though not an expanded role,’ Mr Wood says. ‘Australia will make a gas-supported transition to a net-zero emissions electricity system – but not a “gas-led recovery” from the COVID recession.’

    Noting that most of Australia’s coal-fired power stations are scheduled to be retired by 2040, the report urges governments not to use taxpayers’ money to extend the life of existing coal-fired generators, or to subsidise the entry of new coal-fired generators.

    ‘The scaremongers are wrong,’ Mr Wood says. ‘The analysis in our report shows that Australia can achieve the trifecta of reliable, affordable, low-emissions electricity — and we can do it without coal.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    M. 0419 642 098
    E. tony.wood@unimelb.edu.au

  • Grattan Institute launches search for new CEO after Danielle Wood accepts appointment as Chair of the Productivity Commission

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia’s leading public policy think tank, the Grattan Institute, has launched a global search for a new CEO, after the incumbent, Danielle Wood, accepted the role of new Chair of the Productivity Commission.

    Ms Wood’s appointment to the PC, for a term of five years, was announced today by Treasurer Jim Chalmers.

    Ms Wood, 43, has worked at Grattan Institute since 2014, and was appointed CEO in July 2020. She will continue in the role until 10 November 2023 to assist with the transition process.

    At Grattan Ms Wood has published extensively on economic reform priorities, budgets, tax reform, women’s workforce participation, generational inequality, and reforming political institutions.

    Before joining Grattan, Ms Wood was Principal Economist and Director of Merger Investigations at the ACCC, a Senior Economist at NERA Economic Consulting, and Senior Research Economist at the Productivity Commission. She holds an Honours degree in Economics from the University of Adelaide and two Masters degrees, one in Economics and one in Competition Law, from the University of Melbourne.

    Grattan Institute Board Chair, Lindsay Maxsted, congratulated Ms Wood on her appointment to the PC.

    ‘We are very disappointed to be losing Danielle, but the Government has made a fine appointment,’ Mr Maxsted said.

    ‘Those involved in public policy in Australia know that Danielle is an exceptional economist, with an ability to break down a problem, pinpoint its causes, and then imagine and design practical solutions.

    ‘Everyone at Grattan also knows Danielle as a thoughtful and welcoming colleague, a strategist, and an inspiring leader. She leaves with the best wishes of all of us.’

    Ms Wood said she was honoured to be offered the position of Chair at the PC, but also sad to be leaving Grattan.

    ‘My time at Grattan has been the most exhilarating, challenging, and fun of my career,’ she said.

    ‘I’m proud that, under my leadership and that of my predecessor, founding CEO John Daley, Grattan has been able to evolve from an institute into an institution, with a central role in improving public policy in the interests of all Australians.

    ‘The credit for that belongs to the incredible staff we have at Grattan – they are stunningly bright, intellectually curious, and driven to improve public policy in the public interest. Australia is lucky to have them, and I will miss them all.’

    Mr Maxsted said Grattan Institute will advertise immediately for a new CEO. The Board will retain a global recruitment firm to advise on the search.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • How to make our hospitals safer

    One in every nine patients who go into hospital in Australia suffers a complication, and if they stay overnight the figure increases to one in four, according to the new Grattan Institute report.

    All complications should count: Using our data to make hospitals safer shows that a patient’s risk of developing a complication varies dramatically depending on which hospital they go to: in some cases, the additional risk at the worst-performing hospitals can be four times higher than at the best performers.

    The report calls for all hospitals to lift their safety performance to the level of the best 10 per cent of Australian hospitals. This would mean an extra 250,000 patients leaving hospital each year free of complications.

    At present, a veil of secrecy hangs over which hospitals and clinicians have higher rates of patient complications, and which are safety leaders. Hospital safety statistics are collected, but they are kept secret, not just from patients but from doctors and hospitals.

    Patients should have access to the information on complication rates in different hospitals and for different procedures, so they – and their GPs – can make better-informed decisions about how and where they are treated.

    Doctors and hospitals should have access to the information so they can see how they are performing compared to their peers – and so they can learn from the best-performing hospitals and clinicians.

    At present, official hospital safety policies focus on only a small subset of serious complications classified by government as being ‘preventable’.

    Policy should instead aim to reduce the incidence of all complications to the best rate achievable. This requires building up a comprehensive picture of the whole gamut of hospital safety performance, from catastrophic but rare errors to less harmful but prevalent complications. The data should highlight the areas where there is a big gap between the best and the worst-performing hospitals, and it should enable patients – and taxpayers – to see which hospitals are improving and which are not.

    Private health insurers should release the information they gather on private hospitals, because reducing complication rates would mean quicker recoveries and lower premiums for their members.

    “Australians expect all hospitals to provide high-quality and safe care, but this report reveals that some hospitals achieve much better results than others,” says Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    “The reforms we recommend could cut the complication rate in Australian hospitals by more than a quarter.”

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Boost spending by $10b a year to help fix aged care: Grattan

    The Federal Government should boost funding by about $10 billion a year to help fix Australia’s broken aged care system, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The extra spending could be funded by some combination of a new Medicare-style levy on taxable income, changes to the pension assets test and/or the residential aged care means test, and/or reductions in excessively generous tax breaks on superannuation.

    Properly administered, the extra money could transform the aged care system: clearing the 100,000-long waiting list for adequate home care, providing higher-level care at home for longer, employing at least 70,000 more aged care workers, and lifting the amount of care per person and ensuring a qualified nurse is on site 24/7 in all residential care homes.

    ‘The aged care system is a stain on Australians’ conscience,’ says lead author and Grattan Health and Aged Care Program Director, Stephen Duckett.

    ‘None of us want to end up in the present shameful system. Many of us feel guilty if we decide to pack our elderly mum or dad off to care.

    ‘The Prime Minister and the Treasurer must get serious about fixing aged care. This is more than a political problem, it is a moral imperative.’

    The Grattan report, The next steps for aged care: forging a clear path after the Royal Commission, calls for a streamlined and integrated aged care system under a new, rights-based Aged Care Act that guarantees care and support to all who need it.

    It recommends universal funding of care costs, just as there is universal funding through Medicare of patients’ costs in public hospitals. This would provide universal insurance for people who have high care needs, and would mean people would not need to worry about how they are going to fund their possible care needs in older age.

    The cost of a reformed, universal aged care system will only grow as Australia’s population continues to age and there are fewer working-age people paying taxes to fund the care of retirees.

    The Government could consider a 1 per cent aged care levy on taxable income, and it should find more money for aged care by reducing the excessively generous tax breaks for wealthy older Australians.

    More of the value of the family home should be included in the Age Pension assets test. And superannuation earnings in retirement – currently untaxed for people with superannuation balances of less than $1.6 million – should be taxed at 15 per cent, the same as superannuation earnings before retirement.

    ‘Surveys consistently show that Australians are willing to pay more tax to fix aged care,’ Dr Duckett says.

    ‘The time to act is now. The Aged Care Royal Commission report leaves the Government with nowhere to hide. This Grattan report shows how a better funded and designed aged care system would protect the rights, uphold the dignity, and celebrate the contribution of older Australians.’

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health and Aged Care Program Director
    M. 0447 837 741
    E. stephen.duckett@grattan.edu.au

  • Governments need to drive a harder bargain on transport megaprojects

    Taxpayers end up paying too much for major road and rail projects in Australia because governments don’t drive a hard bargain on contracts with the big construction firms, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Megabang for megabucks: driving a harder bargain on megaprojects calls on governments to stop worrying about the profitability of the industry and start delivering quality services at the lowest long-term cost to the community.

    Australia’s transport infrastructure costs are above the global average, and there is a government culture of caving in to contractor demands after contracts are signed.

    About 25 per cent of projects end up costing taxpayers more than the government expected when construction started.

    To get quality infrastructure at a sharp price, competition is fundamental. But as the size of projects has grown, so has the size of contracts – and with larger contracts, competition inevitably thins.

    Few firms have the technical and financial capability to win contracts worth $1 billion or more. Yet Australian governments often give undue priority to domestic experience, making it hard for international firms to win contracts.

    State governments often rush projects to market, so they can announce and start them before the next election. But in the rush, governments don’t always identify or mitigate expensive problems such as contaminated soil, and they’re not systematic enough about dividing projects into bundles or choosing the contract type with the right incentives for the particular job.

    The report calls on governments to only sign contracts that they are prepared to enforce, and to award all infrastructure contracts through an open tender process.

    And it recommends Australian governments investigate how similar countries overseas manage to build high-quality transport infrastructure more cheaply.

    ‘Our governments are getting major projects wrong, and taxpayers are left to pick up the tab,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Transport and Cities Program Director Marion Terrill.

    ‘Our report shows how Australia can build better.’

    For further enquiries: Marion Terrill, Transport and Cities Program Director
    M. 0428 123 323
    E. marion.terrill@grattan.edu.au

  • The private health industry must reform or die: new Grattan report

    Australia’s multi-billion-dollar private health industry urgently needs a rescue plan to prevent it spiralling to its death, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Stopping the death spiral: creating a future for private health urges the Federal Government and industry leaders to get together and forge a plan to:

    • Rein-in greedy surgeons who charge patients exorbitant fees.
    • Stop private hospitals keeping patients in hospital too long and giving them care they don’t need.
    • End the rorts in the prosthesis and device supply chain so private patients and their insurers pay no more than public patients.
    • Ensure private health insurers that aren’t giving their members value for money are prevented from charging ever-higher premiums.

    ‘The COVID crisis hasn’t saved private health,’ says lead author and Grattan Health Program Director Stephen Duckett. ‘The industry was in a death spiral before the pandemic and it’s still in a death spiral today.

    ‘The Government and the key players need to make dramatic changes quickly, because more than 40 per cent of the population has private health insurance and it’s a big industry – most procedures are done in private hospitals.’

    The report shows that for the past 20 years, private health insurance premiums have been rising faster than wages and inflation. Australians are paying more but getting less.

    As the population ages and uses more expensive healthcare services, insurers have to pay out more in benefits to their members. As benefits paid increase, so do premiums. Rising premiums make health insurance less affordable and less attractive – particularly to younger and healthier people. As younger, healthier people drop their insurance, the insurance risk pool gets worse, premiums go up, more young people drop out, and the cycle continues.

    But the industry also needs to face up to the fact that it is responsible for at least some of its woes.

    A small number of surgeons charge patients way more than they should. About 6 per cent of specialists’ services in hospitals are billed at more than twice the Medicare fee, and these services account for 89 per cent of patients’ out-of-pocket costs. Patients who have been paying insurance all their lives are understandably angry to get these surprise bills.

    The industry should rein-in these ‘greedy’ doctors, and the Government should ensure patients know more before surgery about the costs they could face, so they get fewer nasty surprises after surgery.

    Over-servicing is much more prevalent in private hospitals than public hospitals. Ensuring private hospitals don’t keep patients in hospital longer than necessary and don’t give patients care of little or no clinical value could cut private health insurance premiums by about 5 per cent.

    Exposing the prostheses market to competition could reduce the cost of hip and knee replacements and further reduce premiums.

    And the Minister for Health should be more willing to reject premium-rise applications from insurers that can’t show they offer their customers good value for money.

    ‘Together, the Government and the industry can create a viable future for private health in Australia,’ Dr Duckett says. ‘This report charts the path.’

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health and Aged Care Program Director
    M. 0447 837 741
    E. stephen.duckett@grattan.edu.au

  • Improve permanent skilled migration to supercharge economic benefits: Grattan

    Rethinking permanent skilled migration after the pandemic shows that abolishing the Business Investment and Innovation Program and boosting the number of skilled worker visas would supercharge the economic benefits of Australia’s skilled migration program and result in nearly $4 billion in extra personal income tax receipts alone over the lifetime of each yearly migrant intake.

    Other reforms, including making employer-sponsorship available for workers in all occupations provided they earn above median full-time earnings of $80,000 a year, would better target visas to people with the most valuable skills, and simplify the sponsorship process for firms and migrants. And it could boost the fiscal dividends by at least another $9 billion from each yearly intake.

    The report finds the Federal Government has recently moved policy in the wrong direction by shifting the composition of the permanent skilled intake towards older, less-skilled migrants.

    As a result, more than one-in-four permanent skilled visas are allocated to boosting business investment and to the unproven Global Talent program. These changes should be reversed because they have reduced the lifetime fiscal dividend from each annual intake of permanent skilled migrants by at least $2 billion.

    ‘When we reopen the borders, Australia should unashamedly select permanent skilled migrants for their long-term economic potential,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Economic Policy Program Director Brendan Coates.

    ‘Skilled migrants tend to be younger, have more skills, and earn higher incomes than the typical Australian – so they generate a fiscal dividend for Australians because they pay more in taxes than they receive in public services and benefits over their lifetimes.’

    The report shows that Business Investment and Innovation Program, or BIIP, visa-holders bring fewer benefits than skilled migrants selected through other streams, because they are older, speak little English, and earn lower incomes.

    The new Global Talent Program, which was being expanded rapidly before the pandemic, should be scaled back while its value is assessed.

    The number of skilled worker visas – allocated via employer-sponsorship and the points-test – should be expanded.

    Employer-sponsorship should be available for workers in all occupations, provided they earn above median full-time earnings of $80,000 a year.

    Points-tested visas should no longer be restricted to occupations identified as having skills shortages, and points should no longer be awarded for undertaking regional study or a professional year.

    ‘One positive from the COVID catastrophe is the unique opportunity for Australia to reset and improve our skilled migrant intake,’ Mr Coates says.

    ‘Our report shows how we can seize this moment to make Australia an even better place – for those of us who already live here and for those who aspire to come here.’

    This is the first of a series of Grattan reports on migration, co-authored by Grattan fellow Henry Sherrell, one of Australia’s leading experts on migration policy. The series does not seek to determine the size of Australia’s population or annual intake, but looks at how we can improve our migration system to ensure that it delivers the biggest possible benefits for Australia.

    Contact: Brendan Coates, Economic Policy Program Director: 0412 798 229, Brendan.coates@grattaninstitute.edu.au

  • $10 a day: how congestion charging would work in Sydney and Melbourne

    Drivers should be charged $5 to enter the Sydney and Melbourne CBDs in the morning peak and another $5 to exit in the afternoon peak, as part of a package of reforms to make our biggest cities work better, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Right time, right place, right price: a practical plan for congestion charging in Sydney and Melbourne shows the scheme would reduce the number of cars entering the CBDs each morning by about 40 per cent.

    It recommends that the money raised be spent on upgrading CBD streets to make them safer and less congested for pedestrians.

    Last week’s Grattan report, Why it’s time for congestion charging, showed that congestion charging was the fairest and most effective way, with the least cost and hassle to travellers, to ease congestion in Australia’s capital cities. This new report details how charging should work in the two biggest cities.

    The $5 charge should apply from 8am to 9.30am, and from 4pm to 6pm. A $3 charge should apply in the half-hour either side of the morning peak, and in the hour before and the half-hour after the afternoon peak. Trucks should pay a higher charge, because they cause more congestion.

    Driving to and from the CBDs would remain free at all other times of the day, on weekends, and on public holidays.

    The ‘cordon’ for the Sydney CBD should cover the area west of and including the Domain, north of Central Station, and east of Pyrmont.

    The cordon for the Melbourne CBD should include the Hoddle Grid, the high-rise areas of Docklands and Southbank, and the wedge to the north of the city formed by Victoria, La Trobe, William, and Peel streets (encompassing the Queen Victoria Market).

    Transport modelling by Veitch Lister Consulting for the report shows that in Sydney, average speeds on CBD roads would increase by 11 per cent in the morning peak – good news for tens of thousands of bus commuters. The cordon charge would materially speed up a number of routes toward the city from the eastern suburbs, the airport, the inner west, and the north shore, and could improve traffic flow as far from the CBD as Frenchs Forest in the north, Brighton-Le-Sands in the south, Burwood in the inner west, and Macquarie Park in the north-west.

    In Melbourne, average speeds in the Hoddle Grid would increase by about 16 per cent during the peaks. Arterial roads to the city from all points of the compass would flow better, including major north-south tram corridors such as Sydney Road and Brunswick Street. Traffic speeds could increase as far from the CBD as Niddrie in the north-west, Mulgrave in the south-east, Hampton in the south, and Altona North in the west.

    Within five years of the CBD cordon charges being introduced, a per-kilometre charge should be imposed in peak periods on the most congested arterial roads and urban freeways in both cites.

    A 30-cents per kilometre change could increase speeds on the charged roads by more than 10 per cent in the morning peak.

    In Sydney, the ‘corridor charge’ could apply to sections of the A3 and the A6, the Victoria Road – Western Distributor (A4) corridor, and the M5 East – M1 corridor past the airport.

    In Melbourne, the corridor charge could apply on Hoddle Street – Punt Road, the Eastern Freeway – Alexandra Parade – Elliot Avenue corridor, the West Gate Freeway, and the Monash Freeway.

    Eventually, drivers should be charged on a per-kilometre basis for driving across each city’s entire road network at the busiest times – but only as part of a package of measures including abolishing fuel excise and creating a safety net to ensure people on low incomes and with impaired mobility are not disadvantaged.

    ‘It’s true that politicians in Australia have been sceptical about congestion charging, but our designs show that it is feasible, effective, and can be done fairly,’ says Grattan Institute’s Transport and Cities Program Director Marion Terrill.

    ‘Ambitious reforms are always challenging for governments. But Australian governments have the advantage that they can learn from cities around the world that have already successfully implemented congestion charging,’ Ms Terrill says.‘It’s time for Sydney and Melbourne to join these cities in the fast lane.’

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Marion Terrill, Transport Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • $2 billion research support: how teaching funds research in Australian universities

    More than $2 billion in surpluses from teaching are being used to fund research in Australian universities, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The cash nexus: how teaching funds research in Australian universities shows that on a conservative estimate, one dollar in five spent on research comes from surpluses on teaching.

    International students, who usually generate more revenue per student than domestic students, contribute a substantial proportion of this surplus.

    The finding is concerning because while university research matters to Australia, the evidence that it improves teaching is less clear, Mr Norton said. “Direct spending on teaching, by contrast, is far more likely to ensure that universities offer the high-quality courses students want.”

    The report finds that universities earn up to $3.2 billion more from students than they spend on teaching, and have powerful incentives to spend the extra money on research.

    Although research spending has tripled in the past two decades, academics still want to do much more research than is currently funded. And universities worry about their position in research-driven global university rankings.

    The report calls for policies to ensure that universities spend money intended for students on teaching and student services.

    “Under the current system there is no guarantee that any new investment in universities – whether from public or private sources – will benefit students,” Mr Norton said.

    It also calls for better costing data so that Australians can see how universities spend $11 billion in student subsidies and loans and $6 billion in fee revenue.

    “With better information taxpayers and students will know they’re getting what they pay for when they invest in university education,” Mr Norton said.

    Further enquiries: Andrew Norton, Higher Education Program Director
    T. +61 (0) 3 8344 3637  E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Pork-barrelling politicians are wasting taxpayers’ money: new Grattan Institute report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Pork-barrelling wastes money, is unfair, and could be dramatically curtailed if the federal government stuck to its job of providing funding only for nationally significant transport projects.

    A new Grattan Institute report, Roundabouts, overpasses, and carparks: Hauling the federal government back to its proper role in transport projects, finds that at the last federal election only one of the Coalition’s 71 transport promises valued at $100 million or more had a business case approved by Infrastructure Australia, and for Labor, it was two projects of 61.

    Federal pork-barrelling on transport projects favours electorally important states.

    Queensland and NSW, where federal elections tend to be won and lost, consistently receive more, and Victoria less, than can be explained by population, population growth, size of the road network, share of passenger or freight travel, or what it actually costs the state government to run the transport system.

    The federal government compounds this inequity by funnelling much more of its discretionary transport funding to the most marginal seats, such as Lindsay in Sydney, Higgins in Melbourne, Moreton in Brisbane, Hasluck in Perth, and Boothby in Adelaide.

    The average marginal urban seat received $83 million from the federal Urban Congestion Fund, whereas the average safe Coalition seat received $64 million and the average safe Labor seat $34 million.

    ‘Politicians who insist on pork-barrelling are wasting taxpayers’ money, and the biggest losers are people who live in safe seats or states with few marginal electorates,’ says report author and Grattan Institute Transport and Cities Program Director Marion Terrill.

    Politicians are not supposed to spend public money to promote their private interest, including their private political advantage. The report shows that avoiding such conflicts of interest would be more straightforward if the federal government stuck to its national role, and did its due diligence before spending public money.

    Much of what the federal government spends on transport projects is outside the role that it has agreed with the states. The federal government is supposed to focus on nationally significant infrastructure on the National Land Transport Network; state and local governments are supposed to be responsible for locally-important roads and rail.

    That hasn’t stopped successive federal governments since 2009 from funding nearly 800 roundabouts, carparks, and overpasses that are unconnected with the National Network.

    The report recommends that before approving any transport project, the federal government should have to consider and publish Infrastructure Australia’s assessment of the project, including the business case, cost/benefit analysis, and ranking on national significance grounds.

    ‘And whichever party wins government at the 2022 federal election should stick to its job: no more roundabouts, overpasses, or carparks, just nationally significant roads and rail on the National Land Transport Network,’ Ms Terrill says.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • City Limits: Why Australia’s cities are broken and how we can fix them

    Grattan Institute’s first book, City Limits: Why Australia’s cities are broken and how we can fix them, by Jane-Frances Kelly and Paul Donegan, is now available at bookstores and through Melbourne University Publishing.

    Our bush heritage helped to define our identity, but today Australia is a nation of cities. A higher proportion of Australians live in cities than almost any other country, and most of our national wealth is generated in them.

    For most of the twentieth century, our cities gave us some of the highest living standards in the world. But they are no longer keeping up with changes in how we live and how our economy works.

    The distance between where people live and where they work is growing fast. The housing market isn’t working, locking many Australians out of where and how they’d like to live. The daily commute is getting longer, putting pressure on social and family life and driving up living costs.

    Instead of bringing us together, Australia’s cities are dividing Australians—between young and old, rich and poor, the outer suburbs and the inner city. Neglecting our cities has real consequences for our lives now, and for our future prosperity.

    City Limits  synthesises insights from Cities Program reports with new analysis and real-life case studies of how individuals, families and businesses experience life in cities today.  It provides a readable account of why Australia’s cities are broken, and how we can fix them.

    Attend the book launches in Melbourne or Sydney.

    Read the media release

  • Make childcare cheaper to recharge the economy: Grattan Institute

    Childcare should be made cheaper to enable more women to do more paid work and to help lift the economy out of the COVID recession, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Cheaper childcare: A practical plan to boost female workforce participation calls on the Federal Government to spend an extra $5 billion a year on childcare subsidies.

    The payoff would be an $11 billion-a-year increase in GDP from the boost to workforce participation – and $150,000 in higher lifetime earnings for the typical Australian mother.

    The report recommends raising the childcare subsidy for low-income families from 85 per cent to 95 per cent, gradually tapering for households with income above $68,000. Under this scheme, 60 per cent of families would pay less than $20 per day per child for childcare, and no family would be worse off.

    The report identifies a range of policy, cultural, and social factors that conspire to prevent many Australian women from working the paid hours they would prefer.

    A combination of tax, welfare settings, and childcare costs means some second-earners take home little or no extra pay for additional hours of work. This ‘workforce disincentive rate’ can be particularly punishing for the fourth and fifth day of work for the primary carer, still generally a woman.

    ‘We can hardly be surprised that many mothers conclude that working an extra day for no or virtually no take-home pay makes no sense,’ says Grattan Institute CEO and report lead author Danielle Wood.

    ‘And Australia’s high out-of-pocket childcare costs bite even harder now for families that have lost jobs or hours because of the COVID crisis.’

    Australia’s female workforce participation rate is above the OECD average, but Australian women are much more likely to work part-time. Before the COVID crisis, a typical Australian woman with pre-teenage children worked 2.5 days a week.

    Women in Australia continue to do most of the unpaid household work, which further constrains their choices about doing more paid work.

    Women are quick to embrace flexibility in their working arrangements after they have a child, but men’s work hours and contribution to household duties change very little. Men do more unpaid work in countries with more dedicated parental leave for fathers.

    The Federal Government should extend the parental leave scheme to offer six weeks ‘use it or lose it’ leave at minimum wage for each parent, plus 12 weeks they can share between them. This would cost an extra $600 million a year, but would help fathers to spend more time with their children in the critical first year of the child’s life.

    ‘Cheaper childcare is a win-win – it would boost the economy and give Australian women enhanced life choices,’ says Ms Wood.

    ‘It should be central to the Government’s plans for lifting Australia out of recession.’

    For further enquiries contact: Danielle Wood: 0405 510 763, Danielle.wood@grattaninstitute.edu.au

  • Matching young Australians to their best post-school education options

    Some university students with low school results would be better off doing vocational education instead, according to a new Grattan Institute report on Australia’s post-school education system.

    Risks and rewards: when is vocational education a good alternative to higher education?finds that vocational diplomas in construction, engineering and commerce typically lead to higher lifetime incomes than many low-ATAR university graduates are likely to earn, especially those with degrees in popular fields such as science and humanities.

    “Especially for low-ATAR men, some vocational alternatives to university are worth considering,” says the lead author, Grattan’s Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton. “Schools need to give them better career advice alerting them to these possibilities – and governments should end funding biases against vocational education.”

    But the report shows that vocational education alternatives for women are less attractive. Few women enrol in vocational education engineering, and those who do often have poor career and earnings outcomes.

    “Engineering occupations are male-dominated, often deny women employment, and are inflexible in providing part-time work,” Mr Norton says.

    Teaching and nursing are popular university courses for low-ATAR women, and often lead to stable careers. These students are unlikely to do better in a vocational education course.

    “For lower-ATAR men, a few vocational education courses would probably increase their employability and income. But for lower-ATAR women, higher education is almost always their best option.”

    The report shows that higher education has expanded rapidly in Australia over the past 20 years, but vocational education has flat-lined.

    This has led to concerns that students, especially lower-ATAR students, are being encouraged to enrol in higher education and to overlook potentially better-paid vocational education alternatives in fields with good job prospects.

    The report concludes that these fears are only partly justified. Low-ATAR university students are vulnerable, but only sometimes have clearly better vocational education alternatives.“Like higher education, vocational education has risks as well as potential rewards,” Mr Norton says. “A good tertiary education system steers prospective students towards courses that increase their opportunities and minimise their risks. Australia’s post-school system does not always achieve this goal.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Andrew Norton, Higher Education Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Grattan launches new Transport Program, with Marion Terrill as Program Director

    Grattan Institute is delighted to announce the appointment of Marion Terrill, a former leading public servant and Business Council of Australia advisor, to head up its new Transport Program.

    Ms Terrill has extensive experience in the Commonwealth public service. She helped to write the 2010 Henry Tax Review, and also worked as Director of Policy at the Business Council.

    Grattan CEO John Daley said that Ms Terrill’s experience across a wide range of policy areas and the public and private sectors made her an ideal person to help shape Australian transport policy.

    “Australia desperately needs a transport system that better serves the needs of the economy and of people,” Mr Daley said.

    “Our cities are expanding, and population growth is greatest on the urban fringe while job growth is strongest in city centres. We need better ways to link people to jobs.”

    “The demands on our freight network are also expanding and we need a more coordinated approach that better links decisions about pricing, use and investment.”

    “Marion is the perfect person to think through these problems in a rigorous, practical way, and she will make a great contribution to Grattan and to public policy in this area.”

    Ms Terrill said she was very pleased to accept the position at the Grattan Institute.

    “I’ve worked in the Treasury and the Departments of Finance and Family Services, among other places, and I’m fascinated by how economic and social policy can work together to improve the lives of Australians.”

    “A good transport system is vital not only to the economy but to balancing the work and home lives of millions of people. I know that Grattan’s work makes a big difference to national policy thinking and I’m keen to contribute.”

    Ms Terrill will take up her position in April.

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Beware ‘easy money’ schemes to fund new transport projects

    State governments should be wary of following the Turnbull Government’s advice to introduce “value capture” schemes to fund major new transport projects, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    As Australians in capital cities struggle to cope with clogged roads and crowded trains, the Turnbull Government wants to stop being just “an ATM for the states” and is urging them to use value capture taxes to fund infrastructure.

    Value capture is the name given to a policy whereby governments “capture” some of the windfall gains for landowners that result from building a new piece of infrastructure, and use the money to help fund the project.

    At first glance, value capture seems marvellously fair, because it only applies to those who benefit from the particular new project. So the people of western Sydney do not help fund a new railway station on the North Shore.

    But in practice, value capture schemes are less obviously fair.

    Drawing a boundary around a new project to distinguish between those who must pay the new tax and those too far away to benefit is bound to involve rough justice. People on one side of the boundary will not be happy to get a tax bill when their next-door neighbour doesn’t.

    The apparent fairness of value capture may be an illusion, because it is hard to apply to infrastructure such as roads and hospitals where the benefits tend to be spread more broadly. There is nothing fair in the beneficiaries of rail projects paying extra tax while the beneficiaries of road and other projects do not.

    Value capture schemes are also less efficient than broad based taxes because they require more precision in valuation and create opportunities for corruption.

    While many financiers are keen on “tax increment financing”, the arguments for them are specious. Ultimately such innovative financing mechanisms, cost governments more than borrowing for themselves, don’t necessarily improve risk management, and still involve taxing landowners.

    As a result, an additional broad-based, low-rate property tax on all land may be a better option for governments seeking to fund major new projects.

    If governments nevertheless want to try to capture value from specific projects, then the tax should be part of a consistent legislative regime designed to minimise corruption, and levied on all properties within a designated zone at a fixed rate of the increase in the unimproved land value between the date of official commitment and 2 years after completion.

    Whatever the taxation arrangements, governments can realise additional value from infrastructure projects by joint development around them. They can sell government land that is no longer needed after construction, or sell new development rights from rezoning land in the neighbourhood. But the value of such schemes will depend on how much the government already owns, and the demand for new intensive development.

    “It may be attractive in theory, but there is nothing easy about capturing value,” says Grattan Institute Transport Program Director Marion Terrill.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Marion Terrill, Transport Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • The myth of the bulging, out of control Australian city

    Australia’s urban commuters have little to fear from population growth, if recent experience is any guide, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Remarkably adaptive: Australian cities in a time of growth shows that the population boom has had little impact on commuting – contrary to frequent media reports.

    The average commute distances and times barely increased over the five years to 2016, even as Sydney and Melbourne’s populations grew at rates among the highest in the developed world, by 1.9 per cent and 2.3 per cent each year. Brisbane, the Gold Coast, the Sunshine Coast, Canberra and Darwin also grew strongly.

    The benign impact of population growth is partly explained by the spread of jobs within the major cities. It’s a misconception that jobs are centred in CBDs, which become harder to get to as cities grow. In reality, fewer than two in ten people work in CBDs, whereas three in ten work in a suburb just away from home.

    The importance of suburban `employment centres’ is overblown. Parramatta is the location of only 2.3 per cent of Sydney’s jobs, and Clayton, home of Monash University and medical centre, accounts for only 1.7 per cent of Melbourne’s jobs. In Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth, three quarters of jobs are dispersed all over the city, in shops, offices, schools, clinics, and construction sites.

    Even though commutes are not getting much worse, the level of congestion in the largest cities is a problem. Trains, buses and trams can be overcrowded, and commuting times can be unreliable. While most drivers are delayed no more than five minutes getting to work, the delay can be much longer on bad routes.

    But the situation is not spiralling out of control. Migration has not brought cities to a standstill. Cities have coped even though major new projects including Melbourne Metro, WestConnex in Sydney, and Brisbane’s Cross River Rail have not yet been completed.

    “People adapt – they are not hapless victims of population growth, depending for their wellbeing on governments building the next freeway or rail extension,” says Grattan Institute Transport Program Director Marion Terrill.

    Governments should focus on facilitating the natural adaptations people make. They should limit zoning and planning barriers to people and firms locating where they want to be. They should follow the ACT’s lead and phase out stamp duty, which effectively locks people into staying put when they otherwise might move house. And Sydney and Melbourne should introduce congestion charges, to encourage drivers who don’t really need to travel at peak times to stay off the most congested roads.

    “With these changes, the benefits that draw people to live and work close together can outweigh the congestion and crowding that trigger demands to shut new people out,” Marion Terrill says.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Marion Terrill, Transport Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia has a historic opportunity to fund all schools properly, at no extra cost

    A new deal among governments and school systems can end Australia’s toxic school funding debate and transform teaching and learning in schools, without costing the Commonwealth more money, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Circuit breaker: a new compact on school funding argues that historically low inflation rates give the Government an unprecedented opportunity to reduce excessive school indexation payments that are locked into legislation, saving the nation billions of dollars.

    The report calls on all governments to use part of the savings to create the needs-based funding system all main parties say they want, as well as new roles for expert teachers to lift student performance.

    As education ministers prepare to meet next month to discuss a new funding model, Grattan Institute School Education Program Director Peter Goss says the compact offers the circuit breaker Australia’s 50-year old argument over school funding desperately needs.

    “It shows how we can reallocate funds to get all schools to their needs-based funding target by 2023, without spending any more money over the next four years than the Turnbull Government proposed in its 2016 Budget.”

    Under its proposals, under-funded schools are much better off compared to the model legislated by the Gillard government in 2013 and the 2016 Budget. Chronically disadvantaged schools gain the most.

    About half of schools close to or at their targets would have slower funding growth than under the legislation. But they maintain their purchasing power and most of them will be better funded than today.

    A very small number of over-funded schools (only 3 per cent) would get less money.

    “These changes are essential to create a school system that gives every Australian child a fair chance in life,” Mr Goss said.

    “But money alone cannot create that system. It must be spent well. All the evidence shows that if you want to lift student outcomes, you have to invest in the most effective teaching.”

    The compact recommends a structural change to create two new roles: Master Teachers and Instructional Leaders who will work in schools and across clusters of schools to improve teaching effectiveness in maths, science, English and other fields.

    “It is time to end the exhausted funding debate and to start the debate that counts in this century – how to improve teaching for all students in all schools,” Mr Goss said.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Pete Goss, Program Director, School Education
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Cut specialist fees and waitlists so Australians can get the healthcare they need

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Specialist healthcare is out of reach for too many Australians, with some specialist doctors charging two or even three times the Medicare schedule fee, and some patients waiting months or even years for an appointment.

    A new Grattan Institute report, Special treatment: Improving Australians’ access to specialist care, finds that as a result, every year about 1.9 million Australians delay or skip getting the care they need, causing missed diagnoses, avoidable pain, and added pressure on hospitals.

    Fees for private specialists are far too high: 10 per cent of patients pay almost $600 a year in fees, and fees have soared by 73 per cent in real terms since 2010.

    Waitlists for public specialist clinics are far too long: in some parts of Australia, wait times for urgent appointments extend months beyond the clinically recommended maximum.

    People living in the poorest parts of Australia receive about a third fewer specialist services than people in the wealthiest parts. Public clinics aren’t where they’re needed most to fill the gaps.

    For years, training numbers for some specialties, such as psychiatry, ophthalmology, and dermatology, have been far too low.

    For decades, there has been too little rural specialist training to meet the needs of people who live in rural and remote areas.

    ‘The specialist system isn’t working and Australians – especially poorer Australians – are paying the price,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Health Program Director Peter Breadon.

    The system has been on autopilot for far too long. The report recommends a five-point national plan to make sure every Australian can get the specialist healthcare they need:

    1. Governments should expand public specialist appointments in areas that get the least care, providing one million extra services each year.

    2. The federal government should remove Medicare funding from specialists who charge excessive fees – and name them publicly.

    3. Governments should set up a system where GPs can get written advice from other specialists. This could avoid 68,000 unnecessary specialist referrals each year.

    4. Governments should modernise public specialist clinics across the country, spreading best practices.

    5. Governments must train the specialist workforce Australia needs. They should provide an extra $160 million to expand training, and the funding should be linked to targets for undersupplied specialties and rural training.

    ‘As Australians gets older and sicker, more of us will need specialist care more often,’ Mr Breadon says.

    ‘This report sets out the actions required to ensure every Australian can get the specialist care they need when they need it.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Out-of-pocket costs, by household income

    Weekly household incomeShare of patients who paid a specialist bill at least once in 2023Half of patients paid more than*10% of patients paid more than*
    Less than $50072% $172$479
    $500 – $99977% $187$506
    $1,000 – $1,49981% $205$568
    $1,500 – $1,99984% $218$628
    $2,000 – $2,49985% $225$684
    $2,500 – $2,99985% $232$722
    $3,000 – $3,49986% $244$770
    More than $3,50084% $259$849
    Note: *Annual out-of-pocket costs among people who paid a bill at least once in 2023. Source: Grattan Institute analysis of ABS (2024). See section 1.2.2 of ‘Special treatment’.

    Fees charged by extreme-fee-charging specialists

    SpecialtyAverage out-of-pocket cost per initial consultation with extreme-fee-charging specialists, 2023
    Psychiatry$671
    Endocrinology$372
    Cardiology$369
    Paediatrics$363
    Immunology$358
    Neurology$356
    Neonatal and perinatal medicine$312
    General medicine$292
    Cardio-thoracic surgery$233
    Oral and maxillofacial surgery$230
    Obstetrics and gynaecology$228
    Note: Extreme-fee specialists charge more than triple the Medicare schedule fee, on average. Source: Grattan Institute analysis of ABS (2024). See section 6.1 of ‘Special treatment’.

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • City Limits – new book exposes Australia’s great city divide and how to fix it

    The divide between where people live and work in Australian cities is growing, with most new jobs being created close to city centres while most population growth is occurring in the outer suburbs, according to a new book from the Grattan Institute.

    City Limits: why Australia’s cities are broken and how we can fix them shows that more than half the employment growth in our five largest cities is occurring less than 10 kilometres from the city centre.

    But a dysfunctional housing market means not enough homes are being built in these areas, forcing more than half of all population growth into suburbs more than 20 kilometres from the city centre.

    In large outer areas of Australia’s biggest cities, less than 10 per cent of all jobs in the city can be reached in a 45-minute drive.

    City Limits shows the costs of this divide include heavy traffic congestion, long commute times and a big drop for many city residents in the quality of family and social life.

    One in four full-time employees in Australia’s big cities spends more time commuting than with their children.

    The divide is also financial: the average full-time job located 20 kilometres or more from the centre of Australia’s five big cities pays $56,000 a year. Within 10 kilometres of city centres, the average full-time job pays $77,000 a year.

    City Limits argues that the failure of the Australian housing market is creating a divide between older homeowners and a younger generation that is either locked out of home ownership or pushed to the fringes of cities, far from jobs and good transport.

    Meanwhile a new army of renters – one in four households – are forced to live in some of the most insecure tenancy arrangements in the developed world.

    “Cities are the engines of our economy, producing nearly 80 per cent of national income, yet
    policy-makers must address failures in housing, tax and transport to ensure our economic and social future,” says City Limits co-author Jane-Frances Kelly.

    “We’re a nation of city dwellers. Our future prosperity depends on thriving cities offering good jobs and opportunities to everyone living in them.”

    City Limits: why Australia’s cities are broken and how we can fix them, by Jane-Frances Kelly and Paul Donegan, is published by Melbourne University Press (mup.com.au, RRP $32.99, March 2015).

    For further enquiries: Paul Donegan, City Limits co-author. 
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Fair pricing for Western Australia’s electricity

    More than half of consumers in and around Perth could pay $120 less a year for power – and some could pay $500 less – under a tariff scheme that better reflects the cost of delivering electricity, according to a new Grattan Institute report. The report analysed individual customer records to understand the impact of reform.

    Fair pricing for Western Australia’s electricity shows that new demand tariffs combined with targeted subsidies for low-income households could also reduce annual electricity bills for the most vulnerable consumers in remote areas by an average of $275 a year.

    The report finds that reforming network tariffs so that Western Australians’ power bills reflect the true cost of their electricity will lead to fairer prices immediately and cheaper electricity for all in the long run.

    At present customers pay to use the network based on their total electricity use over a given period. But the cost of the network is shaped by its use at peak times, usually in summer. Charging customers for their use at peak times – not total use – will reduce unfair cross-subsidies among customers and reduce future costs.

    Demand tariffs can provide price signals that encourage customers to use less power at peak times. “They are the best way to encourage people to use power more efficiently, and so reduce the need to build expensive infrastructure that is hardly ever used,” says Grattan Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    Getting the design right is crucial. Electricity pricing in WA faces particular challenges, including complex subsidies, and high costs to supply remote areas.

    Better designed network pricing can encourage consumers to adopt new and clean technologies, such as solar PV with batteries, further reducing costs.

    Yet reform is stalling because pricing changes create winners and losers, and can be hard for governments to explain.

    “A firm commitment to pricing reform must be combined with a clear explanation of the benefits,” Mr Wood says. “It might be politically difficult, but fairer and cheaper power prices will be worth it.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • The best Fathers’ Day present would be a boost to paid parental leave: new Grattan report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Paid parental leave should be substantially boosted for fathers and partners, to support men to be more engaged in the early years of their children’s lives, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Dad days: how more gender-equal parental leave would improve the lives of Australian families calls on the federal government to add up to six weeks to the current 20-week paid parental leave allowance.

    To encourage parents to share the leave, the allowance would include a 6-week ‘use it or lose it’ provision for each parent, plus 12 weeks to share between them as best suits their family.

    To encourage parents – and especially fathers – to actually take the leave, the government should offer an additional two weeks of bonus leave, which could be used by either parent if both parents take at least six weeks leave.

    In recognition of the extra financial and emotional challenges of solo parenting, the government should give single parents the full 26-week entitlement.

    Grattan Institute estimates the expanded scheme, with leave paid at the current rate of the minimum wage, could cost the government an extra $600 million a year.

    But it could also boost GDP by $900 million a year thanks to increased workforce participation by mothers, boosting the average mother’s lifetime earnings by $30,000.

    The international evidence also suggests benefits for fathers’ relationships and life satisfaction, and for child development from greater father engagement in the early years.

    ‘Boosting parental leave and making it more gender-equal would be good for dads, good for mums, good for the kids, and good for the country,’ says lead author and Grattan CEO Danielle Wood.

    ‘Governments around the world have cottoned-on to the enormous social and economic benefits of gender-equal paid parental leave. It’s time for Australia to catch up.’

    The report shows Australia currently has one of the least generous parental leave schemes in the developed world, especially for fathers.

    Australian women typically do two hours more unpaid work per day than men. And men do about two hours more paid work. This is one of the most gendered labour divides in the developed world – and surveys suggest neither women nor men are happy with it.

    Parenting habits formed in the first years of a child’s life tend to persist. For heterosexual couples, this means the mother’s role as dominant carer for a new baby is carried through the child’s first decade and beyond.

    Overseas evidence shows that policies that encourage greater sharing of unpaid care in the early years support greater father engagement in care through their child’s life. This gives mothers scope to participate more in paid work. Fathers with more time to `flex their parenting muscle’ tend to have better relationships with their partners and greater life satisfaction. And children with two involved parents – whether two mums, two dads, or one of each – benefit from the increased parental investment and the diversity of their interactions in their early years.

    ‘Here’s a policy that can shift culture and give fathers and partners the green-light to make the choices that work best for them and their families, Ms Wood says. ‘I can’t think of a better Fathers’ Day gift for Australian dads.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • A 12-year blueprint to reform teaching and boost student results

    A new career path for expert teachers could transform Australian schools and boost student learning by 18 months by the time they turn 15, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Top teachers: sharing expertise to improve teaching reveals that as the performance of Australian students is falling in international tests in reading, science and especially maths, we are failing to use our best teachers to improve teaching across all schools.

    A Grattan Institute survey of 700 teachers and principals, conducted for the report, shows that top teachers are often given ‘add-on’ coaching roles, with inadequate time, training, or support to do the job properly. And some teachers believe those promoted to instructional leadership roles are mates of the principal rather than the best people for the job.

    The report calls for two new roles for Australia’s top teachers, giving them dedicated ‘day jobs’ to improve teaching across all schools.

    ‘Master Teachers’ (the top 1 per cent of the profession) would have no formal classroom load but would be the overall pedagogical leaders in their subjects, working across a network of schools in their region. They would help identify teacher needs and coordinate training. They would guide ‘Instructional Specialists’ (limited to 8 per cent of the workforce), who would split their time between classroom teaching and instructional leadership. Instructional Specialists would work in their own schools to support and guide other teachers. 

    Both roles would focus on specific subjects such as maths, science, and English. By 2032 there would be more than 20,000 Instructional Specialists and 2,500 Master Teachers. Every teacher, in primary and secondary schools and in government, Catholic and independent schools, would benefit from more than onehour a week with Instructional Specialists in their subject area. The new roles would help to spread teaching practices that have been shown to work well, and to generate new research in high-priority areas where Australian teachers or students may be lagging. 

    The roles would be prestigious and well paid. Master Teachers would receive salaries of about $180,000 a year ($80,000 more than the highest standard pay rate for teachers), and Instructional Specialists up to $140,000.

    The new expert teacher career path would cost about $560 per government school student per year by 2032. Governments can afford it: our blueprint would cost less than the planned increases to government school funding through the Gonski 2.0 model, and it would be one of the best possible ways to use the extra money. Non-government schools have had significant funding increases over the past decade and should fund the new model through their existing resources. 

    ‘Australia’s schools must do better,’ says the report’s lead author, Grattan Institute’s Education Program Director, Dr Peter Goss.‘The Gonski 2.0 report recommended better career paths and better professional learning for teachers. Our Top teachers report shows how to do both in one go,’ says the report’s co-author, Grattan Education Fellow Julie Sonnemann.

    Read the report

    Further enquiries: Peter Goss, School Education Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Reform migration policy to lift Australians’ living standards: new Grattan Institute report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia should reset its temporary skilled migration program to lift Australians’ living standards, attract global talent, boost the budget, and reduce exploitation of workers.

    A new Grattan Institute report, Fixing temporary skilled migration: A better deal for Australia, shows that the present program is unpopular with the public, squanders many of the potential benefits of temporary skilled migration, and enables unscrupulous employers to exploit workers.

    ‘Australia has the worst of both worlds when it comes to temporary skilled migration policy,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Economic Policy Program Director Brendan Coates.

    ‘We need to redesign the program, to make it easier to sponsor the high-skilled migrants that Australia badly needs and ensure public support for migration is not undermined.’

    The key is to stop sponsoring low-skill, low-wage temporary skilled migrants, which would allow the program to be expanded for employers to sponsor more high-skill, high-wage temporary skilled migrants.

    Employers are limited to sponsoring workers in occupations classified as ‘in shortage’. But it is practically impossible for the federal government to identify skills shortages in a timely way. The current approach also opens the door for employers to sponsor many low-wage workers.

    Today, more than 50 per cent of sponsored workers earn less than the typical full-time Australian worker, up from 38 per cent in 2005.

    In future, temporary skilled migration should be restricted to higher-wage jobs. High-skilled migrants also bring more knowledge and ideas, and they pay more in taxes than they receive in public services and benefits.

    The report calls for a new ‘Temporary Skilled Worker’ visa to replace the existing Temporary Skill Shortage visa.

    Employers could use the Temporary Skilled Worker visa to sponsor workers in any occupation, provided the job paid more than $70,000 a year (substantially higher than the current threshold of $53,900) and the worker was paid at least as much as an Australian doing the same job.

    The report calculates that under the Grattan plan, the number of full-time jobs eligible for temporary sponsorship would rise, not fall – from 44 per cent to about 66 per cent.

    The new visa would grant a person the right to remain and work in Australia for up to four years. There would be no restriction on renewal, and there would be a clear pathway to permanent residency.

    The new visa should be made portable, so temporary skilled migrants could more easily switch sponsoring employers should they find a better job once in Australia. This would also enable migrants to flee unscrupulous employers.  

    The Government should crack down on bad-faith employers who mistreat their workers. The Department of Home Affairs should conduct more random audits, to ensure employers are paying sponsored workers what they were promised. 

    ‘In the lead-up to the 2022 federal election, both major parties should commit to this better-targeted, streamlined temporary skilled work visa,’ Mr Coates says.

    ‘It offers a better deal for all Australians.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • A new research organisation for Australian school education

    Australia should establish a national school education research organisation to investigate the most effective ways of teaching and spread the word across schools, states and sectors, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The Commonwealth’s role in improving schools calls for a national debate on how to boost the performance of Australian students.

    It says the new research body should be charged with lifting the standard of education research in Australia, creating a long-term research agenda for school education, and promoting key findings across the country.

    It could link-up all research on education for people from birth through to age 18, so policy makers and the community better understand the continuum of learning, from early childhood to school and vocational education.

    The Australian peak body could be modelled on successful overseas organisations such as the US Institute of Education Sciences. It should be independent of government but backed by the Commonwealth and the states.

    The report says that the Commonwealth-commissioned review on ways to achieve excellence in Australian schools (known as the ‘Gonski 2.0 Review’) should focus on reforms like this where the Commonwealth can make a genuine contribution.

    The danger is that the Gonski 2.0 Review is used as a platform for Commonwealth interventions into school education that sound good, but don’t actually help on the ground. Experience shows that well-meaning Commonwealth interventions into systems primarily run by the states and territories can end up just increasing red tape and destroying policy coherence.

    The ‘Gonski 2.0’ funding deal struck last year will deliver an extra $23 billion in Commonwealth funds to schools over the next ten years. But it needs to be kept in perspective: the extra money will be only 3 per cent of all government spending on schools over the decade. The states and territories still overwhelmingly fund and run schools.

    Key priorities for states and territories include supporting schools more so that teachers know what works in the classroom, and know how they can adapt their methods to better target their teaching to the needs of their students.

    “Because it doesn’t manage schools or school systems, Commonwealth intervention in school management is likely to be counter-productive,” says Julie Sonnemann, the report’s co-author and Grattan’s School Education Fellow.

    But the Commonwealth could help with a research body. “If Australia wants to achieve excellence in schools, we need more and better education research,” says Peter Goss, co-author and Grattan Institute School Education Program Director.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Pete Goss, School Education Program Director, Grattan Institute
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Grattan Institute appoints new CEO

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Aruna Sathanapally has been appointed CEO of Australia’s leading public policy think tank, Grattan Institute.

    Dr Sathanapally is currently Executive Director, Macroeconomy, at the NSW Treasury, where she previously led the Revenue division, the NSW Intergenerational Report, and health and justice reform. A former barrister, and management consultant with McKinsey & Company in London, she did her masters in law and doctorate at the University of Oxford as a Menzies Scholar and a John Monash Scholar.

    The Chairman of the Grattan Institute Board, Lindsay Maxsted, said: ‘We are delighted to be able to appoint someone of Aruna’s calibre, intellect, and standing.

    ‘The Board is confident that under Aruna’s leadership, Grattan will continue to build its position as a permanent institution in Australian public life, to the benefit of present and future generations.’

    Dr Sathanapally becomes the third CEO of Grattan, following the inaugural chief executive, John Daley (2009 to 2020), and Danielle Wood, who departed at the end of last year to become Chair of the Productivity Commission.

    Dr Sathanapally said: ‘Grattan Institute is Australia’s independent public policy powerhouse, so it’s an honour to take on this vital role.

    ‘I know from experience that Grattan has a well-earned and enviable reputation in government and beyond for intellectual rigour and innovative thinking.

    ‘Grattan’s Program Directors – Tony Wood in Energy, Peter Breadon (Health), Jordana Hunter (Education), Brendan Coates (Economic Policy), and Sam Bennett as head of the new Disability Program – are all recognised leaders and experts in their field.

    ‘I can’t wait to start working with them and the Institute’s highly motivated research staff, to identify and advocate for better public policy in the interests of all Australians.’

    Dr Sathanapally will start at Grattan in late February.

    For further information, please contact:

    Grattan Institute
    Phone: 03 9035 9881
    Email: media@grattan.edu.au

    What they say about Grattan Institute:

    ‘Winning in the business of ideas’
    The Australian Financial Review, 2023

    ‘The think tank that carries weight with the government’
    Paul Kelly, Editor-at-Large, The Australian, 2023

    ‘The country’s most influential think tank’
    AFR, 2023

    ‘The federal government’s go-to ideas factory’
    Tom Dusevic, National Chief Reporter, The Australian, 2023

    ‘Grattan Institute is Australia’s most recognised think tank, and its policy recommendations are regularly adopted by state and federal governments’
    AFR, 2023

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Time to fix Australia’s unaffordable capital gains tax and negative gearing policies

    Long overdue changes to negative gearing and capital gains tax would save the Commonwealth Government about $5.3 billion a year, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Hot property: negative gearing and capital gains tax reform shows that the interaction of a fifty per cent capital gains tax discount with negative gearing distorts investment decisions, makes housing markets more volatile and reduces home ownership.

    The two measures in combination allow investors to reduce and defer personal income tax, at an annual cost of $11.7 billion to the public purse. Other taxes, which often drag more on the economy than a capital gains tax does, must be higher as a result.

    And like most tax concessions, these tax breaks largely benefit the wealthy.

    The report recommends that the capital gains tax discount should be reduced from 50 to 25 per cent, and that negatively geared investors should no longer be allowed to deduct losses on their investments from labour income.

    A smaller discount would save about $3.7 billion a year, while the change to negative gearing would raise $2 billion a year in the short term, falling to $1.6 billionas losses start to be written off against positive investment income.

    The reforms would provide relief to the Budget in tough times and slightly improve housing affordability with little impact on how much people save, says Grattan CEO and report co-author John Daley.

    ‘We estimate property prices would be up to two per cent lower under these reforms than they would be otherwise,’ Mr Daley says.

    ‘Contrary to urban myth, rents won’t change much, nor will housing markets collapse. The effects on property prices would be small compared to factors such as interest rates and the supply of land.’

    The report recommends phasing in the reforms, to make them easier to sell and to prevent a rush of investors selling property before the changes come into force.

    While other proposals, such as restricting negative gearing to new properties or limiting the dollar value of deductions, would improve the current regime, they nevertheless leave too many problems in place and introduce unnecessary distortions.

    ‘These two sensible reforms won’t hurt private savings much but will save the government a lot of money,’ Mr Daley says.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Hospitals need a system to protect patients from treatments they should not get

    Far too many patients in some Australian hospitals get a treatment they should not receive, against all evidence that the treatment is unnecessary or does not work, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Questionable care: avoiding ineffective treatment identifies five treatments that should not be given to certain types of patients. Yet this happened to nearly 6000 people – or 16 people a day – in 2010-11.

    These treatments – which include treating osteoarthritis of the knee with an arthroscope, filling a backbone with cement to treat fractures and putting patients in a pressurised oxygen chamber when it will not improve their condition – can cause harm.

    Some patients who had the treatments developed infections during their hospital stay or could have avoided the stress, cost, inconvenience and risk of a hospital stay altogether.

    “These treatments happen in only a minority of hospitals, but some of those hospitals provide them at 10 or 20 times the average rate, at great cost to patients and the community,” says Grattan Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    “We need a system to let these outlier hospitals know where they stand so that they can improve their care.”

    More thorough use of data that governments already possess could identify many more treatments that should be performed rarely or never on many patients, the report finds.

    Questionable care sets out the reasons why clinicians sometimes choose inappropriate treatments. Evidence about treatments can be hard for clinicians to evaluate, access and use.

    There is little systematic monitoring of where these treatments happen, and there are rarely major negative consequences for providing ineffective care. In fact, hospitals and clinicians get income for doing so.

    “This report explains how and why some patients get ineffective care and what governments should do to ensure that far fewer people get the wrong treatment,” says Stephen Duckett.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director

    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Act now to give teachers more time for great teaching: Grattan

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Teachers in Australian schools don’t get enough time to prepare well for class, and student performance is suffering as a result, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Making time for great teaching: How better government policy can help finds that teacher workloads have blown out in recent decades and many teachers are now too stretched to do everything we ask of them.

    A Grattan Institute survey of 5,442 Australian teachers and school leaders, conducted for the report, found more than 90 per cent of teachers say they don’t have enough time to prepare effectively for classroom teaching – the core of their job.

    Teachers report feeling overwhelmed by everything they are expected to achieve. And worryingly, many school leaders feel powerless to help them.

    ‘Our survey results amount to a cry for help from the teachers of Australia,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Education Program Director Jordana Hunter.

    ‘If governments don’t hear this cry and act on it, they will be letting down our children.’

    The report calls on governments to pursue a three-pronged reform agenda.

    First, they should let teachers teach, by better matching teachers’ work to teachers’ expertise. Governments should find better ways to use the wider schools workforce, including support and specialist staff, to help teachers focus on effective teaching.

    Second, governments must help teachers to work smarter, by reducing unnecessary tasks, not only in administration but in core teaching work. Governments should reduce the need for teachers to ‘re-invent the wheel’ in curriculum and lesson planning.

    Third, governments need to rethink the way teachers’ work is organised. They should ensure industrial agreements give school leaders the local flexibility to strike a sensible balance between class sizes and teachers’ face-to-face teaching time. Governments should find ways to smooth out workloads over the school year by scheduling more time for teachers to work together on preparation activities in term breaks, so they can focus more on classroom teaching during term time.

    As a first step, the federal, state, and territory governments should spend $60 million on pilot studies of new ways to make more time for great teaching.

    ‘That’s a tiny fraction (less than 0.1 per cent) of the $65 billion Australian governments spent on schools each year, so it’s a small price to pay to improve the quality of our children’s education,’ Dr Hunter says.

    An accompanying Grattan report, Making time for great teaching: A guide for principals, also released today, identifies practical steps school leaders can take immediately to give their teachers more time.

    Principals should cancel unproductive meetings and reduce teachers’ extra-curricular and yard-duty responsibilities. They should lighten teachers’ lesson planning load by making sure teachers have shared, high-quality resources across subjects and year levels.

    ‘Principals don’t need to wait for governments to embark on new reforms – they can act now,’ Dr Hunter says.

    ‘But government action is essential. Our reports show that governments need to fundamentally rethink the way schools operate – for the sake of our children.’

    Read the main report

    Read the principals’ guide

    Read the teacher survey

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Reform primary care to improve health care for all Australians

    Primary care policy needs an overhaul to ensure all Australians — especially the poor and the elderly — get the best possible health care, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Mapping primary care in Australia shows many poorer Australians can’t afford to go to a GP when they need to or a dentist when they should, and people in rural and remote areas find it too hard to get to a pharmacist or medical specialist.

    Australians’ access to general practice varies according to their wealth. Two-thirds of patients are bulk-billed for all their visits to the GP, but the financial barriers for those who are not can be high. About 4 per cent of Australians say they delay seeing a GP because of the cost.

    Individuals or their private health insurer have to pay for the bulk of dental care. As a result, about one in five Australians do not get the recommended level of oral health care. Worse, people on low incomes who can’t afford to pay often wait for years to get public dental services.

    Access to allied health services such as physiotherapy and podiatry varies significantly according to where people live. People in the Northern Territory are about four times less likely to use Medicare-funded allied health services than Victorians.

    The report finds that the funding, organisation and management of primary care has not kept pace with changes to disease patterns, the economic pressure on health services, and technological advances.

    In particular, primary care services are not organised well enough to support integrated, comprehensive care for the 20 per cent of Australians who have complex and chronic conditions.

    Nor is primary care well organised to prevent or reduce the incidence of conditions such as type 2 diabetes and obesity.

    Governance and accountability are split between various levels of government and numerous separate agencies, making overall management of the system difficult. Neither the Commonwealth nor the states take the lead.

    The report calls for:

    • A comprehensive national primary care policy framework to improve prevention and patient care.
    • Formal agreements between the Commonwealth, the states and Primary Health Networks to improve management of the primary care system.
    • New funding, payment and organisational arrangements to provide better long-term care for the increasing number of older Australians who live with complex and chronic conditions, and to help keep populations healthy in the first place.

    “Primary care policy in Australia is under-done,” says Grattan Institute Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    “Australia has good-quality primary care by international standards, but it can be better. This report shows how.”

    Read the report 

    Further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Poor management of chronic disease costs more than $320 million a year

    Ineffective management of heart disease, asthma, diabetes and other chronic diseases costs the Australian health system more than $320 million each year in avoidable hospital admissions, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Chronic failure in primary care finds that at best our primary care system provides only half the recommended care for many chronic conditions. Only a quarter of the nearly one million Australians diagnosed with type 2 diabetes get the monitoring and treatment recommended for their condition.

    ‘Each year there are more than a quarter of a million admissions to hospital for health problems that potentially could have been prevented,’ says Grattan Health Program Fellow Hal Swerissen.

    ‘Yet each year the government spends at least $1 billion on planning, coordinating and reviewing chronic disease management and encouraging good practice in primary care.’

    Three quarters of Australians over the age of 65 have at least one chronic condition that puts them at risk of serious complications and premature death. Social and environmental changes are the best way to prevent these diseases. But Chronic failure in primary care shows that outcomes are much better where good quality primary care services are in place.

    ‘Our primary care system is not working anywhere near as well as it should because the way we pay for and organise services goes against what we know works,’ says Professor Swerissen.

    ‘The role of GPs is vital, but the focus must move away from fee-for-service payments for one-off visits.’

    A broader payment for integrated team care would help to focus care on patients and long-term outcomes. Primary Health Networks should be given more responsibility for coordinating local primary care services, and in regional areas, clear targets and well-designed incentives for disease prevention are vital.

    The evidence shows that a consistent approach to specific diseases also helps primary care more effectively prevent and manage chronic conditions. Simple reforms can reduce the burden on Australian hospitals, and make patients healthier for longer.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • For fairness and a stronger Budget, it is time to target super tax breaks

    Better targeting of superannuation contributions tax breaks could save the budget $3.9 billion a year, and a 15 per cent tax on the superannuation earnings of retirees could raise another $2.7 billion a year, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Super tax targeting finds that the current system of tax breaks for superannuation is expensive and unfair. Tax breaks should be targeted more tightly at their policy purpose, which is to encourage savings to supplement or replace the Age Pension.

    Tax concessions cost the budget more than $25 billion a year in foregone revenue, and most of the benefit goes to those who don’t need them, the report finds.

    “Our analysis shows that more than half the benefit of current superannuation tax breaks flows to the wealthiest 20 per cent of households who already have enough resources to fund their own retirement,” says Grattan Institute CEO John Daley.

    “In tight budgetary times, these costs are unsustainable and must be reined in.”

    Three reforms could better align tax breaks with the goals of superannuation.

    One, contributions from pre-tax income should be limited to $11,000 a year. Eighty per cent of contributions above this level come from people likely to retire with enough assets to be ineligible for an Age Pension even without such big super tax breaks.

    Two, lifetime contributions from post-tax income should be limited to $250,000.

    Three, earnings in retirement – currently untaxed – should be taxed at 15 per cent, the same as superannuation earnings before retirement. The wealthiest 10 per cent of retirees pay no tax on their average super earnings of $85,000 a year.

    The proposed reforms are fair. They would only apply to future contributions and earnings. Younger and low-income people would not have to pay so much in other taxes if super tax breaks for rich old men were wound back.

    “Previous repeated changes to superannuation have been too timid. A wide gap remains between the goals of the system and what it delivers,” Mr Daley says.

    “Decisive reform must target super tax breaks at those who need them most.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • What this federal election should be about: brave policy in the public interest

    Australia faces many domestic policy challenges as it enters the last weeks of an election campaign. Yet a government that is prepared to forcefully articulate the public interest could stare down interest groups and win public support for a brave and powerful reform agenda, according to Grattan Institute CEO John Daley.

    Launching Orange Book 2016: priorities for the next Commonwealth Government, Mr Daley says that Australia’s political system is not dealing well with the country’s problems.

    ‘Our politicians are creating expectations that far exceed what government can ever do, while often failing to act on the things they can control,’ Mr Daley says.

    ‘The result is an often barren debate and a dull campaign, yet surveys show the public accepts the need for reform, and is ready to slay sacred cows such as negative gearing.’

    The failure of reform nerve over the past fifteen years should not obscure the fact that reform could make a big difference.

    Surveying seven years of Grattan Institute reports in health, school and higher education, energy, cities, transport, tax and other policy areas, Orange Book 2016 identifies numerous reforms to increase economic growth. They include:

    • Tax reforms to increase efficiency;
    • Transport spending based on clear need, not marginal seat pork-barrelling;
    • Road charging to reduce congestion and connect user demand with public spending;
    • Strengthening existing policies to create a stable long-term climate change policy;
    • Energy market reforms to align pricing with costs; and
    • Redirecting school education funding to lift student progress through more focus on targeted teaching and improving teacher feedback, among other reforms.

    The Commonwealth also needs to improve the quality and reduce the cost of public services. Pricing reforms to pathology and pharmacy, and reducing the number of inappropriate procedures, would save money. Funding should be redirected to promote more integrated care, and support more people to live at home near the end of life.

    Budget repair is a major priority. Commonwealth budgets have not come close to balancing for eight years, and younger generations will be taxed significantly more to pay for today’s spending. Both spending reductions and targeted tax increases are needed.

    ‘Australia has a proud history of enlightened public policy. It can continue to be the lucky country. But we must make our own luck,’ Mr Daley says.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Boost GPs’ patient vaccination rates to save lives

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Some GPs have much lower vaccination rates among their adult patients than other GPs in the same area. The government should step in to boost the protection of vulnerable Australians.

    A new Grattan Institute report reveals that only about 40 per cent of the older patients of some GPs are vaccinated for flu, but for other GPs the rate is about 90 per cent.

    For shingles, the gap is even bigger: from only about 22 per cent up to about 85 per cent.

    For COVID, the bottom 5 per cent of GPs – about 1,600 GPs – have only 16 per cent of their patients aged 65 and older up to date with their vaccinations. That is less than a third of the average GP COVID vaccination rate across Australia of 51 per cent.

    The report, Patchy protection: How to boost GPs’ patient vaccination rates, finds that even within neighbourhoods, GP patient vaccination rates vary enormously.

    In Bankstown in south-western Sydney, there is a seven-fold difference in COVID vaccination rates and an 18-fold difference for pneumococcal vaccination.

    In Wyndham on the western outskirts of Melbourne, there is a three-fold difference in COVID rates and a 10-fold difference in pneumococcal rates.

    On the northern Gold Coast, the bottom quarter of GPs have only 27 per cent of their older patients up to date with their COVID vaccinations, whereas for the top quarter of GPs it’s 59 per cent.

    GPs’ patient vaccination rates in a sample of areas across Australia

    Average patient vaccination rates by GPs (among eligible patients)

    StateAreaVaccineQuarter of GPs with the  lowest ratesQuarter of GPs with the highest rates
    NSWFairfieldFlu29%73%
    NSWFairfieldCOVID2%38%
    NSWFairfieldShingles14%62%
    NSWFairfieldPneumococcal4%44%
    NSWRichmond Valley – CoastalFlu47%79%
    NSWRichmond Valley – CoastalCOVID33%63%
    NSWRichmond Valley – CoastalShingles38%77%
    NSWRichmond Valley – CoastalPneumococcal9%61%
    VicWhittlesea – WallanFlu45%78%
    VicWhittlesea – WallanCOVID11%55%
    VicWhittlesea – WallanShingles17%66%
    VicWhittlesea – WallanPneumococcal5%57%
    VicWodonga – AlpineFlu64%81%
    VicWodonga – AlpineCOVID45%64%
    VicWodonga – AlpineShingles44%73%
    VicWodonga – AlpinePneumococcal9%70%
    QldGold Coast – NorthFlu54%82%
    QldGold Coast – NorthCOVID27%59%
    QldGold Coast – NorthShingles47%76%
    QldGold Coast – NorthPneumococcal15%61%
    SACharles SturtFlu52%82%
    SACharles SturtCOVID24%61%
    SACharles SturtShingles32%72%
    SACharles SturtPneumococcal15%68%
    WAStirlingFlu57%84%
    WAStirlingCOVID25%64%
    WAStirlingShingles41%74%
    WAStirlingPneumococcal19%63%
    TasHobart – North EastFlu71%90%
    TasHobart – North EastCOVID58%83%
    TasHobart – North EastShingles40%79%
    TasHobart – North EastPneumococcal29%76%
    NTDarwin SuburbsFlu53%80%
    NTDarwin SuburbsCOVID26%55%
    ACTBelconnenFlu61%89%
    ACTBelconnenCOVID50%80%
    ACTBelconnenShingles50%85%
    ACTBelconnenPneumococcal14%78%
    Note: Areas are Statistical Areas Level 3 (SA3s), which generally have a population of 30,000 to 130,000 people.
    Source: Grattan Institute analysis of ABS PLIDA (2024).

    GPs with lower vaccination rates typically have more patients who are disadvantaged and struggle with English, but they get less funding because they charge their patients lower fees.

    ‘The government needs to level the playing field, giving much more support to GPs whose patients face higher barriers to vaccination,’ says Grattan Institute Health Program Director and report lead author Peter Breadon.

    The report calls for a three-pronged national strategy to help GPs do better:

    • The federal government should overhaul the way general practice is funded, to provide more money to GPs in poorer areas with more disadvantaged patients. This would enable those GPs to spend more time with patients to explain and promote vaccination.
    • The 31 Primary Health Networks around Australia should give GPs better data, so GPs can easily see how their vaccination rates compare to other clinics in their area that have similar patients.
    • And Primary Health Networks should give GPs with low vaccination rates the extra help they need. That might include new nursing staff to vaccinate patients, extra training, running vaccination drives in GP clinics, or helping patients book a jab at their pharmacy.

    ‘Australia urgently needs to lift its vaccination game,’ Mr Breadon says.

    ‘Our report shows that the system is failing to give every Australian good access to potentially life-saving preventive healthcare.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • A loan fee for all tertiary students who borrow would make HELP fairer and stronger

    A 15 per cent fee on all new tertiary education loans could save the Commonwealth $700 million a year and make the Higher Education Loan Program more affordable for government, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Shared interest: a universal loan fee for HELP argues that the fee would offset the government’s interest costs, while being fair to all students and preserving the loan program’s social goals.

    Interest subsidies are the difference between the interest rate the government charges students – CPI – and the cost of government borrowing on the commercial market.

    HELP’s potential interest costs are masked by current low interest rates. Interest costs would increase substantially if real interest rates returned to their average level over the last ten years.

    Grattan Institute Higher Education Program Director Andrew Norton said that since its introduction in 1989, HELP has greatly expanded access to tertiary education.

    But he warned that with $52 billion of HELP debt outstanding the government has to find ways to control its costs.

    A 15 per cent universal loan fee would replace the existing fees – of 25 and 20 per cent respectively – paid by full-fee undergraduate and vocational education students. Postgraduate and government-supported students currently pay no loan fee. Charging some students high loan fees and other students no loan fees is unfair and has no policy rationale.

    As now, there would be no upfront charges with a universal loan fee. The loan fee would be added to the student’s total debt. The fee would only affect graduates at the end of their repayment periods when their incomes are generally higher.

    And because of HELP’s income contingent repayment system, students and graduates on low incomes would not have to repay their loan fee.

    But loan fees would encourage students who can afford to pay upfront to do so.

    “Loan fees are both fair and necessary. Without change, HELP’s costs will escalate, risking damaging cuts to other education programs,” Mr Norton said.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Andrew Norton, Higher Education Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • How to ensure a fair go for young Australians

    Today’s young Australians are in danger of being the first generation in memory to have lower living standards than their parents’ generation, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Generation gap: ensuring a fair go for younger Australians shows that older Australians today spend more and have higher incomes and greater wealth than older Australians three decades ago.

    But living standards have improved far less for younger Australians.

    The wealth of households headed by someone under 35 has barely moved since 2004.

    Poorer young Australians have less wealth than their predecessors and are far less likely to own a home. In contrast, older households’ wealth has grown by more than 50 per cent over the same period because of the housing boom and growth in superannuation assets.

    It’s a myth that young people’s spending habits and lifestyles are to blame for their stagnating wealth. ‘This is not a problem caused by avocado brunches or too many lattes,’ says the report’s lead author, Grattan’s Budget Policy Program Director Danielle Wood.

    In fact, younger people are spending less on non-essential items such as alcohol, clothing, and personal care, and more on necessities such as housing, than three decades ago.

    Economic pressures on the young have been exacerbated by recent wage stagnation and rising under-employment. Older households are better cushioned from low wage growth because they are more likely to have other sources of income.

    ‘If low wage growth and fewer working hours is the new normal in Australia, then we could have a generation emerge from young adulthood with lower incomes than the one before it at the same age,’ Ms Wood says. ‘This has already happened in the US and the UK.’

    Young Australians will also bear the brunt of growing pressures on government budgets.

    Because the population is ageing, governments will have to spend more on health, aged care, and pensions. But there will be fewer working-age people for every retired person to pay for it. The number of 15-64 year-old Australians for every person aged 65 or older fell from 7.4 in the mid-1970s to 4.4 in 2014-15 and is projected to fall further to 3.2 in 2054-55.

    Governments have supercharged these demographic pressures by introducing generous tax concessions for older people.

    The share of households over 65 paying tax has halved over the past two decades. And older households pay substantially less tax on the same income as younger households.

    ‘Working-age Australians are underwriting the living standards of older Australians to a much greater extent than the Baby Boomers did for their forebears, straining the “generational bargain” to breaking point,’ Ms Wood says.

    Inheritances are not a magic bullet for young people: they tend to come later in life and are much more likely to go to people who are already wealthy. 

    Policy changes are required. Policies to boost economic growth – such as tax reform, better education and smarter infrastructure spending – are wins for all, but especially for the young. Changes to planning rules to encourage higher-density living in established city suburbs would make housing more affordable. And a fair go for younger people means winding back age-based tax breaks for ‘comfortably off’ older Australians.

    ‘Just as policy changes have contributed to pressures on young people, they can help redress them,’ Ms Wood says.‘The time for action is now: none of us wants the legacy of a generation left behind.’

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Danielle Wood, Budget Policy & Institutional Reform Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • How to make sure Australia has enough electricity in the future

    Australia should start work immediately on a new way to ensure reliable electricity supplies, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Next Generation: the long-term future of the National Electricity Market calls for preparatory work on a ‘capacity mechanism’ to encourage investment in new electricity generation and reduce the threat of shortages and blackouts.

    The report warns, however, that the costs of such peace of mind would ultimately fall on consumers through higher electricity prices. So a capacity mechanism should be introduced only if all other market reforms have been exhausted and supply is still under threat.

    Through a capacity mechanism, generators would be paid not only for the electricity they produce to meet current demand, but for committing to provide power for years into the future. The market operator or retailers could contract for sufficient electricity to meet future demand, to ensure new generation and storage is built in time.

    “Australians have endured a decade of toxic political debates about climate change policy, South Australians suffered a state-wide blackout last year, consumers across the country are screaming about skyrocketing electricity bills, and energy companies are shutting down big coal-fired power stations,” says Grattan Institute Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    “It is understandable that governments feel the need to ‘do something’. But the danger is they will rush in and make things worse. What Australia needs now is perspective, not panic.”

    The Australian Energy Market Operator (AEMO) last week called for a ‘longer-term approach’ to ensure electricity supplies. The Grattan report identifies a capacity obligation on retailers as the most effective and lowest-cost approach.

    The report calls for a three-step policy. First, the Federal Government should implement all recommendations of the June 2017 Finkel Review, including a Clean Energy Target or a similar mechanism to price greenhouse gas emissions.

    Second, alongside the Australian Energy Market Commission’s work on the market’s reliability framework, AEMO’s annual assessment of future supply and demand should be extended to include a more comprehensive assessment of the future adequacy of generation supply.

    And third, if the newly created Energy Security Board concludes that projected shortfalls are unlikely to be met under the current market design, AEMO should introduce a capacity mechanism.

    “This pragmatic, planned approach offers the best prospect of affordable, reliable, secure and sustainable power for Australians,” Tony Wood says.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Mega transport projects mean mega cost blowouts: new Grattan report

    Australian governments are committing to a record number of ‘mega’ transport projects, and that exposes taxpayers to mega risks of cost blowouts, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The rise of megaprojects: counting the costs finds that 10 years ago there was just one transport infrastructure project in Australia worth more than $5 billion. Today there are nine, and costs have already blown out by $24 billion on just six of them.

    Inland Rail from Melbourne to Brisbane was costed at $4.4 billion in 2010; it’s now estimated to cost $9.9 billion. Melbourne’s North East Link was costed at $6 billion in 2008; it’s now expected to cost $15.8 billion. The Sydney Metro City & Southwest was costed at $11 billion in 2015; this year the NSW Government announced the latest cost estimate is $15.5 billion.

    Even before the megaprojects era, cost overruns were a megaproblem. Over the past two decades, Australian governments spent $34 billion more on transport infrastructure than they first told us they would. Analysis of all projects valued at $20 million or more and built in the past 20 years shows that the actual costs exceeded the promised costs by 21 per cent.

    Big projects are particularly risky. More than one third of overruns since 2001 came from just seven big projects.

    Projects announced before governments are prepared to formally commit are also particularly risky. About one third of projects are announced prematurely; they account for more than three quarters of the cost overruns.

    Australian governments are now fast-tracking transport projects in the quest for an infrastructure-led recovery from the COVID-19 recession. But spending big on transport projects conceived before COVID makes little sense, because the pandemic has pushed population growth over a cliff, and fewer people will commute in future as working from home becomes part of ‘COVID normal’.

    ‘The danger is that governments are rushing to waste our money on what may turn out to be a herd of white elephants,’ says the report’s lead author, Grattan Institute Transport and Cities Program Director Marion Terrill.

    Even before the pandemic, the Prime Minister, federal Treasurer, and state infrastructure ministers were worried that there weren’t enough workers, materials, and machinery for the massive construction workload. When there are already bottlenecks, racing to build projects dreamt up before the pandemic just pushes up prices.

    ‘Taxpayers would get bigger bang for their buck if politicians steered clear of what they like to call “nation building” and “city shaping” mega projects, and instead spent more on upgrading existing infrastructure and on social infrastructure such as aged care and mental health care,’ Ms Terrill says.

    The pandemic should prompt governments to rethink major projects that have been promised or are under construction, particularly those announced without a business case. The report recommends governments continuously disclose to Parliament material changes to expected costs and benefits, as listed companies are required to disclose to the stock exchange. And to avoid ending up here again in future, governments should collect data on and learn lessons from past projects.

    ‘The key lesson is that megaprojects should be a last, not a first resort,’ Ms Terrill says.

    For further enquiries:

    Marion Terrill, Transport & Cities Program Director
    T. 03 9035 9881 E. marion.terrill@grattan.edu.au

  • How infrastructure spending is hurting State budgets

    Unprecedented infrastructure spending by states and territories is largely responsible for a $106 billion decline in their finances since 2006, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    The 2014 edition of Budget pressures on Australian governments finds that claims of a “massive infrastructure gap” are not borne out by analysis of state and territory budgets.

    Instead, states and territories have spent more on infrastructure – mainly road and rail projects — in each of the past five years than in any comparable year since the Australian Bureau of Statistics first measured infrastructure spending in the 1980s.

    Capital spending in real terms in 2013-14 is four times higher than it was in 2002-03, even after excluding stimulus projects in response to the global financial crisis.

    Prime Minister Tony Abbott has pledged to use the May Budget to boost infrastructure funding, but Grattan Institute CEO John Daley says that runaway state contributions to infrastructure spending are already hurting state and territory budgets.

    The report shows that state and territory borrowing for capital expenditure over the last seven years drove their finances backwards from $37 billion in the black in 2006 to $69 billion in debt in 2013.

    “States and territories are spending 3 per cent more of their budgets on interest and depreciation for past infrastructure. This really hurts state and territory budgets already under strain from extra health spending.”

    “States and territories can only afford to continue their current contributions to infrastructure spending if they post substantial recurrent surpluses to pay for new capital works.”

    Budgeting for big surpluses will be difficult. The report finds that on current trends Australian government budgets risk deficits of about 4.5 per cent of GDP within 10 years.

    “Closing that gap requires savings and tax increases of $70 billion a year,” Mr Daley said.

    “Governments have to make tough choices, such as increasing the pension age, and targeting Age Pensions and superannuation tax concessions more tightly. We will be far better off if they make these decisions sooner rather than later. Leaving the problem to future taxpayers is deeply unfair.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, Chief Executive Officer

    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Act now or we have little chance of hitting net zero by 2050: new Grattan report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia needs to act now to lift its rate of carbon emissions reduction, or it has little chance of reaching net zero by 2050, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Towards net zero: A practical plan for Australia’s governments finds that getting to net zero could be the biggest economic transformation Australia has seen outside of wartime.

    The task cannot be achieved by governments alone – it will require industries, markets, policies, and technologies working together. Much of the technology and many of the tools needed are available now.

    Tackling climate change will bring costs and benefits for Australia. In some sectors the benefits of lower-emissions technologies will outweigh the costs of the transition. In others, big financial costs will remain even after our best cost-reduction efforts.

    Some Australian exports, such as iron ore and other minerals, will be resilient. Others, such as coal and liquified natural gas, will need to be replaced.

    ‘Getting to net zero by 2050 will be hard, but there is more to be gained than lost as Australia’s economy transforms,’ says the report’s lead author, Grattan Institute Energy and Climate Change Policy Director Tony Wood.

    ‘If we start now and play smart, we can use our vast resources of minerals and renewable energy to more than replace the export revenues – and jobs – that we currently get from fossil fuels.’

    This is the last of five reports Grattan Institute has published in the lead-up to this week’s ‘COP26’ international climate conference in Glasgow, showing how Australia can build momentum in the transport, industrial, agriculture, and electricity sectors towards net zero.

    The reports recommend sector-specific policies including a cap on vehicle emissions; bigger roles for the Emissions Reduction Fund, the Safeguard Mechanism, and energy efficiency obligations; giving priority to R&D into emissions-reducing technologies and their supply chains; more investment in the electricity grid; and better integration of state renewable electricity schemes.

    All these should be underpinned by good governance, independent reviews, and a commitment to markets, including for robust, high-integrity offsetting credits for residual emissions.

    ‘The scale and structure of the policies implemented today will determine the cost of this historic transformation. Capitalising on Australia’s advantages will deliver the opportunities,’ Mr Wood says.

    ‘Action today is crucial to create momentum and to avoid locking in emissions for decades to come.

    ‘The Federal Government has finally set the objective. Our Towards net zero report series identifies the practical, no-regrets policies that can head Australia in the right direction.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • How wasting money on overpriced drugs costs taxpayers $320 million a year

    Poor implementation of a policy to get better value for PBS spending is costing government $320 million a year and raising questions about pharmaceutical industry involvement in drug pricing, a new Grattan Institute report has found.

    Premium policy? Getting better value from the PBS shows that the therapeutic group premium policy, introduced in 1998 to stop the government wasting money on over-priced drugs, has been so watered down that it is broken, and taxpayers are paying for the failure.

    The policy applies only to a small number of interchangeable drugs that are equally effective and safe for most people. The government puts these drugs into therapeutic groups. In each group the government pays the price of the cheapest drug. Drug companies can accept that price, or pass on the extra cost to patients.

    The policy is a good way to get value for PBS spending, but the removal of drugs from therapeutic groups and the way prices are compared means that it rarely has much impact.

    The way the policy operates was devised with the close involvement of Medicines Australia, the pharmaceutical manufacturer lobby group.

    A joint working group drawn from the Health Department and Medicines Australia established the rules for calculating price gaps after dumping the recommendations of an independent review.

    “Seeking the advice of drug company lobbyists gave the foxes a big say in the design of the hen house,” says Grattan’s Health Program Director, Stephen Duckett.

    As a result Australia has only four therapeutic groups and just two drugs within them are subject to a small premium. Germany, by contrast, has 30 equivalent groups and in the Netherlands nearly every drug is in a group.

    The failure of the policy is a further reason why Australia should establish an independent drug purchasing agency, like New Zealand’s PHARMAC, to negotiate better drug prices and administer the therapeutic group premium policy, says Dr Duckett.

    “Fixing this policy and keeping vested interests out of policy making would save millions of dollars for both government and patients,” he says.

    “Unlike many health spending decisions, this choice is easy. It’s time the government made it.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Stephen Duckett, Health Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Commonwealth Orange Book 2019: a policy manifesto for a better Australia

    The winner of the May 18 federal election should defy the national mood of reform fatigue and stare down special interests to pursue a targeted policy agenda to improve the lives of Australians, according to a new book from the Grattan Institute.

    Commonwealth Orange Book 2019: priorities for the next government rates Australia’s performance against similar countries and proposes policy reforms to schools and universities, hospitals and housing, roads and railways, cities and regions, budgets and taxes, retirement incomes and climate change.

    It includes Grattan Institute’s new ‘International Scorecard’, which shows Australians live longer than most other people, and public debt is relatively low. But our electricity supply is more polluting, less reliable and more expensive than in comparable countries; we lag behind other developed economies on school results; and housing costs and homelessness are relatively high.

    Lead author and Grattan CEO John Daley says the challenge for the next government, of whatever political colour, is to revive Australia’s proud tradition of enlightened public policy.

    “The next government needs to choose to do less, but deliver more,” he says. “We can continue to be the lucky country, but we must make our own luck.”

    Drawing on 10 years of Grattan research and reports, the Orange Book finds Australians’ living standards have stagnated, the pace of economic reform has slowed, people are increasingly anxious about their financial prospects – and our political system is not dealing well with these challenges.

    On health, the Orange Book calls for a universal dental care scheme, so all Australians can go to the dentist when they need to; a boost to primary care, with new reforms to Primary Health Networks and GP payments; and a comprehensive review of the private health sector, including private health insurance.

    On housing, the book recommends that the Commonwealth provide incentives to states to loosen planning laws so that higher density is permitted in the established middle suburbs of our capital cities; a 40 per cent increase in the maximum rate of Commonwealth Rent Assistance; and funding for additional social housing tightly targeted towards Australians at high risk of homelessness.

    On retirement incomes, it urges the next government to abandon the current plan to increase compulsory superannuation payments from 9.5 per cent to 12 per cent, which would force workers to accept lower living standards today even though they are already likely to enjoy living standards in retirement comparable to living standards while working. It advocates changes to the Age Pension assets test that would loosen the assets test taper but include more of the value of owner-occupied housing. And it backs proposals to select “best in show” funds for default superannuation, to drive down costs and improve returns.

    Major tax reform is needed to support economic development. The book recommends reducing income tax and modifying welfare tapers and childcare benefits to remove barriers and increase incentives for second income earners (usually women) to participate in the workforce. It also advocates an accelerated depreciation scheme for new investment by companies. To pay for these changes (and avoid other tax increases), the next government should cut the capital gains tax discount from 50 per cent to 25 per cent; wind back negative gearing; tighten superannuation tax concessions; and broaden or increase the GST. To increase workforce participation of older Australians, the government should ask the Productivity Commission to investigate the costs and benefits of raising the pension age to 70.

    On energy, the book urges the incoming government to develop a clear, credible policy to tackle climate change. Our political leaders must be honest with voters: Australia needs to move to a low-emissions economy, and that transition will cost money. A raft of reforms to electricity generation, distribution and retailing are also required to push down energy costs.

    On transport, the book calls for a more disciplined approach to assessing, selecting and reviewing major projects, to put brakes on spending billions of dollars in the wrong places for the wrong (often politically motivated) reasons.

    On school education, it suggests that the government needs to finish off school funding reforms, and set up a national evidence institute, while strengthening incentives for universities to improve initial teacher education.

    On higher education, it recommends a return to demand-driven funding of universities. Reforms to the HELP loan scheme are needed to help fund this change, and potential increases in funding for vocational education. The government should encourage more students into vocational education, although better funding arrangements for vocational education need careful thought and negotiations with the states.

    On budgets, it suggests enshrining fiscal targets in legislation, giving the Parliamentary Budget Office responsibility for macroeconomic forecasts that underpin the budget and publishing an Intergenerational Report that includes long-term projections of both Commonwealth and state government revenues and spending.

    The Orange Book identifies a crisis of trust in politics in Australia, with a growing sense that people in government look after their own interests and can’t be ‘trusted to do the right thing’. It calls for institutional changes to help restore faith in our democracy, including introducing a strong integrity commission, capping expenditure on political advertising during election campaigns, and new rules to ensure voters know who is donating to the political parties and who is lobbying our political leaders.

    The book urges a reversal of the recent trend toward government intervention in electricity generation; an end to government programs designed to artificially divert population from the cities to the regions; and an end to government giveaways which supposedly help first homebuyers but which actually mostly benefit property investors and real estate agents.

    “These are evidence-based policy recommendations designed to serve the interests of all Australians rather than sectional interests,” Mr Daley says.

    “Our next government should seize the opportunity to forge a happier, healthier and more prosperous Australia. We can do better. The Orange Book shows how.”

    Read the report

    For further inquires:

    On the Orange Book in general and priorities for
    the next Commonwealth Government: John Daley
    On Economic Development: John Daley
    On Regional Development: John Daley
    On Housing: Brendan Coates
    On Retirement Incomes: Brendan Coates
    On Budget: Danielle Wood
    On Integrity Reforms: Danielle Wood
    On Transport: Marion Terrill
    On Energy: Tony Wood
    On Health: Stephen Duckett
    On School Education: Peter Goss
    On Higher Education: Andrew Norton

    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Millions of older Australians are at risk. We need a vaccination policy reset

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Vaccination rates have plummeted since the height of the pandemic, and Australia urgently needs a policy reset to save lives and take pressure off hospitals, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The report, A fair shot: How to close the vaccination gap, shows that millions of older Australians at high risk of serious illness are not getting vaccinated against COVID, flu, shingles, and pneumococcal disease.

    COVID vaccination rates have plunged. In December 2021, more than 90 per cent of high-risk adults had been vaccinated for COVID in the previous six months. Today, it is just 27 per cent.

    ‘The consequences are deadly,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Health Program Director Peter Breadon.

    ‘COVID is still with us, and it’s still causing more deaths and putting more people in hospital than the flu.’

    But it’s not just COVID. Uptake of other adult vaccines is also far too low. Less than half of Australians in their 70s are vaccinated for shingles. Only one in five are vaccinated for pneumococcal disease.   

    And the problem is worse for older people from some regions, suburbs, and cultural backgrounds.

    If you don’t speak English at home, you are only half as likely to get recommended COVID vaccinations as the average Australian. If you are Indigenous, you are a third less likely. Many people in rural and remote areas are not getting vaccinated.

    The report calls for a new National Vaccination Agreement between the federal government and the states, to set ambitious targets and forge a plan to drive up vaccination.

    There should be regular vaccination ‘surges’, when people at high risk of severe disease could get vaccinated even if they’d had a recent infection or vaccination.

    The surges should be backed by government advertising campaigns, and every Australian at high risk of serious illness should be sent an SMS reminder to get vaccinated.

    Pharmacists and GPs should get more help to reach more people, including cultural groups that are missing out, and people living in aged care homes.

    Aboriginal health organisations should get more money to boost vaccination rates among Indigenous people.

    And pandemic programs to reach communities with the lowest vaccination rates – including homeless people and some cultural groups – should be sustained and strengthened.

    ‘Hundreds and sometimes thousands of Australians are killed every year by vaccine-preventable diseases, and tens of thousands more need hospital treatment for severe and distressing symptoms,’ Mr Breadon says.

    ‘This report shows how we can make it easier for everyone to get a jab – especially the people who need it most.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Declare war on hidden salt to save lives

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Eating less salt could see Australians collectively living an extra 36,000 healthy years in the next two decades, a new Grattan Institute report finds. Each year, it would prevent more than 300 deaths while saving money, freeing upour health spending equivalent to 6000 hospital visits. 

    The report, Sneaky salt: How Australia can shake its salt habit, shows that Australians have a killer diet. We eat too much unhealthy food and too little healthy food.

    Diseases caused, or made worse, by an unhealthy diet now cost $10 billion a year in healthcare and are a leading cause of death.

    The average Australian eats far too much salt – almost double the recommended maximum.

    That raises our blood pressure and can cause cancer. It condemns thousands of Australians to living with hypertension, heart disease, and the consequences of stroke.

    Each year, more than 2,500 Australians die from illnesses caused by high salt intake.

    ‘It’s time Australia got serious about salt,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Health Program Director Peter Breadon.

    Three-quarters of the salt in our diets is added during food manufacturing, so that’s what governments should target.

    Australia has had voluntary limits on how much salt manufacturers can add to foods such as bread and sausages since 2009, but the limits are badly designed, poorly implemented, and have failed. They have had virtually no impact on how much salt Australians eat.

    The report calls on the federal and state governments to:

    • Double the number of food types covered by salt limits.
    • Make some limits mandatory, because there has been no progress in reducing salt intake under Australia’s entirely voluntary scheme.
    • Measure the salt content of foods sold in bakeries and fast-food restaurants, to pave the way for salt limits there.
    • Investigate the feasibility of requiring enrichment of salt with potassium, starting with bread and table salt, because potassium enrichment can make salt much healthier without changing its taste.
    • Require government schools to use potassium-enriched salt instead of regular salt.

    ‘We are what we eat, and it’s making us sicker,’ says Mr Breadon.

    ‘If we don’t improve our diets, we won’t improve our health.

    ‘Our report shows how we can improve our diets and our health quickly and cheaply – and we won’t even notice any change in the taste of our food.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • The COVID recession hit women hardest: new Grattan report

    The COVID recession hit women much harder than men, and will compound women’s lifetime economic disadvantage, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Women’s work: the impact of the COVID recession on Australian women shows that women copped a triple-whammy:

    • they lost more jobs than men – almost 8 per cent at the peak of the crisis, compared to 4 per cent for men;
    • they shouldered more of the increase in unpaid work – including supervising children learning remotely – taking on an extra hour each day more than men, on top of their existing heavier load; and
    • they were less likely to get government support – JobKeeper excluded short-term casuals, who in the hardest-hit industries are mostly women.

    The faster-than-expected economic recovery and school re-openings have helped improve the outlook for women, but unemployment and underemployment remain too high, especially for vulnerable groups such as single parents, who are mostly women.

    Women who became unemployed or left work in the recession face longer-term impacts on their wages and career progression because the COVID hit compounds the effects of other career breaks. Six months out of work can add another $100,000 to the average $2 million lifetime earnings gap between men and women with children in Australia.

    Released to coincide with International Women’s Day, the report urges governments to inject more money into services sectors, childcare, and aged care, and to rewrite the ‘rescue and recovery’ playbook before the next economic crisis.

    ‘Many Australians – particularly women – suffered more than they needed to in the COVID recession because elements of the government response were inadequate or ill-directed,’ Grattan CEO and lead author Danielle Wood says.

    ‘Policy makers seemed oblivious to the fact that this recession was different to previous crises – women now make up almost half the workforce, and they are overwhelmingly employed in the industries that were hit hardest by the government-imposed lockdowns, such as hospitality, tourism, and higher education.’

    Between February and May last year, the construction sector lost less than 5 per cent of its work hours but got more than $35 billion of government assistance, whereas the hospitality sector lost more than 47 per cent of its work hours but got only about $1.3 billion of direct government assistance.

    The report calls on governments to ensure that any further stimulus goes well beyond the construction sector and includes at least temporary expansions of social programs and services. The Federal Government should also make a longer-term investment in childcare to support women’s workforce participation and the economic recovery.

    ‘We can “build back better” after this crisis, but only if governments learn the lessons from the COVID recession,’ Ms Wood says. ‘Australia needs a new recession playbook, so women aren’t overlooked or forced to fall further behind.’

    For further enquiries: Danielle Wood, CEO
    M. 0405 510 763
    E. danielle.wood@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia needs more policy focus on offsetting carbon emissions: new Grattan report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Offsetting carbon emissions will be an essential part of Australia’s quest for net zero but must not become an excuse to delay cutting emissions, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Towards net zero: Practical policies to offset carbon emissions shows that offsetting can be part of a low-cost climate change policy.

    Offsetting is also controversial: some see it as an excuse to delay reductions, others identify problems with environmental integrity, and there is much uncertainty about its real potential.

    But none of this changes the reality: in pursuit of net zero, offsetting will be required because there will be emissions we cannot eliminate, and some where we will not be willing to pay the price to do so.

    The only option to deal with these emissions is to deliberately remove carbon dioxide from the atmosphere to offset them.

    ‘Net zero without offsetting makes no sense – it would leave no room for any activity that produces emissions,’ says the lead author, Grattan Institute’s Energy and Climate Change Program Director Tony Wood.

    Processes to permanently remove carbon dioxide from the atmosphere are uncertain, expensive, or both. But policies that create momentum towards net-zero emissions in Australia by 2050 can be more ambitious and achieved at lower cost if they include offsetting.

    Australia’s governments should be clear about the role of offsetting in each policy they implement in pursuit of net zero.

    They should take an ‘avoid emissions first’ approach, set clear rules, maintain high standards of integrity, and be clear about why offsetting is necessary.

    As policies begin to drive demand for offsetting, governments should step back from being the major buyers of offsetting units, and focus on underwriting the development of technologies and practices to remove carbon dioxide from the atmosphere.

    Imports and exports of offsetting units will become more important as all countries move towards net zero.

    The Federal Government should introduce rules to prevent double-counting of offsetting activities that take place in Australia but are used to offset emissions overseas.

    This is the fourth in a series of five reports Grattan Institute is publishing in the lead-up to next month’s international climate conference in Glasgow, showing how Australia can build momentum towards net-zero emissions.

    The first three reports were on transport, industry, and agriculture. The final report – on coordinating a national policy including electricity – will be published in coming weeks.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Institutional change needed to reignite policy reform in Australia: Grattan

    Australia’s governance is going backwards. Without change, there is little prospect for many substantial policy reforms that would increase Australian prosperity, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Gridlock: removing barriers to policy reform identifies the 1980s and 1990s as ‘golden years’ of policy reform, and documents how governance has deteriorated since then. Governments have failed to progress reforms that have been recommended for decades.

    The report analyses a large sample of proposed policy reforms over the past decade and shows that unpopularity is now an insuperable obstacle to reform. This is a big change from the past when political leaders implemented many unpopular reforms, doing their best to explain why they were in the public interest.

    Tribal beliefs that mark membership of political parties and factions have also become major obstacles to sensible reform, particularly in tax, superannuation, and energy policy.

    While powerful vested interests blocked some reforms, they had much less influence when countered by the published reports of high-quality inquiries.

    Unpopularity, tribal beliefs, and vested interests stand in the way of the public interest because of less effective media, a weakened public service, the power of ministerial advisers, a growing professional political class, and increasing political patronage.

    Australia could break the gridlock in policy reform by increasing the expertise and independence of the public service, reducing the number of ministerial advisers closely tied to political parties and making them more accountable, tightening controls over political donations, campaign finance, lobbying, and post-politics careers, and setting up a federal anti-corruption commission with teeth to ensure that the rules of the system are followed.

    Unfortunately, politicians from both major parties routinely block such institutional changes because they think they will reduce their prospects of re-election. The most politically realistic path to institutional change is for independent members of parliament to champion institutional changes, particularly when they hold the balance of power.

    ‘Problems with our systems of governance are cruelling the chances of policy reform,’ says the report’s author, former Grattan Institute CEO John Daley.

    ‘The slow corrosion of our institutions is gnawing away at Australian prosperity.

    ‘We hope this report galvanises people to change how Australian government works.’

    For further enquiries: John Daley, Senior Associate
    E. john.daley@grattan.edu.au

  • Launch a $1b tutoring blitz to help students catch-up after the lockdowns

    Australia should launch a $1 billion, six-month tutoring blitz to help 1 million disadvantaged school students recover learning lost during the COVID-19 lockdowns, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    COVID catch-up: helping disadvantaged students close the equity gap calls on governments to send a battalion of 100,000 tutors into schools between now and Christmas to conduct intensive small-group sessions on reading and maths.

    The report shows that many disadvantaged students – those from the poorest 25 per cent of families and rural areas – will have fallen further behind their classmates during the COVID-19 school closures.

    Even where remote learning was working well for advantaged students, disadvantaged students are likely to have lost a month of learning on average during the six-to-nine weeks of school closures in NSW, Victoria, Queensland, Tasmania, and the ACT.

    About 1 million disadvantaged students should attend tutoring sessions three-to-five times a week for up to three months, in groups of about three, either during regular school hours or before or after school.

    Done well, these sessions could boost their learning by five months between now and the end of the year.

    The tutors should be drawn from teachers and teacher aides who work part-time, but especially from young university graduates and pre-service teachers, who have been hit hard by the COVID-19 job and income losses.

    Most tutors would work about eight hours a week. They could earn up to $6,300 over the six months.

    The tutoring blitz would cost about $1 billion, but the benefits to the economy would be much larger. The young tutors would have extra income during the recession, and would be likely to spend it quickly, helping stimulate the economy between now and Christmas. And disadvantaged students who gained extra learning would earn more over their lifetime, boosting the economy in years to come.

    The report also recommends governments spend $70 million expanding successful literacy and numeracy programs, especially for students in the early years, and $30 million on trials of ‘targeted teaching’ and extra support for student well-being.

    ‘Our schools, teachers, and students adapted remarkably well when the COVID-19 crisis forced them to switch almost overnight to remote learning,’ lead author and Grattan Institute Education Fellow Dr Julie Sonnemann said.

    ‘But this report shows that most students did not learn as much while at home as they would have in their classroom – and disadvantaged students were hardest hit.

    ‘Our tutoring blitz plan is a win-win-win: the tutors get extra income, the economy gets extra stimulus and, most importantly, our disadvantaged students get the chance for a better life.’

  • Australia is sleepwalking into a chronic disease nightmare

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Media release

    Australia is sleepwalking into a sicker future that will condemn millions of Australians to living with avoidable disease and disability, a new Grattan Institute report warns.

    The Albanese Government’s promised Australian Centre for Disease Control, or ACDC, could provide the wake-up call we need – but only if preventing chronic disease is a core part of its mission.

    The report, The Australian Centre for Disease Control (ACDC): Highway to health, shows that chronic conditions are the biggest killer in Australia, contributing to 9 in 10 deaths.

    The burden is heaviest on the most disadvantaged Australians, who are twice as likely to have two or more chronic conditions.

    And the toll will keep growing, because many of the causes of chronic disease, such as obesity, are rising dramatically.

    Changing course will require shifting policy focus from sickness to health, by encouraging more people to quit smoking, eat less sugar and salt, and exercise more.

    Australian governments aren’t doing enough to stop chronic disease before it starts. Often, they are distracted by urgent crises, or vested interests in the tobacco and food and beverages industries use their financial power and political influence to stymie reform.

    The ACDC – promised by Labor in the lead-up to the 2022 federal election – should be at the heart of a new national project to prevent chronic disease.

    It should advise federal and state governments on prevention strategies that work, and set priorities for prevention research.

    Federal and state governments should commit to a new funding agreement for effective prevention programs identified by the ACDC, and to considering any regulatory changes it recommends.

    ‘The prize on offer here is enormous,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Health and Aged Care Program Director Peter Breadon.

    ‘Better chronic disease prevention would improve the quality of life of millions of Australians and save taxpayers billions of dollars in avoided hospital stays and other treatments.

    ‘The Centre for Disease Control must be independent, to keep governments on track. And a new body alone won’t be enough, governments must also commit to more prevention funding’.

    ‘It’s a long way to the top for Australian prevention policy, but a carefully designed and independent ACDC could put us on the highway to health.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Boost rent assistance to help lift retirees out of poverty

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Retirees who rent in Australia today are being left behind. A new Grattan Institute report finds that two in three retirees who rent in the private market live in poverty.

    And the report, Renting in retirement: Why Rent Assistance needs to rise, shows that the problem is set to get worse.

    Home ownership is falling fast among poorer Australians who are approaching retirement. Between 1981 and 2021, home ownership rates among the poorest 40 per cent of 45-54 year-olds fell from 68 per cent to just 54 per cent.

    Most older working Australians who rent do not have sufficient savings to keep paying rent in retirement. The poorest 40 per cent of renting households aged 55-64 have less than $40,000 in net financial wealth.

    Commonwealth Rent Assistance, which supplements the Age Pension for poorer retirees who rent, is far too low.

    The government has lifted the maximum rate of Rent Assistance by 27 per cent – over and above inflation – in the past two budgets. But even after these increases, a single retiree who relies solely on income support can afford to rent just 4 per cent of one-bedroom homes in Sydney, 13 per cent in Brisbane, and 14 per cent in Melbourne.

    And the rents paid by people who get Rent Assistance have increased nearly 1.5 times faster than the maximum rate of the payment since 2001.

    The report calls on the government to increase the maximum rate of Rent Assistance by a further 50 per cent for singles and 40 per cent for couples.

    Rent Assistance should also be indexed to increases in rents for the cheapest 25 per cent of rental homes in capital cities, rather than to inflation.

    These increases would boost the maximum rate of Rent Assistance by $53 a week ($2,750 a year) for singles, and $40 a week ($2,080 a year) for couples.

    This would ensure single retirees could afford to spend $350 a week on rent – enough to rent the cheapest 25 per cent of one-bedroom homes across Australian capital cities. And retired couples could afford to spend $390 a week, enough to rent the cheapest 25 per cent of all one- or two-bedroom homes.

    Given that younger renters suffer even higher rates of financial stress, the increases to Rent Assistance should apply to working-age households as well.

    Boosting Rent Assistance in this way for all recipients would cost the government about $2 billion a year, with about $500 million of that going to retirees.

    The report says these increases could be paid for by further tightening superannuation tax breaks, curbing negative gearing and halving the capital gains tax discount, or counting more of the value of the family home in the Age Pension assets test.

    ‘Australia is failing too many retirees who rent,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Housing and Economic Security Program Director Brendan Coates.

    ‘Only a further substantial boost to Rent Assistance can ensure that all Australians get the dignified retirement they deserve.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Why Australia must heed the warning from one state’s electricity shock

    Soaring South Australian wholesale electricity prices in July have exposed the urgent need for Australia to develop climate change and energy policies that combine to maintain reliable, affordable and sustainable power, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Keeping the lights on: lessons from South Australia’s power shock documents how the state’s wholesale electricity price averaged $230 per megawatt hour over the month – three and a half times the price in eastern states.

    The price even skyrocketed to nearly $9000 per megawatt hour on July 7, when a lack of wind, coupled with the closure of two coal plants and the temporary closure of a back-up electricity connection meant that gas was generating nearly all the state’s power needs.

    The intermittent nature of wind – which now generates about 40 per cent of South Australia’s electricity – creates challenges for the price and reliability of power generation in the state.

    Yet while the high July prices triggered a furious blame game, the report argues that criticisms of wind farms, gas generators or the electricity market are alarmist and unfair.

    “The market worked, the lights stayed on and prices have since fallen to levels more comparable with the eastern states,” says Grattan Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    Nevertheless, the incident exposed two big potential problems for Australia’s power future.

    First, the nation has no credible policy to reduce emissions in the power sector and enable Australia to meet its global climate change commitments.

    Second, the current design of the wholesale electricity market may not provide the secure and reliable power that Australians take for granted.

    The report urges Commonwealth and state governments to take three actions:

    • Use the 2017 Commonwealth review of climate change policy to develop a credible plan that all states support and that works with the electricity market.
    • Review the market to ensure that power flows reliably and affordably.
    • Explain that a transition to a low-emissions future will happen and that it will cost money.

    “These events in one state were a canary in the coalmine, warning of the risks in our power future. It is time to listen,” says Tony Wood.

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: Tony Wood, Energy Program Director
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • How to implement great maths teaching in primary schools: A Grattan Guide

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    The Grattan Institute today publishes a guide for primary school principals on how to implement great maths teaching in their school. 

    The practical, easy-to-follow guide complements Grattan Institute’s influential April 2025 report, The Maths Guarantee: How to boost students’ learning in primary schools.

    That report showed that one in three Australian school students fail to achieve proficiency in maths, and our top-performing maths students lag far behind the best in the world.

    It called on all state governments, and the Catholic and independent school sectors, to commit to a 10-year Maths Guarantee strategy to transform Australia’s maths performance.

    ‘But primary school principals do not need to wait for others to act,’ says Grattan Institute Education Program Director Jordana Hunter.

    ‘This guide identifies the practical steps school leaders can take right now to embed great maths teaching in their classrooms.’

    The guide is divided into four sections:

    • Section 1 explains why primary schools should focus on improving maths performance.
    • Section 2 sets out the key elements of an evidence-informed, systematic approach to maths teaching.
    • Section 3 breaks down the key features of a systematic, school-wide approach to maths, including setting aside purposeful time for maths, using shared curriculum materials, and building teacher expertise.
    • Section 4 is a checklist of the key steps principals can take to embed this in their school.

    The guide draws on lessons Grattan’s education experts learnt studying seven schools across Australia that exemplify great practice.

    The schools are:

    • Wattle Grove Primary, a government school in suburban Perth
    • Bentleigh West Primary, a government school in suburban Melbourne
    • Ballarat Clarendon College, an independent school in regional Victoria
    • St Bernard’s Primary, a Catholic school in Batemans Bay on the NSW south coast
    • Charlestown South Public, a government school in Newcastle, NSW
    • The Entrance Public, a government school on the NSW central coast
    • Budgewoi Public, a government school also on the NSW central coast

    ‘Australia has a maths problem, and it starts in primary school,’ says Dr Hunter. ‘Our guide shows how schools can start to fix it.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Cut fuel tax credits to help the budget and the environment

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    The $8 billion a year in fuel tax credits given to businesses should be cut in half, to help repair the budget and reduce carbon emissions, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Fuelling budget repair: How to reform fuel taxes for business shows that only about half of the outlay is justified in economic or social terms.

    Fuel tax credits are gnawing away an ever-growing share of fuel tax revenue: a decade ago, credits reduced gross fuel tax revenue by 30 per cent; today, it’s almost 40 per cent.

    Winding back the credits could reduce the structural budget deficit by about 10 per cent, or $4 billion a year.

    It would also help Australia hit its target of net-zero emissions by 2050, because burning diesel contributes about 17 per cent of Australia’s total carbon emissions.

    At present, no fuel tax is payable for vehicles that only drive off-road, such as trucks on mine sites, and a reduced rate of fuel tax is payable for on-road vehicles heavier than 4.5 tonnes, such as semi-trailers, B-doubles, and passenger buses.

    There is no business reason why larger vehicles should pay less than smaller vehicles – in fact quite the reverse, since heavy vehicles do far more damage to roads.

    The report recommends that heavy on-road vehicles should pay the same rate as utes, vans, cars, and small trucks used by businesses.

    Off-road vehicles and machinery should still be eligible for fuel tax credits, but at a lower rate than now, to reflect the damage their carbon emissions cause to the environment and community.

    ‘Cutting fuel tax credits would be a win-win: it would shrink the budget deficit and help Australia hit net-zero carbon emissions by 2050,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Transport and Cities Program Director Marion Terrill.

    ‘And cutting fuel tax credits in the way we recommend would have next-to-no impact on household budgets – we calculate that prices at the supermarket would increase by an average of just 35 cents on a $100 grocery shop.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Ban old trucks from big cities to save lives: new Grattan Institute report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Old trucks should be banned from Sydney and Melbourne as part of a comprehensive plan to reduce Australians’ exposure to deadly air pollution, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    The Grattan truck plan: practical policies for cleaner freight shows that exhaust-pipe pollutants from trucks kill more than 400 Australians every year and cause or contribute to diseases including lung cancer, stroke, heart disease, pneumonia, asthma, and type-2 diabetes.

    ‘The work that trucks do is crucial for our economy and way of life, but we must do more to limit the harm they cause to our health and environment,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Transport and Cities Program Director Marion Terrill.

    The report shows that old trucks are much more polluting than new trucks. Fourteen per cent of the Australian fleet is pre-1996, and these trucks emit 60 times the particulate matter of a new truck, and eight times the poisonous nitrogen oxides.

    To keep the most-polluting trucks away from most people, the report calls for pre-2003 diesel trucks to be banned in Sydney and Melbourne from 2025.

    Hundreds of cities around the world have imposed similar bans on dirty trucks, including London, Tokyo, Beijing, Barcelona, and Madrid.

    But even the new trucks coming into Australia aren’t as clean as they should be. Our pollution standard for trucks is a decade behind major global markets. Australia should catch up to the international pollution standard from 2024.

    And the federal government should rescind pointless regulations – such as the requirement that trucks in Australia be 2 per cent narrower than the global standard – which limit the range of less-polluting trucks available to buy here.

    Trucks also contribute 4 per cent of Australia’s carbon emissions. To help Australia meet its target of net-zero emissions by 2050, the federal government should impose binding sales targets for zero-emissions trucks, starting at 2 per cent in 2024 and gradually increasing to cover most new sales by 2040.

    In the meantime, the government should ensure new diesel trucks emit less carbon, by imposing standards on engines and tyres, and ratcheting up those standards each year.

    ‘Trucks make our lives better in so many ways: they deliver parcels to our door, groceries to the supermarket, tools to the hardware store, building equipment to our construction sites, and medical supplies to our hospitals,’ Ms Terrill says.

    ‘But this report shows why and how Australia should do more to limit the damage they leave behind.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Gas will inevitably decline, economically and environmentally: new Grattan report

    Far from fuelling the recovery from the COVID recession, natural gas will inevitably decline as an energy source for industry and homes in Australia, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Flame out: the future of natural gas shows that a combination of economics and environmental imperatives imperil the industry.

    Australia must reduce emissions over coming decades to meet our international climate change commitments. Gas is a fossil fuel, so the gas sector is no exception.

    The east coast has already burned most of its low-cost gas, and will not go back to the good old days of low prices, so gas will become an increasingly expensive energy source.

    ‘The evidence is clear: over time, gas will decline, economically and environmentally,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Energy Program Director Tony Wood.

    ‘Rather than indulging in wishful thinking or living in denial, the Federal Government and the gas industry – and its customers – should start planning now for a future without natural gas, or at least with a dramatically reduced role for natural gas.’

    The Prime Minister has talked up a gas-fired recovery for manufacturing, raising expectations of big price reductions. But the report shows that eastern Australia faces inexorably more expensive gas. If the Government tries to swim against this tide by directly intervening in the market, taxpayers will pay the price via big subsidies.

    Even if the Government could significantly reduce gas prices, the benefits to manufacturing are overstated. The companies that would benefit most contribute only about 0.1 per cent of gross domestic product, and employ only a little more than 10,000 people. And much of this gas-intensive industry is in Western Australia, which has low gas prices already.

    The Government’s best role is to support the development and deployment of the low-emission alternatives that can replace natural gas in manufacturing, such as renewables-based hydrogen and renewables-based electricity.

    Nor does gas stack up as a ‘transition fuel’. As Australia’s coal-fired power stations retire over coming decades, it would be more expensive to replace them with gas than to switch to more renewable energy such as wind and solar.

    Gas will play an important backstop role in power generation when the sun isn’t shining and the wind isn’t blowing, but this does not require large volumes of gas.

    In the home, too, Australia must either replace natural gas with low-emissions substitutes such as biomethane or hydrogen, or switch to electricity, for heating and cooking.

    It is already clear that households would save money and Australia would reduce emissions if new houses in NSW, Queensland, South Australia, and the ACT were all-electric. The report calls on governments in those places to impose a moratorium on new gas connections.

  • Charting the path to a more prosperous Australia

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Australia could be on the cusp of a new wave of prosperity – provided our political leaders confront five long-standing domestic policy challenges, according to a special pre-election book from independent think tank the Grattan Institute.

    Orange Book 2025: Policy priorities for the federal government sets out a policy blueprint to boost the living standards of current and future generations.

    The book calls on whoever wins the election – whether Labor or Coalition, majority or minority – to stay the course on many necessary but difficult reforms, and tackle others that have been in the too-hard basket for too long.

    It identifies Australia’s Big Five policy challenges as:

    1. Transitioning to net zero – we need to bend the curve on carbon emissions and focus on the economic transformation that accompanies decarbonisation.

    2. Tackling the housing crisis – we need to boost supply, relax planning constraints, and support mobility.

    3. Deepening talent pools – we need to improve our school systems, early childhood education, skilled migration, and delivery of human services.

    4. Meeting the needs of an ageing population – we need to get better at tackling chronic disease, and shore-up sustainable retirement and aged-care systems.

    5. Fixing the structural budget problem – we need to introduce bold tax reforms, implement sensible savings, make hospitals more efficient, and rein in NDIS costs to make the scheme sustainable.

    ‘None of these challenges is new, and in each case we have already made a start – but the clock is ticking,’ says the book’s lead author, Grattan Institute CEO Aruna Sathanapally.

    ‘To go the next mile, Australia needs to get from constrained workforce participation to maximising talent; from rooftop solar subsidies to industrial renewables, storage, and power grid infrastructure; from regulation that stifles housing supply to rules that make building homes easier; from a hospital-focused health system to a focus on primary care and prevention; from too many students falling behind in literacy and numeracy to high-quality teaching that raises achievement in every classroom; from unsustainable NDIS growth to a more efficient system that delivers the life-changing support disabled Australians need.’

    The Orange Book is named after Grattan Institute’s signature colour. Like the ‘Blue Book’ (for the Coalition) and the ‘Red Book’ (for Labor) that public service chiefs prepare for incoming governments, the ‘Orange Book’ sets out policy recommendations for whichever party wins the election.

    Based on detailed research and rigorous analysis published by Grattan Institute since it was founded 16 years ago, the book has chapters on:

    • Economic growth and budgets
    • The net-zero economy
    • Energy
    • Housing
    • Health
    • School education
    • The NDIS
    • Retirement incomes
    • Integrity in government.

    ‘If governments over the next decade were to tackle a reasonable number of the reforms we recommend in the Orange Book, it would transform the lives of Australians, with higher incomes, less poverty, better-quality and more efficiently delivered services, a cleaner environment, and a stronger democracy,’ Dr Sathanapally says.

    ‘Even in these turbulent times, a better Australia beckons. Grattan’s Orange Book shows the way.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Rebalance services for disabled Australians to save the NDIS

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    The National Disability Insurance Scheme has grown too big too fast, and its future is now at stake, a new Grattan Institute report finds.

    The report, Saving the NDIS: How to rebalance disability services to get better results, says costs must be reined in – and this can be done in a way that ensures disabled Australians can get the help they need.

    The scheme cost nearly $42 billion in 2023-24 and is expected to cost more than $58 billion by 2028.

    It grew by about 24 per cent a year on average from 2019-20 to 2023-24 and is now one of the biggest pressures on the federal budget.

    In 2011, the Productivity Commission estimated a mature NDIS would serve 490,000 people. But in fact, the scheme is now supporting more than 700,000 people and that number is projected to pass a million by 2034.

    The number of adults in the scheme is only slightly higher than originally expected, but the number of children is nearly double.

    Yet most disabled Australians don’t qualify for the NDIS, and there is little support for them outside the scheme.

    ‘The problem is the NDIS has become the only game in town: you either get an NDIS package, or you get minimal mainstream services,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute Disability Program Director, Dr Sam Bennett.

    ‘That means disabled Australians have an incentive to try to get into the NDIS – and once people get in, they tend not to leave.’

    To address this issue, the federal, state, and territory governments agreed in 2023 to fund new ‘foundational supports’ – disability-specific supports outside of individual NDIS packages – which were supposed to be operational by 1 July 2025. That’s tomorrow [Tuesday], but they are nowhere to be seen.

    The Grattan report urges the Albanese Government to make four big policy changes to save the NDIS.

    First, the NDIS needs firmer boundaries so it is clear who the scheme is for and what needs it is intended to meet.

    Second, the way the NDIS manages claims needs to change so funding is allocated fairly and consistently. People should have more choice and flexibility in how they use their NDIS funding.

    Third, the federal, state, and territory governments should finally establish a strong tier of ‘foundational supports’ to ensure disabled people get appropriate supports when and where they need them. Under Grattan Institute’s plan, the existing NDIS budget would be used to fund foundational supports from within the same funding envelope.

    And fourth, Australia needs a new National Disability Agreement, to clarify the relationship between all aspects of the disability policy landscape and to facilitate cooperation and greater accountability between governments.

    The Grattan Institute blueprint to rebalance disability services would reduce NDIS payments by about $12 billion over the next 10 years, and create further savings of $34 billion over the same period by not requiring new money to fund foundational supports.

    ‘Saving the NDIS is not a question of spending more money – our analysis shows the problem lies in how existing funding is allocated,’ Dr Bennett says.

    ‘The NDIS is a vital part of Australia’s social fabric. It must be saved. Our report shows how.’

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Smarter money: a better way for Australia to select big transport projects

    Australia should revamp the way it selects major transport projects, so that governments can better know which new roads and railways are worth building and avoid squandering billions of dollars of public money on the wrong projects, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Unfreezing discount rates: transport infrastructure for tomorrow shows that the ‘discount rate’ Australian governments have applied to assess the value of proposed projects has been stuck at 7 per cent since at least 1989, despite the price of money having fallen from about 8 to 1 per cent since then.

    The discount rate is a tool that puts present and future costs and benefits onto a comparable footing: it expresses how much we value the costs and benefits of a major project for young people and future generations relative to the costs and benefits for citizens today.

    The report calls for the 7 per cent standard rate to be abandoned in favour of two lower rates: 3.5 per cent for low-risk transport projects (typically trains, buses and urban roads), and 5 per cent for slightly higher-risk investments (such as ferries and freight rail).

    This new discount rate regime would cast fresh light on the value of some of Australia’s biggest transport projects. Under the present 7 per cent rate, the benefits of the $10 billion Melbourne Metro rail project and the Commonwealth Government’s $10 billion Inland Rail Freight project are both assessed to be only marginally higher than the costs, with Metro Rail ranked slightly better.

    But under a lower discount rate, both projects would be assessed to deliver benefits about two-and-a-half times higher than the costs, and Inland Rail Freight could be ranked even higher.

    “Interest rates have fallen dramatically since the 1980s, and it makes no sense that discount rates in Australia have been stuck since then,” says Grattan Institute Transport Program Director Marion Terrill.

    This report builds on two 2016 Grattan Institute reports that exposed the need for changes to the evaluation and selection of major projects in Australia. Cost overruns in transport projects found that governments spent $28 billion more on transport infrastructure between 2001 and 2015 than they told taxpayers they would. Roads to riches found that a big portion of the large sums governments allocated to transport projects between 2005 and 2015 was spent unwisely.

    “With our cities growing rapidly, smart investment in infrastructure is vital,” says Marion Terrill. “We need to improve our project evaluation, so we build the right transport projects in the right order. Better discounting would be a big step in that direction.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries:
    Marion Terrill, Transport Program Director
    T. 03 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • Australia should go for zero COVID-19 cases

    Victoria, NSW, and Queensland should aggressively drive COVID-19 cases down to zero as part of an explicit national policy of no active cases in the Australian community, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    Go for zero: how Australia can get to zero COVID-19 cases shows that opening up too early, while coronavirus is still in the community, runs the risk of future outbreaks, reimposed lockdowns, renewed economic disruption, and more deaths.

    ‘Having come this far, we should finish the job,’ says lead author and Grattan Health Program Director Stephen Duckett.

    ‘COVID is a classic case of short-term pain for long-term gain. Getting cases down to zero, and keeping them there, will be hard work – but it will save lives and enable the economy to recover more quickly.’

    The report shows that allowing the virus to run free, as suggested by some commentators and business advocates, would be deadly. About 10 million Australians, including the elderly, the poor, and people who live or work in crowded conditions, are at higher risk from COVID-19.

    The NSW strategy of seeking to keep cases down to a manageable level is also dangerous, because the longer the virus is in the community, the greater the risk of breakouts requiring lockdowns to be reimposed to prevent hospitals being overwhelmed. ‘That’s the “yo-yo” strategy,’ Dr Duckett says. ‘The economy could be seized with uncertainty as businesses open, close, open, and close again.’

    Instead, NSW, Queensland, and Victoria – the epicentre of Australia’s second wave – should set out to drive community cases down to zero. The report shows that Victoria could get to zero by the end of October, but only if the vast majority of the population adheres to strict social distancing measures.

    Just as restrictions were phased in as each wave of the pandemic struck, they should be phased out as case numbers decline. There should be no easing until daily new cases are below 20, then further easing when the numbers fall to five, and again at zero.

    Keeping numbers at zero will require effective quarantining of all international arrivals. The states will have to ramp up testing, including random mass testing of higher-risk groups. And contact tracing will have to be faster and more accurate.

    But a successful national campaign to get to zero and stay there would enable all restrictions to be eased other than international quarantine, while the quest for a vaccine continues.

    ‘We should go for zero, because the pay-off will be worth it,’ Dr Duckett says. ‘Our report shows how Australia can get there, and stay there.’

    Stephen Duckett : 0447 837 741, stephen.duckett@grattaninstitute.edu.au

  • Crack down on pork-barrelling to restore trust in politics: new Grattan Institute report

    Matthew Bowes

    20.09.2024 expert
    Share Bluesky Streamline Icon: https://streamlinehq.comBluesky

    Pork-barrelling – misusing public money for political gain – is common in Australia and it’s undermining our democracy, according to a new Grattan Institute report.

    New politics: Preventing pork-barrelling catalogues egregious examples of Coalition and Labor federal and state governments using grants for infrastructure and services to ‘reward’ voters in government seats and ‘buy votes’ in marginal seats. This means worthy projects in other electorates miss out.

    Of 19,000 grants allocated by the former federal Coalition government under 11 grant programs between 2017 and 2021, $1.9 billion went to Coalition seats but only $530 million to Labor seats. Across a sample of programs in the three biggest states, government seats got more than $1 million on average, compared to just over $300,000 on average for opposition seats.

    Some programs stood out. The federal Community Development Grants program allocated more than four times as much on average to government seats compared to opposition seats. For the NSW Stronger Communities Fund it was almost six times as much.

    ‘Pork-barrelling may be legally grey, but it is not good government,’ says report lead author and Grattan Institute CEO Danielle Wood.

    ‘It wastes taxpayers’ money, undermines public trust in our political leaders and institutions, and promotes a corrupt culture.

    ‘Pork-barrelling is not new but is being normalised – some politicians now excuse it or even openly defend it.’

    The report finds that most of the current rules designed to prevent the politicisation of grant programs leave politicians too much wiggle room.

    To crack down on pork-barrelling:

    • Grant programs should be open, competitive, and merit-based.
    • Ministers should be able to establish grant programs and define the selection criteria but should not be involved in choosing who receives grants.
    • A multi-party standing parliamentary committee should oversee compliance and interrogate any minister or public official who deviates from the rules.
    • Funding for Auditors-General across the country should be increased to enable wider and more frequent auditing of grant programs.

    ‘Taking the pork off the table would improve the quality of public spending and strengthen our democracy,’ Ms Wood says.

    ‘It would lay the foundations for a new way of doing politics in Australia that safeguards the public interest over political interests.’

    This report is the second in Grattan Institute’s New politics series. The first, published in July, made recommendations to end the growing ‘jobs for mates’ culture in Australian politics. The third, to be published later this year, will investigate misuse of taxpayer-funded advertising for political gain.

    For further enquiries email media@grattan.edu.au

    Read our research before it hits the headlines.

    Sign up for our latest report releases and our newsletter straight to your inbox.

    Email newsletter

    We change the nation – for good.

    Donate to support independent, rigorous, and practical policy research in Australia.

  • Looking after our children’s living standards

    Older Australians are capturing a growing share of Australia’s wealth, while the wealth of younger Australians has stagnated, according to a new Grattan Institute report, The wealth of generations.

    “The generational bargain, under which each generation of working Australians supports retirees while still improving its own standard of living, is at risk,” says Grattan Institute CEO John Daley.

    The wealth of generations finds that the housing boom plus rapid increases in government payments on pensions and services for older people risks creating a generation of young Australians with a lower standard of living than that of their parents at a similar age.

    The report finds that most age groups are richer than they were in 2003. An average 55 to 64-year old household was $173,000 richer in real terms in 2011-12 than was a household of that age in 2003-04. The average 65 to 74-year old household was $215,000 better off over the same period.

    However, the average 35 to 44-year old household was only $80,000 richer. Worst affected were 25 to 34-year olds who had less wealth than people of the same age eight years before – even though they saved more than people of that age did in the past.

    Governments are also spending much more on pensions and services, particularly health, for older households. In 2010, governments spent $9400 more per household over 65 than they did six years before.

    Much of the increased spending was funded by budget deficits. Future taxpayers will have to repay the debt.

    The report suggests tighter targeting of the Age Pension, reducing superannuation tax concessions and a shift to increase taxes on assets in order to redress the balance.

    “These reforms would fall most on those who have benefited most from windfalls and government largesse, and have paid lower taxes while deficits accumulated,” says Mr Daley.

    “We shouldn’t delay, or a younger generation may be even worse off, as they miss out on benefits their parents enjoyed.”

    “The huge challenge for governments and the nation is to introduce policies that ensure we keep a vital part of the generational bargain: rising living standards for every generation.”

    Read the report

    For further enquiries: John Daley, CEO
    T. +61 (0)3 8344 3637 E. media@grattan.edu.au

  • COVID-19 could see up to 3.4m Australians out of work

    Between 14 and 26 per cent of Australian workers could be out of work as a result of the coronavirus shutdown, according to a new Grattan Institute working paper.

    Shutdown: estimating the COVID-19 employment shock warns that the crisis will have an enduring impact on jobs and the economy for years to come.

    More than half of all workers in the hospitality industry could be off work, as will many workers in retail, education, and the arts.

    Lower-income workers are twice as likely to be out of work as high-income earners. Younger Australians and women are also likely to be hit harder, because they are more likely to work in occupations and industries most affected by the shutdowns and spatial distancing measures imposed to slow the spread of the virus.

    ‘If our estimates are even close to accurate, Australia is facing either the worst or one of the worst economic downturns in its history,’ says lead author and Grattan Institute Household Finances Program Director, Brendan Coates.

    Warning of the dangers of a ‘second wave’ hit to the economy even after the immediate health threat eases, he says: ‘History tells us that recovery from periods of high unemployment is rarely fast.

    ‘The longer this downturn goes, and the worse it gets, the less likely the labour market and the broader economy can spring back afterwards.’

    Grattan researchers used a range of methods to estimate the size of the COVID-19 employment shock, including data on which jobs require people to work in close proximity to other workers or the public.

    They conclude that Australia’s unemployment rate will probably rise to about 12 per cent – the highest since the Great Depression in the 1930s.

    The Federal Government’s $130 billion JobKeeper wage subsidy will disguise much of the impact of the crisis on employment. Some Australians off work will continue to be regarded as ‘employed’ because they will receive pay from their employer via the JobKeeper scheme. And others, especially older workers, will give up looking for work and will therefore not be counted in the unemployment rate.

    ‘Our governments are rightly spending record amounts trying to cushion Australian workers and businesses from the worst impacts of this unprecedented crisis,’ Mr Coates says. ‘But our paper shows that the economic shock from COVID-19 is going to be so big, and the effects so long-lasting, that more support will be needed.’

    For further enquiries: Brendan Coates, Household Finances Program Director
    T. 03 9035 9881‬ E. brendan.coates@grattan.edu.au

Contact

  • 8 Malvina Place Carlton
    VIC 3053 Australia
  • Tel +61 3 9035 9881
  • info@grattan.edu.au

Media

  • media@grattan.edu.au
  • Media releases

Governance

  • Governance
  • Funding
  • External activities disclosure
  • Careers

Policies

  • Privacy Policy
  • Permissions Policy

Connect with Grattan

LinkedIn / Facebook / YouTube
© GRATTAN Institute
Copyright disclaimer The opinions on this website are those of the authors and do not necessarily represent the views of Grattan Institute’s founding members, affiliates, individual board members, reference group members, or reviewers. Any errors or omissions are the responsibility of the authors.

We acknowledge and celebrate the First Nations people on whose traditional lands we meet and work, and whose cultures are among the oldest in human history.
Don't delete me. This is used to get the current Tailwind screen.